MARITRANS INC/
10-K, 1994-03-30
WATER TRANSPORTATION
Previous: MARITRANS INC/, DEF 14A, 1994-03-30
Next: FIRSTFED FINANCIAL CORP, 10-K, 1994-03-30



   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 1 

   ==========================================================================

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
                              Washington, DC 20549 
                                   ---------- 

                                   FORM 10-K 

   (Mark One) 

   /X/ Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
       Exchange Act of 1934 (Fee Required)

   For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1993 
                                       or 

   / / Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities 
       Exchange Act of 1934 (No Fee Required) 

   For the Transition Period from      to      

   Commission File Number 1-9063 
                                   ---------- 

                                MARITRANS INC.* 
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

                        DELAWARE                            51-0343903 
            (State or other jurisdiction of             (Identification No. 
             incorporation or organization)              I.R.S. Employer) 
                 
                     ONE LOGAN SQUARE 
               PHILADELPHIA, PENNSYLVANIA                      19103 
        (Address of principal executive offices)            (Zip Code) 
   Registrant's telephone number, including area code     (215) 864-1200 
   
   Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 
                                                       Name of Each Exchange 
                  Title of Each Class                   on Which Registered 
         Common Stock, Par Value $.01 Per Share       New York Stock Exchange 
       Preferred Stock, Par Value $.01 Per Share               None 

   Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE 

   Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 
   405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, 
   to the best of the registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or 
   information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 
   10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. /X/ 

   Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports 
   required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act 
   of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that 
   the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been 
   subject to such requirements for the past 90 days. 
   Yes /X/ No / / 

   As of March 14, 1994, the aggregate market value of the voting stock held 
   by non-affiliates of the registrant was $63,005,515. As of March 14, 1994, 
   Maritrans Inc. had 12,523,000 shares of common stock outstanding.

                      Documents Incorporated By Reference 
   Part III incorporates information by reference from the Proxy Statement 
   for Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 12, 1994.
   ---------- 
   * Successor to Maritrans Partners L.P. 
                      Exhibit Index is located on page 34.
   ==========================================================================
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 2 

                                   FORM 10-K 

                                 MARITRANS INC. 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS 


                                     PART I 

                                                                         Page 
                                                                         ----
   Item 1.     Business ...............................................   1 

   Item 2.     Properties .............................................  10 

   Item 3.     Legal Proceedings.......................................  11 

   Item 4.     Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.....  12 

                                    PART II 

   Item 5.     Market for the Registrant's Common Equity and Related 
               Stockholder Matters.....................................  13 

   Item 6.     Selected Financial Data.................................  14 

   Item 7.     Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
               Condition and Results of Operations.....................  14 

   Item 8.     Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.............  18 

   Item 9.     Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on 
               Accounting and Financial Disclosure.....................  30 

                                    PART III 

   Item 10.    Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant......  30 

   Item 11.    Executive Compensation..................................  32 

   Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and 
               Management..............................................  32 

   Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions..........  32 

                                    PART IV 

   Item 14.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on 
               Form 8-K................................................  33 

   Signatures  ........................................................  36






                                       ii
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 3 

                                     PART I 

   Item 1. BUSINESS 

   General 

       Maritrans Inc. (the "Corporation" or the "Registrant"), together 
   with its predecessor, Maritrans Partners L.P. (the "Partnership"), 
   herein called "Maritrans," has historically served the petroleum and 
   petroleum product distribution industry by providing marine transportation 
   services along the East and Gulf Coasts of the United States utilizing its 
   barges and tugboats. Maritrans has recently broadened its participation in 
   distribution services by adding marine terminal facilities, distribution 
   coordination and oil spill contingency management services. 

   Structure 

       The Registrant is a Delaware corporation whose common stock ("Common 
   Stock") is publicly traded. The Registrant conducts most of its marine 
   transportation business activities through Maritrans Operating Partners 
   L.P. and Maritrans General Partner Inc., wholly owned subsidiaries of the 
   Registrant. Most of the Registrant's terminalling, spill contingency and 
   ancillary services are conducted through subsidiaries of Maritrans 
   Holdings Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Registrant. 

       Direct and indirect subsidiaries of the Registrant include: 

           Maritrans Operating Partners L.P. (the "Operating Partnership") 
           Maritrans General Partner Inc. 
           Maritrans Holdings Inc. 
           Response Members Inc. 
           Maritrans Capital Corp. 
           Response Services Inc. 
           CCF Acquisition Corp. 
           Maritank Philadelphia Inc. 
           Inter-Cities Navigation (Texas) Corp. 
           Maritank Maryland Inc. 
           Interstate Towing (Texas) Co. 
           Marispond Inc. 
           Maritrans Eastern Inc. 
           Maritrans Inland Inc. 
           Maritrans Gulf Inc. 

       Based on its internal research regarding Maritrans' competition, 
   Maritrans believes that it is one of the largest United States marine 
   transporters of petroleum and petroleum products in the U.S. Coastwise 
   trade (i.e. from port to port within the United States), excluding 
   affiliates of integrated oil companies, and that it owns one of the 
   largest domestic fleets of U.S. flag oceangoing tank barges. Founded in 
   the 1850's and incorporated in 1928 under the name Interstate Oil 
   Transport Company, Maritrans' predecessor was one of the first tank barge 
   operators in the United States, with a fleet which increased in size and 
   capacity as United States consumption of petroleum products increased. On 
   December 31, 1980, Maritrans' predecessor operations and its tugboat and 
   barge affiliates were acquired by Sonat Inc. ("Sonat"). On April 14, 

                                       1
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 4 

   1987, Maritrans acquired the tug and barge business and related assets of 
   the tug and barge affiliates of Sonat. Since 1981, Maritrans and its 
   predecessors have transported annually over 200 million barrels of crude 
   oil and refined petroleum products. 

       On March 31, 1993, the limited partners of the Partnership voted on a 
   proposal to convert the Partnership to corporate form (the 
   "Conversion"). The proposal was approved, and on April 1, 1993, 
   Maritrans Inc., then a newly-formed Delaware corporation, succeeded to all 
   assets and liabilities of the Partnership. The holders of general and 
   limited partnership interests in the Partnership and in the Operating 
   Partnership were issued shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, 
   of the Corporation, representing substantially the same percentage equity 
   interest in the Corporation as they had in the Partnership, directly or 
   indirectly, in exchange for their partnership interest. Each previously 
   held Unit of Limited Partnership Interest in the Partnership was exchanged 
   for one share of Common Stock of the Corporation. For financial accounting 
   purposes, the conversion to corporate form has been treated as a 
   reorganization of affiliated entities, with the assets and liabilities 
   recorded at their historical costs. In addition, the Partnership 
   recognized a net deferred income tax liability for temporary differences 
   in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard ("FAS") 
   No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, which resulted in a one-time charge 
   to earnings of $16.6 million in the first quarter of 1993. 

       Maritrans' present business plan for complying with the Oil Pollution 
   Act of 1990, (the "OPA"), includes the implementation of an on-going, 
   company-wide Quality Improvement Program, which focuses on improving each 
   area of vessel operations in order to eliminate oil spills, increased 
   training and awareness of marine personnel (including recertification of 
   masters and mates, watchstanding procedures and cargo transfer 
   operations), improved vessel maintenance procedures to address repairs 
   before an accident occurs, maintaining a comprehensive risk- management 
   program, including $700 million in oil spill pollution liability insurance 
   coverage on its fleet of petroleum barges, the maximum amount of such 
   coverage generally carried at commercial rates, and implementing an 
   in-house oil pollution regulatory program designed to keep management and 
   operating personnel knowledgeable about all pertinent developments in 
   regulations promulgated under the OPA and in state oil pollution laws and 
   regulations. 

       Since the double-hull requirements of the OPA do not begin to impact 
   materially on Maritrans' present barge fleet until January 1, 2005, it is 
   difficult to say precisely how Maritrans will finance the conversion of 
   its fleet to double-hull vessels. However, Maritrans expects that, where 
   economically feasible, it will take steps to construct new, double-hulled 
   vessels and/or convert its present single-hull vessels. The timing of the 
   construction or conversion of such vessels will depend in large measure on 
   market conditions, particularly demand for double-hulled vessels and the 
   rates which petroleum shippers are willing to pay to use such vessels. 
   Maritrans expects to finance such construction or conversion primarily 
   from internally generated funds and outside sources, including the equity 
   market, borrowing from conventional sources such as banks and insurance 
   companies and U.S. Government- guaranteed ship financing, if available, 
   and financial leases. There is no assurance that such financing will be 

                                       2
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 5 

   available in the amounts and at interest rates which will allow Maritrans 
   to replace its current single-hull barge fleet. For a further description 
   of Maritrans' present business plan for complying with the OPA, see 
   "Regulation - Oil Pollution Legislation." 

       In January 1992, Maritrans restructured its marine operations into 
   three divisions - Eastern, Inland and Gulf, supported by executive and 
   service units. The three divisions also provide marketing, logistical, and 
   operational support for Maritrans' vessels, which are assigned to 
   divisions based on market conditions. This divisional restructuring was 
   designed to move Maritrans closer to its markets and customers, improve 
   productivity and efficiency in operations and permit more rapid decisions 
   and responses to changing conditions. 

       The Gulf Division, headquartered in Tampa, Florida, provides marine 
   transportation services for petroleum products from refineries located in 
   Texas, Louisiana and Mississippi to distribution points along the Gulf and 
   Atlantic Coasts generally south of Cape Hatteras, North Carolina and 
   particularly into Florida. The Eastern Division, supported by a major 
   fleet center in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, transports petroleum products 
   from East Coast refineries (primarily located in and near Philadelphia) 
   and pipeline terminals located in the New York Harbor area to distribution 
   terminals primarily located along the Eastern Seaboard between the 
   Canadian Maritime Provinces and Cape Hatteras, North Carolina. Maritrans 
   also provides, as part of its Eastern Division, lightering services for 
   large tank ships (a process of off-loading crude oil or petroleum products 
   from an inbound tanker into barges, thereby enabling the tanker to 
   navigate draft-restricted rivers and ports to discharge cargo at a 
   refinery or storage and distribution terminal). The Inland Division is 
   also supported by fleet center operations in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, 
   and transports petroleum products and chemicals between refineries and 
   distribution points along the Delaware River and in the Chesapeake Bay. In 
   1993, the Inland Division and Maritank Maryland Inc., which owns a marine 
   terminal in Salisbury, Maryland, began to deliver distribution services 
   through petroleum exchange agreements with customers requiring both marine 
   transportation and terminalling services. The petroleum exchange 
   agreements are structured so that Maritrans bears none of the exposure to 
   fluctuations in inventory price movements. 

       Maritrans operates a fleet of tank barges and tugboats. Its largest 
   barge has a capacity of approximately 400,000 barrels, and its current 
   operating barge fleet capacity aggregates approximately 4 million barrels. 

       Demand for Maritrans' services is dependent primarily upon general 
   demand for petroleum and petroleum products in the geographic areas served 
   by its vessels. Management believes that United States petroleum 
   consumption, and particularly consumption in New England and Florida, are 
   significant indicators of demand for Maritrans' services. Increases in 
   product consumption generally increase demand for Maritrans' services; 
   conversely, decreases in consumption generally lessen demand for 
   Maritrans' services. 

       Management further believes that the level of domestic consumption of 
   imported product is also significant to Maritrans' business. Imported 
   petroleum products generally can be shipped on foreign-flag vessels 

                                       3
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 6 

   directly into United States ports for storage, distribution and eventual 
   consumption. These shipments reduce the need for domestic marine 
   transportation service providers such as Maritrans to carry products from 
   United States refineries to such ports. While Maritrans does benefit 
   somewhat from the increase in demand for domestic redistribution services 
   that results from the delivery of excess product to terminals by 
   foreign-flag vessels, the overall effect of refined product imports on the 
   demand for Maritrans' services is generally negative. 

       In June 1991, Maritrans, through a subsidiary, Maritank Philadelphia 
   Inc., acquired a one-million barrel, deepwater marine terminal located in 
   Philadelphia. This facility is a full-service petroleum product terminal 
   able to receive, store and subsequently redistribute product by pipeline, 
   marine vessel and truck. This facility is also capable of performing 
   cleaning of Maritrans' petroleum carrying vessels. Under current law, a 
   vessel owner is jointly and severally liable with the barge cleaning 
   contractor and the waste disposal contractor in the event that either such 
   contractor improperly disposes of any portion of tank cleaning residues 
   from the vessel which is hazardous. Not only have the tank cleaning rates 
   paid by Maritrans to third parties been increasing substantially, but, in 
   addition, Maritrans believes that at least some of these sources for tank 
   cleaning will not be available in the near future. Management believes the 
   ability to control the cleaning of its vessels will lessen its 
   environmental exposure, as discussed above, since it can then control this 
   activity. Maritrans also believes that this facility will provide it with 
   a long-term strategic advantage since it will be able to assure itself of 
   the availability of these services at a reasonable cost and, by 
   controlling the facility, it will be able to ensure that it can manage 
   vessel turn-around time, thereby increasing vessel availability, and that 
   the facility is run in an environmentally sound manner. 

       In early 1993, Maritank Maryland Inc. ("MMI") and Marispond Inc. 
   ("Marispond") were established as indirect subsidiaries of the 
   Registrant. MMI provides marine terminalling and, together with the Inland 
   Division, distribution services in Salisbury, Maryland. Marispond provides 
   a series of services, most of which arise from requirements of the OPA. 
   These services include oil spill contingency planning, response management 
   and other services on a contract basis to Maritrans and other vessel 
   owners from around the world whose vessels call on United States ports. 
   Maritrans also established an office in Houston, Texas in 1993 in 
   conjunction with efforts it is undertaking to expand its distribution 
   services. 

   Sales and Marketing 

       Maritrans provides marine transportation, storage, and distribution 
   coordination services primarily to integrated oil companies, independent 
   oil companies, and petroleum distributors in the southern and eastern 
   United States. Maritrans relies primarily on direct sales efforts, 
   minimizing its use of chartering brokers. Maritrans monitors the supply 
   and distribution patterns of its actual and prospective customers and 
   focuses its efforts on providing services that are responsive to the 
   current and future needs of these customers. 



                                       4
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 7 

       Maritrans does business on a spot market basis, a term contract basis 
   and, more recently, on a product exchange basis. Maritrans strives to 
   maintain an appropriate mix of contracted business, based on current 
   market conditions. 

       In light of the potential liabilities of oil companies and other 
   shippers of petroleum products under the OPA and analogous state laws, 
   management believes that some shippers have begun to select transporters 
   in larger measure than in the past on the basis of a demonstrated record 
   of safe operations. Therefore, Maritrans has implemented a number of 
   measures in order to promote higher quality operations and continues to 
   stress its longstanding commitment to safe transportation of petroleum 
   products in its marketing efforts. 

       In 1993, approximately 71% of Maritrans' revenues were generated from 
   ten customers. In 1993, contracts with Chevron U.S.A., Inc. (including 
   affiliates, "Chevron"), and British Petroleum Corp. (including 
   affiliates) accounted in the aggregate for approximately 17% and 15%, 
   respectively, of Maritrans' revenues. There could be a material adverse 
   effect on Maritrans if either of these customers were to cancel or 
   terminate their various agreements with Maritrans. Management believes 
   that cancellation or termination of all of its business with any of its 
   larger customers is unlikely. In February 1994, Chevron announced a 
   tentative agreement to sell its refinery along the Delaware River in 
   Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, to Sun Company, Inc., a Maritrans customer. 
   Based on public announcements by the prospective buyer, Maritrans believes 
   such a sale would not have a material adverse effect on its business. 

   Competition and Competitive Factors 

       Overview. The maritime petroleum transportation industry is highly 
   competitive. The Jones Act, a federal law, restricts United States 
   port-to-port maritime shipping to vessels built in the United States, 
   owned by U.S. citizens and manned by U.S. crews. In Maritrans' market 
   areas, its primary direct competitors are the operators of U.S. flag 
   oceangoing barges and U.S. flag tankers. In the Gulf market, the primary 
   competitors are the fleets of both other independent petroleum 
   transporters and integrated oil companies. In the Eastern and Inland 
   market, management believes, based on its extensive knowledge and 
   experience in the industry, that Maritrans primarily competes with other 
   independent oceangoing barge operators and with the captive fleets of 
   integrated oil companies and, in lightering operations, has competed with 
   foreign-flag operators which lighter offshore. Some of the integrated oil 
   company fleets with which Maritrans competes are larger than Maritrans' 
   fleet. Additionally, in certain geographic areas and in certain business 
   activities, Maritrans competes with the operators of petroleum product 
   pipelines. Competitive factors which also affect Maritrans include the 
   output of United States refineries and the importation of petroleum 
   products. 

       The primary competition for Maritrans' marine terminals is proprietary 
   storage capacity of integrated oil companies, merchant refiners, and 
   independent marine terminal operators. 



                                       5
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 8 

       U.S. Flag Barges and Tankers. Maritrans' most direct competitors are 
   the other operators of U.S. flag oceangoing barges and tankers. Because of 
   the restrictions imposed by the Jones Act, there is a finite number of 
   vessels that are currently eligible to engage in U.S. maritime petroleum 
   transport. Therefore, the size and capacity of Maritrans' fleet relative 
   to those of others in the industry is an important factor in competing for 
   business on the basis of safety and service. The number of vessels 
   eligible to engage in Jones Act trade has declined significantly over the 
   past several years. The gradual implementation of regulations requiring 
   significant capital modifications and in some cases loss of vessel 
   capacity, as well as a decrease in the number of new vessels constructed 
   since 1982, have been the major causes of this decline. Competition in the 
   industry is based upon price and service (including vessel availability) 
   and is intense. 

       Maritrans is engaged in several different market activities. A 
   significant portion of its revenues in 1993 was generated in the coastal 
   transportation of petroleum products from refineries or pipeline terminals 
   in the Gulf of Mexico to ports which are not served by pipelines. 
   Management believes that the optimal vessel size suited to serve these 
   ports is between 20,000 deadweight tons ("DWT") (approximately 160,000 
   barrels) and 40,000 DWT (approximately 320,000 barrels). Maritrans 
   currently operates six barges in this size range in this market, which 
   comprises a significant number of the vessels able to compete in this 
   market. The relatively large size of Maritrans' fleet generally provides 
   greater flexibility in meeting customers' needs. 

       Maritrans competes with operators of generally smaller vessels in its 
   Inland and Eastern transportation activities. In this activity Maritrans 
   is competing primarily with other barge operators. This is a diverse 
   market allowing a broader size range of vessels to participate than in the 
   Gulf of Mexico. 

       Management believes that, for the most part, Maritrans' independent 
   competitors do not provide the same level of service, quality performance, 
   or attention to safe operations as Maritrans due to its fleet size, 
   maintenance and training programs, and spill record. 

       General Agreement on Trade in Services ("GATS") and North American 
   Free Trade Agreement ("NAFTA"). 

       The possible inclusion of maritime services within the scope of the 
   GATS and the NAFTA was the subject of discussion in the recently concluded 
   Uruguay Round of GATS negotiations and NAFTA negotiations. If maritime 
   services were deemed to include cabotage and were included in either of 
   these multi-national trade agreements, the result would have been to open 
   the Jones Act trade, (i.e., transportation of maritime cargo between U.S. 
   ports in which Maritrans and other U.S. vessel owners operate) to 
   foreign-flag vessels which would operate at lower costs. Maritrans 
   understands that cabotage (vessel trade or marine transportation between 
   two points within the same country) will not be included in the GATS and 
   the NAFTA in the foreseeable future; however, the possibility exists that 
   cabotage could be included in either the GATS or the NAFTA, or both, in 
   the future. In the meantime, Maritrans and the maritime industry will 


                                       6
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 9 

   continue to resist vigorously the inclusion of cabotage in the GATS and 
   the NAFTA. 

       Refined Product Pipelines. Existing refined product pipelines 
   generally are the lowest incremental cost method for the long-haul 
   movement of petroleum and refined petroleum products. Other than the 
   Colonial Pipeline system, which originates in Texas and terminates at New 
   York Harbor, and smaller regional pipelines between Philadelphia and New 
   York, there are no pipelines carrying refined petroleum products to the 
   major storage and distribution facilities currently served by Maritrans. 
   While the Colonial Pipeline system reduces the amount of refined product 
   transported into the New York area by ship, it provides an origination 
   point for Maritrans' business of transporting such products from New York 
   Harbor to New England ports. Management believes that high capital costs, 
   tariff regulation and environmental considerations make it unlikely that a 
   new refined product pipeline system which would have a material adverse 
   effect on Maritrans' business will be built in its market areas in the 
   foreseeable future. It is possible, however, that, as noted above, new 
   pipeline segments (including pipeline segments that connect with existing 
   pipeline systems) could be built or that existing pipelines could be 
   converted to carry refined petroleum products, either of which could 
   effectively compete with Maritrans in particular locations. 

       Natural Gas Pipelines. In December 1991, a 370 mile natural gas 
   pipeline from the Canadian border to the northeastern United States 
   markets was completed. The operation of this pipeline increases the amount 
   of natural gas supplied to the northeastern United States, thus 
   potentially reducing the demand for residual fuel for power generation and 
   ultimately reducing the demand for marine transportation of residual fuel 
   and other petroleum products to and within the area. Whether this 
   reduction occurs will depend on the relative prices between residual fuel 
   and natural gas, including transportation costs, in the future. If these 
   pipelines cause a reduction in demand for marine transportation of 
   petroleum products, Maritrans and other carriers active in the trade would 
   suffer negative effects to their business in this market area. 

       Imported Refined Petroleum Products. A significant factor affecting 
   the level of Maritrans' business operations is the level of refined 
   petroleum product imports, particularly in Florida and New England. 
   Imported refined petroleum products may be transported on foreign-flag 
   vessels, which are generally less costly to operate than U.S. flag 
   vessels. To the extent that there is an increase in the importation of 
   refined petroleum products to any of the markets served by Maritrans, 
   there could be a decrease in the demand for the transportation of refined 
   products from United States refineries, which would likely have an adverse 
   impact upon Maritrans. One possible outcome of the Clean Air Act could be 
   the importing of more refined product from outside the United States in 
   order to avoid the expense of upgrading United States refineries to comply 
   with such Act. In this case, while there would still be a need for marine 
   petroleum transportation, the demand would decrease, thereby possibly 
   materially adversely affecting the coastwise business of Maritrans and its 
   competitors. On the other hand, this development could prove beneficial to 
   Maritrans' terminalling business, due to the likely increased demand for 
   storage capacity for the imported refined product. 


                                       7
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 10 

       Delaware River Channel Depth. Legislation has been approved by the 
   United States Congress which authorizes the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers 
   to deepen the channel of the Delaware River between the river's mouth and 
   Philadelphia from forty to forty-five feet late in the 1990's. If further 
   legislation appropriating the funds for this project should become law and 
   this project is implemented and used by vessels calling on the Delaware 
   Valley refineries, it would have a material adverse effect on Maritrans' 
   lightering business which currently transports crude oil which is 
   off-loaded from deeply laden tankers from the mouth of the Delaware Bay up 
   the Delaware River to the Delaware Valley refineries. 

   Employees and Employee Relations 

       At December 31, 1993, Maritrans and its subsidiaries employed a total 
   of 605 persons. Of these employees, 100 are employed at the Philadelphia, 
   Pennsylvania headquarters of the Registrant or at the Philadelphia and 
   Tampa fleet centers, 465 are seagoing employees who work aboard the tugs 
   and barges, and 40 are employed by Maritrans' non-marine affiliates. 
   Maritrans and its predecessors have had collective bargaining agreements 
   with the Seafarers' International Union of North America, Atlantic, Gulf 
   and Inland District, AFL-CIO ("SIU"), and with American Maritime 
   Officers ("AMO"), formerly District 2 Marine Engineers Beneficial 
   Association, Associated Maritime Officers, AFL-CIO, for approximately 31 
   years. Approximately one-half of the total number of seagoing employees 
   employed are supervisors and, hence, as part of management, are not 
   represented by maritime unions. The collective bargaining agreement with 
   the SIU covers approximately 194 employees. The collective bargaining 
   agreement with the AMO covers approximately 44 employees. Each expires on 
   May 31, 1996. The employees of the subsidiaries of Maritrans Holdings Inc. 
   are not covered by any collective bargaining agreement. 

       Management believes that the seagoing supervisory and non-supervisory 
   personnel contribute significantly to responsive customer service. 
   Maritrans maintains a policy of seeking to promote from within, where 
   possible, and generally seeks to draw from its union and non-union 
   personnel to fill supervisory and other management positions as vacancies 
   occur. 

       Management believes that an extensive training program and operational 
   audit program (performed by Tidewater School of Navigation, Inc.) is 
   essential to insure that its employees are knowledgeable and highly 
   skilled in the performance of their duties as well as in their 
   preparedness for any unforeseen emergency situations that may arise. 
   Consequently, various training sessions and additional skill improvement 
   seminars are held throughout the year on subjects including deck officer 
   training, tankerman training, substance abuse awareness, fire fighting, 
   emergency response and personal professional development. In 1991, 
   Maritrans introduced its Quality Improvement Program. All employees 
   participate in quality training seminars in addition to the skills 
   improvement training mentioned above. 

   Regulation 

       Marine Transportation - General. The Interstate Commerce Act exempts 
   from economic regulation the water transportation of petroleum cargos in 

                                       8
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 11 

   bulk. Accordingly, Maritrans' transportation rates, which are negotiated 
   with its customers, are not subject to special rate regulation under the 
   provisions of such act or otherwise. The operation of tugboats and barges 
   is subject to regulation under various federal laws and international 
   conventions, as interpreted and implemented by the United States Coast 
   Guard, as well as certain state and local laws. Tugboats and barges are 
   required to meet construction and repair standards established by the 
   American Bureau of Shipping, a private organization, and the United States 
   Coast Guard and to meet operational and safety standards presently 
   established by the United States Coast Guard. Maritrans' seagoing 
   supervisory personnel are licensed by the United States Coast Guard. 
   Seamen and tankermen are certificated by the United States Coast Guard. 

       Jones Act. The Jones Act, a federal law, restricts maritime 
   transportation between United States points to vessels built and 
   registered in the United States and owned by United States citizens. The 
   entities in the Maritrans organizational structure engaged in maritime 
   transportation between United States points are subject to the provisions 
   of the law. Therefore, it is the responsibility of Maritrans to monitor 
   ownership of these entities and take any remedial action necessary to 
   insure that no violation of the Jones Act occurs. In addition, the Jones 
   Act requires that all United States flag vessels be manned by United 
   States citizens, which significantly increases the labor and certain other 
   operating costs of United States flag vessel operations compared to 
   foreign-flag vessel operations. Foreign-flag seamen generally receive 
   lower wages and benefits than those received by United States citizen 
   seamen. In addition, a significant number of foreign governments 
   subsidize, at least to some extent, the wages and/or benefits received by 
   the seamen of those nations. Furthermore, certain of these foreign 
   governments subsidize those nations' shipyards, resulting in lower 
   shipyard costs both for new vessels and repairs than those paid by United 
   States-flag vessel owners such as Maritrans to United States shipyards. 
   Finally, the United States Coast Guard and American Bureau of Shipping 
   maintain the most stringent regime of vessel inspection in the world, 
   which tends to result in higher regulatory compliance costs for United 
   States-flag operators than those paid by owners of vessels registered 
   under foreign flags of convenience. Because Maritrans transports petroleum 
   and petroleum products between United States ports, most of its business 
   depends upon the Jones Act remaining in effect. There have been various 
   unsuccessful attempts in the past by foreign governments and companies to 
   gain access to the Jones Act trade. Management expects that efforts of 
   this type will continue. 

       Environmental Matters. Maritrans is subject to various legislation and 
   regulations enacted to protect the environment. 

       Marine Storage Terminal Regulation. Maritrans marine terminal 
   subsidiaries are subject to various federal, state and local environmental 
   laws and regulations, particularly with respect to air quality, the 
   handling of materials removed from the tanks of vessels which are cleaned, 
   and any spillage of petroleum products on or adjoining marine terminal 
   premises. Management believes that this regulatory scheme will become 
   progressively stricter in the future, resulting in greater capital 
   expenditures by Maritrans for environmentally related equipment. Also, 
   there are significant fines and penalties for any violations of this 

                                       9
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 12 

   scheme. Management intends to reflect any such additional expenditures, to 
   the extent they are able, in the rates which are charged to customers from 
   time to time for services. 

       Oil Pollution Legislation. Many of the states in which Maritrans does 
   business have enacted laws providing for strict, unlimited liability for 
   vessel owners in the event of an oil spill. In addition, numerous states 
   have enacted or are considering legislation or regulations involving at 
   least some of the following provisions: tank- vessel-free zones, 
   contingency planning, state inspection of vessels, additional operating, 
   maintenance and safety requirements, and state financial responsibility 
   requirements. As a result of this legislation and regulation, Maritrans 
   has curtailed its carriage of persistent oils, primarily crude and #6 oil, 
   to or through portions of several of these states. Persistent oils are 
   those which continue to exist longer in the water when spilled, thus 
   making them more difficult to clean up. 

       In August 1990, the OPA became law. The OPA substantially changes the 
   liability exposure of owners and operators of vessels, oil terminals and 
   pipelines from that imposed under prior law. Under the OPA, each 
   responsible party for a vessel or facility from which oil is discharged 
   will be jointly, strictly and severally liable for all oil spill 
   containment and clean-up costs and certain other damages arising from the 
   discharge. These other damages are defined broadly to include (i) natural 
   resource damage (recoverable only by government entities), (ii) real and 
   personal property damage, (iii) net loss of taxes, royalties, rents, fees 
   and other lost revenues (recoverable only by government entities), (iv) 
   lost profits or impairment of earning capacity due to property or natural 
   resource damage, and (v) net cost of public services necessitated by a 
   spill response, such as protection from fire, safety or health hazards. 

       The owner or operator of a vessel from which oil is discharged will be 
   liable under the OPA unless it can be demonstrated that the spill was 
   caused solely by an act of God, an act of war, or the act or omission of a 
   third party unrelated by contract to the responsible party. Even if the 
   spill is caused solely by a third party, the owner or operator must pay 
   all removal cost and damage claims and then seek reimbursement from the 
   third party or the trust fund established under the OPA. 

       The OPA establishes a federal limit of liability of the greater of 
   $1,200 per gross ton or $10 million per tank vessel. A vessel owner's 
   liability is not limited, however, if the spill results from a violation 
   of federal safety, construction or operating regulations. In addition, the 
   OPA does not preclude states from adopting their own liability laws. 
   Numerous states in which Maritrans operates have adopted legislation 
   imposing unlimited strict liability for vessel owners and operators. 
   Management believes that the liability provisions of the OPA and similar 
   state laws have greatly expanded Maritrans' potential liability in the 
   event of an oil spill, even where Maritrans is not at fault. 

       The OPA requires all vessels to maintain a certificate of financial 
   responsibility for oil pollution in an amount equal to the greater of 
   $1,200 per gross ton per vessel, or $10 million per vessel in conformance 
   with regulations that have not been promulgated in final form by the U.S. 
   Coast Guard. Additional financial responsibility in the amount of $300 per 

                                       10
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 13 

   gross ton will be required under regulations to be promulgated by the U.S. 
   Coast Guard under the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation 
   and Liability Act ("CERCLA"), the federal Superfund law. The previous 
   requirement was $150 per gross ton per vessel, or $250,000, whichever is 
   larger. Owners of more than one tank vessel, such as Maritrans, however, 
   will only be required to demonstrate financial responsibility in an amount 
   equal to cover the vessel having the greatest maximum liability 
   (approximately $40 million in Maritrans' case). It is uncertain, however, 
   whether Maritrans or other vessel operators will be able to acquire such 
   certificates through existing international insurance underwriters or any 
   other source. This uncertainty is due to the fact that the final federal 
   financial responsibility regulations have not been issued by the U.S. 
   Coast Guard, and if such regulations require the international insurance 
   underwriters to in effect guarantee the payment of clean-up costs and 
   damages up to the OPA statutory limit, they have stated that they are 
   going to refuse to do so. Since the final regulations have not been 
   issued, this position threatened by the international insurance 
   underwriters has not been taken. The operation of tank vessels in marine 
   transportation of oil and petroleum products without such certificates is 
   unlawful and such unlawful operation would not be conducted by Maritrans. 
   This could result in materially adverse effects on Maritrans. 

       The OPA requires all newly constructed petroleum tank vessels engaged 
   in marine transportation of oil and petroleum products in the U.S. to be 
   double-hulled and all such existing single-hulled vessels to be 
   retrofitted with double hulls or phased out of the industry beginning 
   January 1, 1995, in order to comply with new standards for such vessels. 
   Because of the age and size of Maritrans' individual barges, the first of 
   its operating vessels will be required to be retired or retrofitted by 
   January 1, 2003, and most of its large ocean-going, single-hulled vessels 
   will be similarly affected on January 1, 2005. As a result of this 
   legislation, the expected lives of some of Maritrans' barges have been 
   shortened, thus forcing Maritrans to accelerate the depreciation of these 
   vessels. This change in depreciation calculation began in September 1990 
   and caused an increase of Maritrans' annual depreciation expense by 
   approximately $1.4 million. 

       The OPA directs the Coast Guard to develop interim measures for single 
   hull tank vessels over 5,000 gross tons "that provide as substantial 
   protection to the environment as is economically and technologically 
   feasible." The Coast Guard issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking which 
   proposed the adoption of several alternative structural measures to meet 
   this requirement. The regulation would have required substantial 
   modification of 14 of Maritrans' largest barges, with a significant cost 
   impact. However, in response to comments from industry, the Coast Guard is 
   reexamining these structural proposals, and further action on structural 
   requirements has been deferred. In the meantime, the Coast Guard is 
   expected to adopt a series of operational measures which, while increasing 
   current standards, should not have an appreciable effect on Maritrans. 

       The double-hulled or double-bottomed tank barges currently owned by 
   Maritrans account for approximately 15% of its fleet capacity. None of 
   these vessels, however, comply with the current regulations promulgated 
   under the OPA for double-hulled vessels, although it is possible that some 
   of these vessels may be grandfathered under changes in these regulations 

                                       11
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 14 

   which may be adopted in the future. Management believes that it would, for 
   example, cost approximately $20 million to build a 20,000 DWT 
   double-hulled barge. The cost of retrofitting an existing 20,000 DWT barge 
   with a double hull may be somewhat less than the cost of a new barge, but 
   the retrofitting cost would depend upon a variety of construction and 
   engineering factors. Therefore, retrofitting may not be a viable economic 
   alternative to the purchase of a new double-hulled barge. The prices of 
   retrofitting and constructing new vessels may increase materially as a 
   result of increased demand for shipyard capacity arising from the OPA. 

       The OPA further required all tank vessel operators to submit, by 
   February 18, 1993, for federal approval, detailed vessel oil spill 
   contingency plans setting forth their capacity to respond to a worst case 
   spill situation. Maritrans filed its plans prior to that deadline. Several 
   states have similar contingency or response plan requirements. Because of 
   the large number of ports served by Maritrans, the cost of compliance may 
   be substantial, and, while Maritrans is presently in compliance, there is 
   no assurance that Maritrans will be able to remain in compliance with all 
   the federal requirements or those of one or more states. 

       The OPA is expected to have a continuing adverse effect on the entire 
   U.S. oil and petroleum marine transportation industry, including 
   Maritrans. The effects on the industry could include, among others, (i) 
   increased requirements for capital expenditures, which the independent 
   marine transporters of petroleum may not be able to finance, to fund the 
   cost of double-hulled vessels, (ii) increased maintenance, training, 
   insurance and other operating costs, (iii) civil penalties and liability, 
   (iv) decreased operating revenues as a result of a further reduction of 
   volumes transported by vessels and (v) increased difficulty in obtaining 
   sufficient insurance, particularly oil pollution coverage. These effects 
   could adversely affect Maritrans' profitability and liquidity. 

       The following table sets forth Maritrans' quantifiable oil spill 
   record for the period January 1, 1988 through December 31, 1993: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                 Gallons Spilled 
                                        No. of        No. of       No. of         Per Million 
        Period                       Gals. Carried    Spills    Gals. Spilled    Gals. Carried 
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         (000)                      (000)
   <S>                                <C>               <C>        <C>               <C> 
   1/1/1988 - 12/31/1988              10,954,000         7          17.55             1.601 
   1/1/1989 - 12/31/1989              11,315,000        15          11.26              .995 
   1/1/1990 - 12/31/1990              12,222,000        20         189.37            15.494 
   1/1/1991 - 12/31/1991              10,710,000        18           1.28              .119 
   1/1/1992 - 12/31/1992              10,272,000         8            .02              .002 
   1/1/1993 - 12/31/1993*             10,433,000         4            .02              .002
</TABLE>

   ---------- 
   * Results for 1993 exclude the product lost, mostly burned, in the 
     collision of Maritrans' barge, the OCEAN 255, with vessels owned by 
     others off the coast of Florida in August 1993. Management believes that 
     Maritrans was not at fault in this incident. 


                                       12
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 15 

       Maritrans believes that its spill ratio compares favorably with the 
   other independent, coastwise operators in the Jones Act trade. 

       Water Pollution Regulations. The Federal Water Pollution Control Act 
   of 1972 ("FWPCA"), as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1977, imposes 
   strict prohibitions against the discharge of oil (and its derivatives) and 
   hazardous substances into navigable waters of the United States. FWPCA 
   provides civil and criminal penalties for any discharge of petroleum 
   products in harmful quantities and imposes substantial liability for the 
   clean-up costs of removing an oil spill. State laws for the control of 
   water pollution also provide varying civil and criminal penalties and 
   clean-up cost liabilities in the case of a release of petroleum or its 
   derivatives into surface waters. In the course of its vessel operations, 
   Maritrans engages contractors in addition to Maritank Philadelphia Inc. to 
   remove and dispose of waste material, including tank residue. In the event 
   that any of such waste is deemed "hazardous," as defined in FWPCA or the 
   Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, and is disposed of in violation of 
   applicable law, Maritrans could be jointly and severally liable with the 
   disposal contractor for the clean-up costs and any resulting damages. The 
   United States Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") previously 
   determined not to classify most common types of "used oil" as a 
   "hazardous waste," provided that certain recycling standards are met, 
   but has since decided to review this issue again. While it is unlikely 
   that used oil will be classified as hazardous, the management of used oil 
   under EPA's proposed regulations will increase the cost of disposing of or 
   recycling used oil from Maritrans' vessels. Some states in which Maritrans 
   operates, however, have classified "used oil" as hazardous. Maritrans 
   has found it increasingly expensive to manage the wastes generated in its 
   operations. 

       Air Pollution Regulations. The 1990 amendments to the Clean Air Act 
   give the EPA and the states the authority to regulate emissions of 
   volatile organic compounds ("VOCs") and any other air pollutant from 
   tank vessels in all ports served by Maritrans. Several states with ports 
   served by Maritrans already have established regulations to require the 
   installation of vapor recovery equipment on petroleum-carrying vessels to 
   reduce the emissions of VOCs. Compliance with these federal and state 
   regulations has required material capital expenditures for the 
   retrofitting of Maritrans' barges and has increased operating costs. The 
   EPA also has the authority to regulate emissions from marine vessel 
   engines; however, with the possible exception of the use of low sulfur 
   fuels, direct regulation of marine engine emissions is not likely in the 
   near future in ports served by Maritrans. However, it is possible that the 
   EPA and/or various state environmental agencies ultimately may require 
   that additional air pollution abatement equipment be installed in tug 
   boats, including those owned by Maritrans. Such a requirement could result 
   in a material expenditure by Maritrans, which could have an adverse effect 
   on Maritrans' profitability if it is not able to recoup these costs 
   through increased charter rates. 

       Port and Tanker Safety Act; Interim Measures. The Port and Tanker 
   Safety Act of 1978 ("PTSA") required certain oil-carrying tankships to 
   be fitted with segregated ballast tanks. PTSA required self-propelled 
   vessels to be retrofitted to meet these standards. Barges were not 
   generally affected by such requirements. However, if the environmental 

                                       13
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 16 

   standards of PTSA were to be made applicable to the large barges operated 
   by Maritrans, Maritrans would be required to make significant capital 
   expenditures to retrofit such barges, and the cargo-carrying capacity of 
   such barges would also be decreased. There have been no recent regulatory 
   efforts to apply the PTSA standards to large barges such as those operated 
   by Maritrans. 

       User Fees and Taxes. The Water Resources Development Act of 1986 
   permits local non-federal entities to recover a portion of the costs of 
   new port and harbor improvements from vessel operators with vessels 
   benefitting from such improvements. Management does not believe that 
   Maritrans' vessels currently benefit from such improvements. However, 
   there can be no assurance that such entities will not seek to recover a 
   portion of such costs from Maritrans. Federal legislation has been enacted 
   imposing user fees on vessel operators such as Maritrans to help fund the 
   United States Coast Guard's regulatory activities. Other federal, state 
   and local agencies or authorities could also seek to impose additional 
   user fees or taxes on vessel operators or their vessels. The approved U.S. 
   budget for its 1992 fiscal year directs the Coast Guard to collect fees 
   for vessel inspection and documentation, licensing and tank vessel 
   examinations. Maritrans does not expect that initially these fees will be 
   material to it. There can be no assurance that user fees, which could have 
   a material adverse effect upon the financial condition and results of 
   operations of Maritrans, will not be imposed in the future. 

   Item 2. PROPERTIES 

       Vessels. The Operating Partnership owned, at December 31, 1993, a 
   fleet of 67 vessels, of which 39 are barges and 28 are tugboats. Two 
   additional tugs are operated under long-term leases. 

       The barge fleet consists of a variety of vessels falling within six 
   different barge classifications. The largest vessels in the fleet are the 
   14 superbarges ranging in capacity from 188,065 to 400,000 barrels. The 
   oldest vessel in that class is the OCEAN 250 which was constructed in 
   1970, while the largest and most recently reconstructed vessel is the 
   OCEAN 400, for which modifications were completed as recently as 1990. For 
   the most part, however, the bulk of the superbarge fleet was constructed 
   during the 1970's and early 1980's. 

       The fleet's next ten largest barges range in capacity from 61,638 
   barrels to 165,881 barrels and were constructed or substantially renovated 
   between 1967 and 1981. The fleet also includes two specially equipped 
   chemical barges. The remainder of the barge fleet is comprised of three 
   vessels falling in the 50,000 barrel class, seven vessels in the 30,000 
   barrel class and three vessels in the small barge classification. The 
   majority of these vessels were constructed between 1961 and 1977. 

       The Operating Partnership's tugboat fleet is comprised of one 11,000 
   horsepower class vessel, eleven 5,600 horsepower class vessels, four 4,000 
   horsepower class vessels, five 3,200 horsepower class vessels, six 2,200 
   horsepower class vessels and two pusher class vessels. One of the 4,000 
   horsepower class vessels was sold in January 1994. The year of 
   construction or substantial renovation of these vessels ranges from 1962 


                                       14
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 17 

   to 1990 with the bulk of the tugboats having been constructed sometime 
   between 1967 and 1981. 

       Substantially all of the vessels in the fleet are subject to first 
   preferred ship mortgages to secure payment of the notes of the Operating 
   Partnership. These mortgages require the Operating Partnership to maintain 
   the vessels at a high standard and continue a life-extension program for 
   certain of its larger barges. At December 31, 1993 Maritrans is not in 
   violation of the Operating Partnership's mortgage covenants. At December 
   31, 1993 Maritrans owns ten barges and one tugboat which were not in a 
   state of operational readiness. Most of these vessels were too small to 
   achieve satisfactory returns in current market conditions, or were 
   purchased as non-operating hulls for potential refurbishment in the event 
   market conditions were to improve sufficiently to merit additional 
   expenditures. Maritrans does not believe market conditions in 1994 will 
   merit such refurbishments. 

       Marine Terminals. MPI owns 35 acres on the west bank of the Schuylkill 
   River in Philadelphia where twelve storage tanks with a total capacity of 
   1,040,000 barrels, truck loading racks, office space and related equipment 
   used in MPI's marine terminal and tank cleaning operations are located. In 
   early 1993, MMI acquired 25 acres on the Wicomico River in Salisbury, 
   Maryland where fourteen storage tanks with a total capacity of 170,000 
   barrels, office space and related equipment used in MMI's marine terminal 
   operations are located. 

       Other Real Property. The Registrant's operations are headquartered in 
   Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, where it leases office space, expiring in 
   1998. Eastern fleet operations are located on the west bank of the 
   Schuylkill River in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania where the Operating 
   Partnership owns approximately six acres of improved land. In addition, it 
   also leases a bulkhead of approximately 430 feet from the federal 
   government for purposes of mooring vessels adjacent to the owned land. 
   This lease was renewed in 1993 and expires in 1998. The Inland Division 
   leases space from MPI. In the Philadelphia area, the Operating Partnership 
   has several short term (one year or less) leases for nearby pier space for 
   the purpose of mooring vessels and warehouse space for the purpose of 
   storage and shop facilities. The Operating Partnership also leases four 
   acres of Port Authority land in Tampa, Florida for use as its Gulf 
   Division fleet center, which lease expires in 2004, with three renewal 
   options of ten years each and a limited amount of office space in 
   Wilmington, Delaware for itself and its affiliated entities. The Operating 
   Partnership also has an office space agreement in Houston, Texas for its 
   distribution services business. 

   Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

       Maritrans is a party to routine, marine-related lawsuits and labor 
   arbitrations arising in the ordinary course of its business. The claims 
   made in connection with Maritrans' marine operations are covered by marine 
   insurance, subject to applicable policy deductibles which are not material 
   as to any type of insurance coverage. Management believes, based on its 
   current knowledge, that such lawsuits and claims, even if the outcomes 
   were to be adverse, would not have a material adverse effect on Maritrans' 
   financial condition. 

                                       15
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 18 

       In connection with the sale of Main Iron Works, Inc. ("MIW"), 
   Maritrans' predecessor agreed to reimburse MIW for certain ongoing 
   workmen's compensation claims arising prior to the sale of MIW, and 
   retained an assignment of the shipyard's rights against its former 
   workmen's compensation insurance carrier, which has been in liquidation 
   proceedings. Due to the size and complexity of the liquidation proceeding, 
   it is unlikely that this matter will be resolved for several years. 
   Maritrans assumed its predecessor's reimbursement obligations to MIW and 
   obtained an assignment of the predecessor's rights against the workmen's 
   compensation insurance carrier. Maritrans' predecessor originally accrued 
   a liability of $1.3 million for claim payments pursuant to such 
   reimbursement agreement with MIW. Management believes, based on its 
   current knowledge, that such accrual will be adequate. However, there is a 
   possibility that future claims could exceed such amount. Management 
   believes, based on its current knowledge, that the ultimate resolution of 
   these claims, even if in excess of the amount accrued, would not have a 
   material adverse effect on Maritrans' financial condition. 

       Maritrans' predecessor was sued in the U.S. District Court in Ohio by 
   nine individuals, eight who at most worked briefly for such predecessor 
   and a ninth who still works for Maritrans, alleging unspecified damages 
   for exposure to asbestos. Maritrans has been sued in a similar suit in New 
   Orleans by a plaintiff and Philadelphia by two plaintiffs with whom 
   Maritrans has no employment records, and in Philadelphia by an employee of 
   Maritrans' predecessor which suit was settled by a payment of $4,000 by 
   Maritrans. Although Maritrans believes these claims are without merit, it 
   is impossible at this juncture to express a definitive opinion on the 
   final outcome of any such suit. Management believes that any liability 
   would not have a material adverse effect as it is adequately covered by 
   applicable insurance. 

   Item 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS 

       No matters were submitted to a vote of the Registrant's security 
   holders, through the solicitation of proxies or otherwise, during the last 
   quarter of the year ended December 31, 1993. 





















                                       16
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 19 

                                    PART II 

   Item 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER 
           MATTERS 

       Market Information and Holders 

       Maritrans Inc. Common Shares (and prior to April 1, 1993, Maritrans 
   Partners L.P. Depositary Units) trade on the New York Stock Exchange under 
   the symbol "TUG." The following table sets forth, for the periods 
   indicated, the high and low sales prices per share/unit as reported by the 
   New York Stock Exchange. 

    QUARTERS ENDING IN 1993:                        HIGH     LOW 
    -----------------------                         ---------------
   March 31, 1993                                   $4.125   $2.500 
   June 30, 1993                                     4.250    3.375 
   September 30, 1993                                4.250    3.250 
   December 31, 1993                                 4.250    3.625 

   QUARTERS ENDING IN 1992:                         HIGH     LOW 
   -----------------------                          ----------------
   March 31, 1992                                   $4.875   $ 3.625 
   June 30, 1992                                     4.000    2.750 
   September 30, 1992                                3.375    2.500 
   December 31, 1992                                 2.750    1.750

       As of January 31, 1994, the Registrant had 12,523,000 Common Shares 
   outstanding and approximately 1,212 shareholders of record. 

       Dividends and Distributions 

       For the period April 1, 1993 to December 31, 1993, Maritrans Inc. paid 
   no dividends to stockholders. While dividend policy is determined at the 
   discretion of the Board of Directors of Maritrans Inc., management 
   believes that it is not likely Maritrans will pay any dividends in the 
   near future. 

       For the period January 1, 1992 to March 31, 1993, Maritrans Partners 
   L.P. paid the following cash distributions to the unitholders: 

    PAYMENTS IN 1992:                                  PER UNIT 
    ----------------                                   --------
   February 24, 1992                                   $ .2875 
   May 26, 1992                                          .2875 
                                                       --------
     TOTAL                                             $ .5750 
                                                       ========
                                                         
       

       Maritrans Partners L.P. cash distributions should not be compared with 
   dividends paid on common stock by corporations. Dividends paid by 
   corporations are taxable as ordinary income, while distributions from 
   partnerships may be treated partially or fully as a nontaxable return of 
   capital.

                                       17
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 20 

   Item 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA ($000)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 
                                                                            MARITRANS INC. 
                                                       --------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       JANUARY 1 TO DECEMBER 31 
                                                         1993        1992        1991        1990        1989 
                                                       --------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                                 <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>

   CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT DATA: 
     Revenues .....................................    $132,539    $133,051    $146,560    $152,368    $135,592 
     Operating income before depreciation and 
       amortization ...............................      24,509      25,576      23,394      31,725      31,983 
     Depreciation and amortization ................      15,868      15,578      15,962      13,747      12,261 
     Operating income (excludes interest expense)..       8,641       9,998       7,432      17,978      19,722 
     Interest expense, net ........................      10,373      10,958      10,890      10,299      10,088 
     Income (loss) before income taxes and 
       extraordinary item .........................       5,186       3,419      (1,576)     10,031      12,584 
     Provision for income taxes ...................      16,975(1)        -           -           -           - 
     Extraordinary item ...........................           -           -           -       1,784           - 
     Net income (loss) ............................     (11,789)(1)    3,419     (1,576)     11,815      12,584 

   CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA (at period end): 
     Total assets .................................    $253,038    $251,344    $258,957    $258,481    $259,649 
     Long-term debt ...............................     110,556     116,866     120,423     114,000     115,500 
     Partnership equity ...........................           -      86,571      90,339     106,290     108,850 
     Stockholders' equity .........................      74,874           -           -           -           -
</TABLE>

   ---------- 
   (1) Maritrans Inc., the successor to Maritrans Partners L.P. effective 
       April 1, 1993, is subject to income taxation. See note 1 and 4 to 
       Financial Statements. 

   Item 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 
           RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

       The following is a discussion of the consolidated financial condition 
   and results of operations of Maritrans Inc. (the "Corporation"), and, 
   together with its subsidiaries and Maritrans Partners L.P.(the 
   "Partnership"), herein called "Maritrans." 

   Overview 

       Historically, Maritrans has served the petroleum and petroleum product 
   distribution industry by providing marine transportation services along 
   the East and Gulf Coasts of the United States utilizing its barges and 
   tugboats. Maritrans has recently broadened its participation in 
   distribution services by adding marine terminal facilities and oil spill 
   contingency management services. 

       Over the last several years, Maritrans has been implementing steps to 
   become more competitive and more customer-oriented. In the fourth quarter 


                                       18
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 21 

   of 1993, Maritrans announced a corporate streamlining which is expected to 
   lower its costs by $5 million in 1994 as compared to 1993. This 
   streamlining resulted in a $2 million charge in the fourth quarter of 
   1993, with $1 million being charged to general and administrative costs 
   and $1 million charged to operation expense. Most of these charges related 
   to severance costs and other continuation benefits for the terminating and 
   retiring employees. 

       Increased United States oil consumption, as well as a shortening of 
   average voyage length, contributed to Maritrans transporting an increasing 
   number of barrels from 1988 through 1990. Volumes transported by Maritrans 
   declined approximately 14% in 1991 and were relatively stable in 1992 and 
   1993, declining less than 3% in 1992 and increasing less than 2% in 1993. 

       Maritrans increased vessel capacity from 1988 to 1990, particularly by 
   placing in service the OCEAN 400, Maritrans' largest barge, in May 1990. 
   In 1993, Maritrans reduced owned capacity through the disposal of vessels 
   excess to its long-term business needs. In addition, a barge involved in a 
   collision off the coast of Florida in August 1993 was declared a 
   constructive total loss. During most of 1993, Maritrans had one or more 
   large barges out of service for vessel performance improvements, resulting 
   in Maritrans utilizing, to a greater extent than in 1992, vessels 
   chartered from third parties. 

       Operating income declined in 1989 and 1990 from previous levels as 
   increased costs, particularly in maintenance and insurance, could not be 
   fully offset by rate increases. Lower business activity levels in 1991 
   through 1993 exacerbated this effect. Maintenance costs had increased 
   markedly in 1989 through 1991 due to three factors: (1) response to the 
   Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (the "OPA"), through management's proactive 
   stepping up of maintenance to achieve even higher quality operations than 
   existed previously, as measured by less work time lost due to critical 
   equipment malfunctions; (2) additions to the fleet in that period; and (3) 
   the effects of inflation and an aging fleet. Lower activity levels and 
   improved maintenance processes lowered maintenance expense levels in 1992 
   and 1993. Costs related to measures taken to reduce the risk of oil 
   spills, as well as inflation, have also reduced operating income in the 
   years 1990 through 1993. 

       In June 1991, Maritrans purchased a one-million barrel, deepwater 
   marine terminal facility located on the Schuylkill River in Philadelphia, 
   which provides terminalling services to outside customers and 
   vessel-cleaning services for Maritrans. The facility was purchased for $12 
   million, mainly with the proceeds of a bank loan. In 1992, more than $2 
   million was spent to increase vessel cleaning capability. 

       In February 1993, Maritrans purchased adjoining terminals in 
   Salisbury, Maryland, with storage capacity totalling 170,000 barrels, to 
   provide marine terminalling services. The facilities were purchased for 
   less than $2 million, and Maritrans now operates the merged facilities as 
   a single terminal and has distribution service agreements with the former 
   owners. 

       Factors that will affect future results of Maritrans include: overall 
   U.S. oil consumption, particularly oil consumption in Florida and the 

                                       19
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 22 

   Northeastern United States, environmental laws and regulations, oil 
   companies' operating and sourcing decisions, competition and labor costs, 
   training costs, liability insurance costs, and Maritrans' recent 
   broadening of its participation in petroleum distribution services. 

   Legislation 

       The enactment of the OPA in 1990 significantly increased the liability 
   exposure of marine transporters of petroleum in the event of an oil spill. 
   In addition, most states in which Maritrans operates have enacted (and the 
   others in which it operates may enact) legislation increasing the 
   liability for oil spills in their waters. Maritrans maintains oil 
   pollution liability insurance of $700 million on its vessels which is 
   generally the maximum amount of oil spill liability insurance carried by 
   marine transporters of petroleum. There can be no assurance that such 
   insurance will be adequate to cover potential liabilities in the event of 
   a catastrophic spill, that additional premium costs will be recoverable 
   through increased rates, or that such insurance will continue to be 
   available in satisfactory amounts. 

       Moreover, this legislation has increased other operating costs as 
   Maritrans has taken steps to minimize the risk of potential spills, such 
   as costs for additional training, safety and contingency programs that 
   have not yet been fully recovered through increased rates. Additionally, 
   management believes that the legislation has had the effect of reducing 
   the total volume of waterborne petroleum transportation as shippers of 
   petroleum have attempted to reduce their exposure to the impact of the 
   OPA. Therefore, although management cannot predict the continuing adverse 
   impact of this legislation on Maritrans, the legislation has had a 
   material adverse effect on Maritrans' operations and financial results, 
   including an increase in depreciation expense due to the shortening of 
   expected lives of some of Maritrans' barges as a result of the OPA. 

       The OPA is expected to have a continuing adverse effect on the entire 
   U.S. oil and petroleum marine transportation industry, including 
   Maritrans. The effects on the industry could include, among others, (i) 
   increased requirements for capital expenditures, which the independent 
   marine transporters of petroleum may not be able to finance, to fund the 
   cost of double-hulled vessels, (ii) increased maintenance, training, 
   insurance and other operating costs, (iii) civil penalties and liability, 
   (iv) decreased operating revenues as a result of a further reduction of 
   volumes transported on vessels and (v) increased difficulty in obtaining 
   sufficient insurance, particularly oil pollution coverage. These effects 
   could adversely affect Maritrans' profitability and liquidity. 

       The OPA requires the retirement or retrofitting of most of Maritrans' 
   existing barges beginning in 2003 through 2005. Some of Maritrans' barges 
   are not scheduled for retirement until 2015. A small number of barges may 
   be treated as meeting the double-hull requirements and, therefore, be 
   allowed to continue operating without modification. If Maritrans were to 
   rebuild its entire barge capacity with double-hulls, the estimated cost 
   would be approximately $500 million. This estimate could be higher as 
   shipyard costs increase. 



                                       20
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 23 

       An investment banking firm was retained in 1991 to assist in 
   evaluating Maritrans' ongoing financial strategies and company structural 
   issues in light of strategic considerations at that time. In April 1992, 
   the Board of Directors of the managing general partner of the Partnership, 
   a master limited partnership, decided to seek unitholder approval to 
   convert from the master limited partnership form to corporate form. On 
   April 1, 1993, after a vote of the unitholders, the Partnership was 
   converted to Maritrans Inc., a corporation. 

   Results of Operations 

    1993 Compared With 1992 

       Revenues of $132.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1993 
   decreased by $0.6 million, or less than one percent, from $133.1 million 
   for the year ended December 31, 1992. Barrels of cargo transported 
   increased by 3.8 million barrels, from 244.6 million to 248.4 million, 
   respectively. Severe price competition for oil transportation services has 
   existed in the markets served by Maritrans in recent years, and is 
   expected to continue. In 1993, more barrels were transported shorter 
   distances, lowering the fleet's average revenue per barrel. Revenue from 
   sources other than marine transportation increased from 2.8% of total 
   revenue in 1992 to 4.9% in 1993, due to additional terminalling 
   operations, contingency management activities, and other services supplied 
   to third-party vessel owners. 

       Operating expenses of $123.9 million for the year ended December 31, 
   1993, increased by $0.8 million, or less than one percent, from operating 
   expenses of $123.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1992. Lower 
   vessel activity levels, due in part to time out of service for vessel 
   improvements, and improvements in maintenance processes have decreased 
   operation and maintenance expense levels. During most of 1993, Maritrans 
   utilized vessels chartered from others while one or more of its large 
   barges were out of service for vessel performance improvements and 
   maintenance. Crew costs were lower as a result of lower activity levels, 
   including shipyarding periods, and the previously described disposal of 
   equipment throughout the year. Fuel expense decreased due to a decline in 
   price per gallon and fewer gallons consumed. General and administrative 
   costs decreased from the comparable prior period when general and 
   administrative costs included the early termination of a lease for office 
   space and costs related to the transaction to convert from partnership to 
   corporate form. In 1993, general and administrative costs and operation 
   expense each included a charge of $1 million (for a total of $2 million) 
   for corporate streamlining costs, most of which relates to severance costs 
   and other continuation benefits for terminating and retiring employees. A 
   charge of $0.6 million was recorded in 1992 for workforce reduction 
   related costs. 

       In 1993, Maritrans recorded $5.9 million in gains on the sales and 
   liquidation of fixed assets as part of other income. In 1992, $3 million 
   was recorded in other income as a result of a settlement of outstanding 
   litigation, discussed further below in "1992 Compared With 1991." 

       The adoption of FAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, caused the 
   Partnership to recognize a net deferred income tax provision of $16.6 

                                       21
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 24 

   million in the first quarter of 1993. The adoption of this accounting rule 
   was prescribed by the conversion of the Partnership to corporate status, 
   which occurred April 1, 1993. 

       The net loss for the year ended December 31, 1993, was $11.8 million 
   as compared with net income of $3.4 million for the year ended December 
   31, 1992. The loss was the result of the previously noted provision of 
   $16.6 million for income taxes. Income before income taxes for the period 
   increased to $5.2 million from $3.4 million in the comparable period in 
   1992. While the change in operating income reflected the small decline in 
   revenues and small increase in operating expenses, the most significant 
   factors affecting income before income taxes were the gains on 
   sales/liquidation of vessels in 1993 and the settlement receipts from 
   litigation in 1992. 

    1992 Compared With 1991 

       Revenues of $133.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1992 
   decreased by $13.5 million, or 9%, from $146.6 million for the year ended 
   December 31, 1991. Barrels of cargo transported decreased by 5.8 million 
   barrels, from 250.4 million to 244.6 million, respectively. Lower revenue 
   levels resulted from lower average daily charter rates and decreased 
   volumes. The continuing period of lower oil consumption has caused severe 
   price competition for oil transportation services. 

       Operating expenses of $123.0 million for the year ended December 31, 
   1992, decreased by $16.1 million, or 12%, from operating expenses of 
   $139.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1991. Lower activity levels 
   and improvements in maintenance processes have lowered maintenance expense 
   levels. Management believes that these practices have not caused the 
   condition of vessels to deteriorate. Personnel training costs were higher 
   in 1991 due to the initiation and implementation of comprehensive training 
   programs. Crew costs were lower as a result of lower utilization of marine 
   personnel. Fuel expense decreased due to a decline in price per gallon and 
   fewer gallons consumed. General and administrative costs increased due to 
   the early termination of a lease for office space and costs related to the 
   potential transaction to convert to corporate form. A charge of $0.6 
   million was recorded in the third quarter for workforce reduction related 
   costs. 

       In November, 1992, the Partnership dismissed its suit against its 
   former law firm and a partner of that firm pursuant to a settlement 
   agreement among the parties. As part of the settlement the Partnership 
   received a payment of $3 million, and the trial court dissolved the 
   preliminary injunction which previously barred the defendants from 
   representing certain of Maritrans' economic competitors in labor 
   negotiations. The payment received is reflected in other income for the 
   year ended December 31, 1992. 

       Net income of $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1992, 
   increased by $5.0 million from a net loss of $1.6 million for the year 
   ended December 31, 1991. While revenues have declined from levels in the 
   comparable period in 1991, larger declines in operating expenses and the 
   settlement of litigation mentioned above in the same period have caused 
   the improvement in results. 

                                       22
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 25 

   Liquidity and Capital Resources 

       In 1993, funds provided by investing and operating activities were 
   sufficient to fully meet debt service obligations and loan agreement 
   restrictions. The total of $19.3 million in proceeds from the disposal of 
   equipment was generated by the sale of non-strategic assets and from the 
   insurance proceeds for the constructive total loss of a barge involved in 
   a collision. The net funds provided by operating activities of $3.5 
   million included $16.6 million from the provision for deferred income 
   taxes recorded for the Conversion in conjunction with the adoption of FAS 
   No. 109 Accounting for Income Taxes. The primary uses of funds were $17.5 
   million in capital expenditures, principally for vessel improvements and 
   marine terminal purchases, and $6.0 million in long-term debt repayment. 

       Maritrans believes that in 1994 funds provided by operating 
   activities, augmented by financing transactions and investing activities, 
   will be sufficient to provide the funds necessary for operations, 
   anticipated capital expenditures, lease payments and required debt 
   repayments. No dividends are expected to be made in 1994. 

       Maritrans believes capital expenditures in 1994 for improvements to 
   its currently operating vessels and existing marine terminals will be 
   approximately $3 million. However, Maritrans will continue to evaluate the 
   potential purchase of marine storage terminal and other investments 
   consistent with its long-term strategic interests, and the potential 
   sources of funds for those potential investments. No material commitments 
   existed at December 31, 1993, for capital expenditures. 

   Working Capital and Other Balance Sheet Changes 

       Working capital increased approximately $13.0 million from December 
   31, 1992 to December 31, 1993. Current assets increased $14.0 million from 
   the prior comparable period. These increases were largest in other 
   accounts receivable, due to increases in outstanding insurance claims 
   receivable. Maritrans expects these claims to be fully recoverable from 
   insurance underwriters. Additionally, the current benefit of deferred 
   income taxes recognized on temporary differences are shown on the 
   financial statements for December 31, 1993 but were not included in the 
   financial statements for December 31, 1992, because of the then current 
   partnership status of Maritrans. Prepaid expenses also increased due to an 
   increase in advance payments to shipyards for their services and a change 
   in the timing of payments for certain insurance premiums. Current 
   liabilities increased approximately $1 million. The ratio of current 
   assets to current liabilities increased to 1.94 at December 31, 1993 from 
   1.54 at December 31, 1992. 

   Debt Obligations and Borrowing Facility 

       At December 31, 1993, Maritrans had $116.9 million in total 
   outstanding debt, secured by mortgages on substantially all of the fixed 
   assets of the subsidiaries of the Corporation. The current portion of this 
   debt at December 31, 1993, is $6.3 million. Maritrans has a $10 million 
   working capital facility, secured by its marine receivables and 
   inventories, which expires June 30, 1994 and which it expects to renew. 


                                       23
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 26 

   Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS & SUPPLEMENTAL DATA

                         Report of Independent Auditors 

   Stockholders and Board of Directors 
   Maritrans Inc. 

   We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Maritrans 
   Inc. as of December 31, 1993 and 1992, and the related consolidated 
   statements of income and cash flows for each of the three years in the 
   period ended December 31, 1993. Our audits also included the financial 
   statement schedules listed in the Index at Item 14(A). These financial 
   statements and schedules are the responsibility of the management of 
   Maritrans Inc. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these 
   financial statements and schedules based on our audits. 

   We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing 
   standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to 
   obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are 
   free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test 
   basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial 
   statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles 
   used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating 
   the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits 
   provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

   In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, 
   in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Maritrans 
   Inc. at December 31, 1993 and 1992, and the consolidated results of its 
   operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period 
   ended December 31, 1993 in conformity with generally accepted accounting 
   principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement 
   schedules, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements 
   taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information 
   set forth therein. 


                                                                ERNST & YOUNG 

   Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 
   January 25, 1994 
















                                       24
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 27 
                                 MARITRANS INC. 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

                                     ($000) 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                   December 31, 
                                                                               --------------------
                                                                                 1993        1992 
                                                                               --------------------
   <S>                                                                         <C>         <C>
   ASSETS 
   Current assets: 
     Cash and cash equivalents ............................................    $ 22,422    $ 23,174 
     Trade accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of 
       $605 and $541, respectively) .......................................      14,094      13,431 
     Other accounts receivable ............................................       9,748       3,146 
     Inventories ..........................................................       4,968       4,467 
     Deferred income tax benefit ..........................................       3,396           - 
     Prepaid expenses .....................................................       6,061       2,513 
                                                                               --------------------
           Total current assets ...........................................      60,689      46,731 
   Marine vessels and equipment ...........................................     262,176     264,160 
     Less accumulated depreciation ........................................      78,966      69,727 
                                                                               --------------------
           Net marine vessels and equipment ...............................     183,210     194,433 
   Other ..................................................................       9,139      10,180 
                                                                               --------------------
           Total assets ...................................................    $253,038    $251,344 
                                                                               ====================
   LIABILITIES AND EQUITY 
   Current liabilities: 
     Debt due within one year .............................................    $  6,311    $  6,033 
     Trade accounts payable ...............................................       3,492       1,718 
     Accrued interest .....................................................       2,382       2,470 
     Accrued shipyard costs ...............................................       6,562       9,385 
     Accrued wages and benefits............................................       5,649       5,244 
     Other accrued liabilities.............................................       6,954       5,536 
                                                                               --------------------
           Total current liabilities.......................................      31,350      30,386 
   Long-term debt .........................................................     110,556     116,866 
   Deferred shipyard costs ................................................       9,843      10,272 
   Other liabilities ......................................................       5,353       7,249 
   Deferred income taxes ..................................................      21,062           - 
   Equity: 
   Partnership equity: 
     General partners .....................................................                    (379) 
     Limited partners (12,250,000 authorized and outstanding units) .......                  86,950 
                                                                               --------------------
           Total partnership equity .......................................                  86,571 
                                                                               --------------------
   Stockholders' equity: 
     Preferred stock, $.01 par value, authorized 5,000,000 shares; none 
       issued .............................................................           - 
     Common stock, $.01 par value, authorized 30,000,000 shares; issued: 
       12,523,000..........................................................         125 
     Capital in excess of par value .......................................      74,315 
     Retained earnings ....................................................         434 
                                                                               --------
           Total stockholders' equity .....................................      74,874 
                                                                               --------
           Total liabilities and equity ...................................    $253,038    $251,344 
                                                                               ====================
</TABLE>
               
   See accompanying notes.
                                       
                                       25
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 28 

                                 MARITRANS INC. 
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 

                      ($000 except per share/unit amounts) 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 
                                                                           January 1 to December 31, 
                                                                   -----------------------------------------
                                                                      1993           1992           1991 
                                                                   -----------------------------------------
                                                                              
   <S>                                                             <C>            <C>            <C>
   Revenues ...................................................    $   132,539    $   133,051    $   146,560 
   Costs and expenses: 
     Operation expense ........................................         75,196         70,485         80,458 
     Maintenance expense ......................................         21,062         23,662         30,755 
     General and administrative ...............................         11,772         13,328         11,953 
     Depreciation and amortization ............................         15,868         15,578         15,962 
                                                                   -----------------------------------------
                                                                       123,898        123,053        139,128 
                                                                   -----------------------------------------
   Operating income ...........................................          8,641          9,998          7,432 
   Interest expense ...........................................       (10,373)       (10,958)       (10,890) 
   Other income, net ..........................................          6,918          4,379          1,882 
                                                                   -----------------------------------------
   Income (loss) before income taxes ..........................          5,186          3,419        (1,576) 
     Income tax provision .....................................            407              -              - 
     Deferred income taxes-resulting from Conversion ..........         16,568              -              - 
                                                                   -----------------------------------------
   Net income (loss) ..........................................    $  (11,789)    $     3,419    $   (1,576) 
                                                                   =========================================
   Net income (loss) allocated to General Partners ............            n/a             69           (32) 
   Net income (loss) allocated to Limited Partners ............            n/a          3,350        (1,544) 
   Net income (loss) allocated to Limited Partners per Limited 
     Partner unit .............................................            n/a            .27          (.13) 
   Pro forma (loss) per share .................................          (.94)            n/a            n/a 
   Average common shares/Limited Partner units outstanding.....     12,523,000     12,250,000     12,250,000
</TABLE>

   See accompanying notes.















                                       26
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 29 

                                 MARITRANS INC. 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
                INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 

                                     ($000) 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 
                                                                      January 1 to December 31, 
                                                                   --------------------------------
                                                                     1993        1992        1991 
                                                                   --------------------------------
                                                                           
   <S>                                                             <C>         <C>         <C>
   Cash flows from operating activities: 
     Net income (loss) ........................................    $(11,789)   $  3,419    $ (1,576) 
     Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash 
       provided by (used in) operating activities: 
       Depreciation and amortization ..........................      15,868      15,578      15,962 
       Deferred income taxes ..................................      16,975           -           - 
       Changes in receivables, inventories and prepaid expenses     (11,314)        900       2,690 
       Changes in current liabilities other than debt .........         686        (178)       (669) 
       Non-current changes, net ...............................        (982)      4,531       1,351 
       (Gain) loss on sale of equipment .......................      (5,910)       (694)       (123) 
                                                                   --------------------------------
   Total adjustments to net income (loss)......................      15,323      20,137      19,211 
                                                                   --------------------------------
     Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities ......       3,534      23,556      17,635 
   Cash flows from investing activities: 
     Cash proceeds from sale of marine vessels and equipment...      19,287       1,803       9,275 
     Non-current changes related to investing activities ......           -           -      (2,138) 
     Purchase of marine vessels and equipment .................     (17,541)    (10,120)    (22,514) 
                                                                   --------------------------------
       Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities ....       1,746      (8,317)    (15,377) 
   Cash flows from financing activities: 
     Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt .................           -       2,000      10,000 
     Payment of long-term debt ................................      (6,032)     (3,100)     (1,500) 
     Proceeds from issuance of short-term debt ................           -       5,500       7,000 
     Payment of short-term debt ...............................           -     (12,500)          - 
     Distributions declared and paid ..........................           -      (7,187)    (14,375) 
                                                                   --------------------------------
       Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ....      (6,032)    (15,287)      1,125 
   Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents .......        (752)        (48)      3,383 
   Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period ...........      23,174      23,222      19,839 
                                                                   --------------------------------
   Cash and cash equivalents at end of period .................    $ 22,422    $ 23,174    $ 23,222 
                                                                   ================================

   Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information: 
   Interest paid ..............................................    $ 10,355    $ 10,888    $ 10,763 
   Income taxes paid ..........................................    $    300    $       -   $       -
</TABLE>

                            See accompanying notes. 


                                       27
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 30 

                           NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED 
                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

   1. Organization and Significant Accounting Policies 

    Organization 

       At December 31, 1993, Martrans Inc. owns Maritrans Operating Partners 
   L.P. (the "Operating Partnership") and Maritrans Holdings Inc. 
   (collectively, the "Company"). These subsidiaries, directly and 
   indirectly, own and operate tugs and barges principally used in the 
   transportation of oil and related products, and own and operate petroleum 
   storage facilities. 

       On March 31, 1993, the limited partners of Maritrans Partners L.P. 
   (the "Partnership") voted on a proposal to convert the Partnership to 
   corporate form (the "Conversion"). The proposal was approved, and on 
   April 1, 1993, Maritrans Inc., then a newly-formed Delaware corporation 
   (the "Corporation") succeeded to all assets and liabilities of the 
   Partnership. The holders of general and limited partnership interests in 
   the Partnership and the Operating Partnership were issued shares of common 
   stock, par value $.01 per share ("Common Stock"), of the Corporation, 
   representing substantially the same percentage equity interest in the 
   Corporation as they had in the Partnership, directly or indirectly, in 
   exchange for their partnership interest. Each previously held unit of 
   limited partnership interest in the Partnership was exchanged for one 
   share of Common Stock of the Corporation. For financial accounting 
   purposes, the conversion to corporate form has been treated as a 
   reorganization of affiliated entities, with the assets and liabilities 
   recorded at their historical costs. In addition, the Partnership 
   recognized a net deferred income tax liability for temporary differences 
   in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard ("FAS") 
   No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, which resulted in a one-time charge 
   to earnings of $16.6 million in the first quarter of 1993. 

     Principles of Consolidation 

       The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of 
   Maritrans Inc. and subsidiaries, all of which are wholly owned. Prior to 
   the Conversion, the financial statements included the accounts of the 
   Partnership, the Operating Partnership and subsidiaries. All significant 
   intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated in 
   consolidation. 

     Marine Vessels and Equipment 

       Equipment, which is carried at cost, is depreciated using the 
   straight-line method. Vessels are depreciated over a period of up to 30 
   years. Certain electronic equipment is depreciated over periods of 7 to 10 
   years. Petroleum storage tanks are depreciated over periods of up to 25 
   years. Other equipment is depreciated over periods ranging from 3 to 20 
   years. Gains or losses on dispositions of fixed assets are included in 
   other income in the accompanying consolidated statements of income. During 
   the year ended December 31, 1991, two vessels were sold and subsequently 
   leased back. The resulting deferred gain is included in the consolidated 

                                       28
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 31 

                           NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED 
                      FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

   1. Organization and Significant Accounting Policies -- (Continued)

   statement of cash flows as non-current changes related to investing 
   activities and is being amortized into income over the life of the related 
   leases. 

       The Oil Pollution Act, passed in 1990, requires all newly constructed 
   petroleum tank vessels engaged in marine transportation of oil and 
   petroleum products in the U.S. to be double hulled and all such existing 
   single-hulled vessels to be retrofitted with double hulls or phased out of 
   the industry beginning January 1, 1995. Because of the age and size of 
   Maritrans' individual barges, the first of its operating vessels will be 
   required to be retired or retrofitted by January 2003, and most of its 
   large oceangoing, single-hulled vessels will be similarly affected on 
   January 1, 2005. During 1990, the depreciable lives of certain marine 
   vessels and equipment were revised to reflect more closely expected 
   remaining lives. 

    Maintenance and Repairs 

       Provision is made for the cost of upcoming major periodic overhauls of 
   vessels and equipment in advance of performing the related maintenance and 
   repairs. The current portion of this estimated cost is included in accrued 
   shipyard costs while the portion of this estimated cost not expected to be 
   incurred within one year is classified as long-term. Both the provisions 
   for major periodic overhauls as well as non-overhaul maintenance and 
   repairs are expensed as incurred. 

    Inventories 

       Inventories, consisting of materials, supplies and fuel, are carried 
   at specific cost which does not exceed net realizable value. 

    Income Taxes 

       Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary 
   differences between the amount of assets and liabilities for financial 
   reporting purposes and the amount used for income tax purposes. 

    Significant Customers 

       During the years ended December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991, the Company 
   derived revenues of $22,232,000, $24,169,000 and $27,219,000 from one 
   customer aggregating 17%, 18% and 19% of total revenues, respectively. 
   Also during 1993, 1992 and 1991, the Company derived revenues of 
   $19,720,000, $19,855,000 and $16,691,000 from another customer aggregating 
   15%, 15% and 11% of total revenues. Credit is extended to various 
   companies in the petroleum industry in the normal course of business. This 
   concentration of credit risk within this industry may be affected by 
   changes in economic or other conditions and may, accordingly, affect 
   overall credit risk of the Company. 


                                       29
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 32 

                           NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED 
                      FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

   1. Organization and Significant Accounting Policies -- (Continued)

    Related Parties 

       The Company obtained protection and indemnity insurance coverage from 
   a mutual insurance association, whose chairman is also the chairman of 
   Maritrans Inc. The related insurance expense was $2,472,000, $3,365,000 
   and $3,034,000 for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991, 
   respectively. 

    Earnings per common share/Limited Partner unit 

       Earnings per common share/Limited Partner unit are based on the 
   average number of common shares or Limited Partner units outstanding. The 
   potential effect of outstanding stock options is not dilutive. 

   2. Cash and Cash Equivalents 

       Cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 1993, and 1992 consisted of 
   cash and commercial paper, the carrying value of which approximates fair 
   value. For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, 
   short-term highly liquid debt instruments with maturities of three months 
   or less are considered to be cash equivalents.

   3. Partnership and Stockholders' Equity 

       Changes in partnership equity prior to the Conversion are summarized 
   below: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 
                                                                   General     Limited 
                                                                   Partners    Partners     Total 
                                                                   --------------------------------
                                                                    ($000 except per unit amounts) 
   <S>                                                              <C>        <C>         <C>
   Balance at January 1, 1991 .................................     $  16      $106,274    $106,290 
   Net (loss), January 1, 1991 to December 31, 1991 ...........       (32)       (1,544)     (1,576) 
   Distributions declared and paid ($1.15 per Limited Partner 
     unit).....................................................      (288)      (14,087)    (14,375) 
                                                                    -------------------------------
   Balance at December 31, 1991................................      (304)       90,643      90,339 
   Net income, January 1, 1992 to December 31, 1992 ...........        69         3,350       3,419 
   Distributions declared and paid ($0.575 per Limited Partner 
     unit).....................................................      (144)       (7,043)     (7,187) 
                                                                    -------------------------------
   Balance at December 31, 1992 ...............................      (379)       86,950      86,571 
   Net (loss), January 1, 1993 to March 31, 1993 ..............      (244)      (11,979)    (12,223) 
                                                                    -------------------------------
   Balance at March 31, 1993 ..................................     $(623)     $ 74,971    $ 74,348 
                                                                    ===============================
                                                                         
</TABLE>
      

                                       30
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 33 

                           NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED 
                      FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

   3. Partnership and Stockholders' Equity -- (Continued)

       Consolidated income statement data for the period January 1 to March 
   31, 1993 (prior to the Conversion) and for the period April 1 to December 
   31, 1993 (after the Conversion) is as follows: 


<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 
                                               Maritrans Partners L.P.     Maritrans Inc. 
                                                   January 1, 1993        April 1, 1993 to 
                                                  to March 31, 1993       December 31, 1993 
                                               --------------------------------------------
                                                                  ($000)
   <S>                                                <C>                     <C>
   Revenues ...............................           $ 32,217                $100,322 
   Costs and expenses: 
       Operation expense ..................             17,968                  57,228 
       Maintenance expense ................              4,964                  16,098 
       General and administrative .........              2,609                   9,163 
       Depreciation and amortization ......              3,954                  11,914 
                                                      -------------------------------------
                                                        29,495                  94,403 
                                                      -------------------------------------
   Operating income .......................              2,722                   5,919 
   Interest expense .......................             (2,672)                 (7,701) 
   Other income, net ......................              4,295                   2,623 
                                                      -------------------------------------
   Income before income taxes .............              4,345                     841 
     Income tax provision .................                  -                     407 
     Deferred income taxes-resulting from 
     Conversion............................             16,568                       - 
                                                      -------------------------------------
   Net income (loss) ......................           $(12,223)               $    434 
                                                      =====================================
                                                              
</TABLE>
             















                                       31
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 34 
                           NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED 
                      FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

   3. Partnership and Stockholders' Equity -- (Continued)

       Changes in stockholders' equity since the Conversion are summarized 
   below: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 
                                                     Common       Capital in 
                                                   Stock, $.01    excess of     Retained 
                                                    Par Value     Par Value     Earnings     Total 
                                                   ------------------------------------------------
                                                                     ($000)
   <S>                                                <C>          <C>            <C>       <C>
   April 1, 1993, Conversion to Corporate Form.       $125         $74,315(1)       -       $74,440 
   Net income, April 1, 1993 to December 31, 
     1993 .....................................         -               -         $434          434 
                                                      ---------------------------------------------
   Balance at December 31, 1993................       $125         $74,315        $434      $74,874 
                                                      =============================================
</TABLE>
   ---------- 
   (1) Includes $92,000 related to grant of shares. 

       Maritrans Inc. established a stock incentive plan (the "Plan") 
   concurrent with the Conversion whereby key employees may be granted stock, 
   stock options and, in certain cases receive cash under the Plan. Any 
   outstanding options granted under the Plan are exercisable at a price not 
   less than market value on the date of grant. There are 1,250,000 shares of 
   Common Stock authorized for issuance under the Plan, of which 23,000 
   shares were issued in 1993. Compensation expense equal to the fair market 
   value on the date of the grant is included in general and administrative 
   expense in the consolidated statement of income. At December 31, 1993, 
   803,597 remaining shares were reserved for grant. 

       Information on stock options for 1993 follows: 

                                                   Exercise         Number of 
                                                     Price           Shares 
                                                     ------------------------
   Outstanding at beginning of year........            -                - 
   Granted.................................          $4.00           476,074 
   Exercised ..............................            -                - 
   Cancelled ..............................          $4.00            52,671 
   Outstanding at end of year .............          $4.00           423,403 
   Exercisable at end of year .............            -                -

       Outstanding options are exercisable in installments over two to four 
   years and expire in 2002. 

   4. INCOME TAXES 

       In connection with the Conversion to corporate form, the Partnership 
   recognized a net deferred income tax liability for temporary differences 

                                       32
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 35 

                           NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED 
                      FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

   4. INCOME TAXES -- (Continued)

   in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("FAS") 
   No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, which resulted in a one-time charge 
   to earnings of $16.6 million in the first quarter of 1993. Prior to the 
   Conversion, Maritrans Partners L.P. and Maritrans Operating Partners L.P., 
   as partnerships, were not subject to income taxation at the partnership 
   level. However, income taxes, which were not significant, were provided 
   for the incorporated subsidiaries of the partnerships prior to the 
   Conversion.

       The income tax provision consists of: 

                                                                       1993 
                                                                      --------
                                                                       ($000) 
   Current: 
       Federal ................................................             - 
       State ..................................................             - 
   Deferred ...................................................       $   407 
   Deferred-resulting from Conversion .........................        16,568 
                                                                      --------
                                                                      $16,975 
                                                                      ========
                                                                             
                                                                   

       The differences between the federal income tax rate of 34% and the 
   effective tax rate was as follows: 

                                                                       1993 
                                                                      --------
                                                                       ($000) 
   Statutory federal tax provision ............................       $ 1,764 
   State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit ......           116 
   Partnership income for the first quarter, not subject to 
     income tax ...............................................        (1,388) 
   Recognition of tax liability for cumulative temporary 
     differences ..............................................        16,568 
   Other ......................................................           (85) 
                                                                      -------
                                                                      $16,975 
                                                                      =======
                                                                             
                                                                   








                                       33
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 36 

                           NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED 
                      FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

   4. INCOME TAXES -- (Continued)

       Principal items comprising deferred income tax liabilities and assets 
   as of December 31, 1993 are: 

                                                                       1993 
                                                                      --------
                                                                       ($000) 
   Deferred tax liabilities: 
       Tax over book depreciation .............................       $28,519 
       Other ..................................................         1,203 
                                                                      -------
                                                                       29,722 
                                                                      -------
   Deferred tax assets: 
       Reserves and accruals ..................................         8,092 
       Net operating loss carryforwards .......................         3,116 
       Other ..................................................           848 
                                                                      -------
                                                                       12,056 
                                                                      -------
   Net deferred tax liabilities ...............................       $17,666 
                                                                      =======
                                                                             
                                                                   

       At December 31, 1993, Maritrans Inc. has net operating loss carry 
   forwards of approximately $9.2 million for income tax purposes which 
   expire in the year 2005 and thereafter. 

   5. Retirement Plans 

       Most of the shoreside employees and substantially all of the seagoing 
   supervisors participate in a qualified defined benefit retirement plan of 
   Maritrans Inc. Net periodic pension costs were $1,232,000, $1,400,000 and 
   $1,529,000 for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991, 
   respectively, and were determined under the projected unit credit 
   actuarial method. Pension benefits are primarily based on years of service 
   and begin to vest after two years. Employees covered by collective 
   bargaining agreements and employees of Maritrans Holdings Inc. or its 
   subsidiaries are not eligible to participate in the qualified defined 
   benefit retirement plan of Maritrans Inc. 

       The weighted average discount rate, used to determine the actuarial 
   present value of the projected benefit obligation, and the expected 
   long-term rate of return on plan assets for the period were each 7%. The 
   weighted average assumed rate of compensation increase used to determine 
   the actuarial present value of the projected benefit obligation was 5%. 





                                       34
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 37 

                           NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED 
                      FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

   5. Retirement Plans -- (Continued)

       Net periodic pension costs included the following components for the 
   respective periods: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 
                                                                    1/1 to      1/1 to      1/1 to 
                                                                   12/31/93    12/31/92    12/31/91 
                                                                   --------------------------------
                                                                                ($000)
   <S>                                                             <C>          <C>        <C>
   Service cost of current period .............................    $ 1,625      $1,628     $ 1,675
   Interest cost on projected benefit obligation ..............        906         887         772 
   Actual (gain) loss on plan assets ..........................     (1,165)       (938)     (2,403) 
   Net (amortization) and deferral ............................       (134)       (177)      1,485 
                                                                   --------------------------------
   Net pension cost ...........................................    $ 1,232      $1,400     $ 1,529 
                                                                   ================================
</TABLE>
          
       The following table sets forth the plan's funded status at December 
   31, 1993 and 1992: 

                                                            December 31, 
                                                         ------------------
                                                          1993       1992 
                                                         ------------------
                                                              ($000)
   Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:              
   Accumulated benefit obligation, including vested 
     benefits of $10,449 and $9,675, respectively ...    $11,534    $ 9,801 
   Projected benefit obligation for service rendered 
     to date ........................................      3,851      4,895 
                                                         ------------------
   Projected benefit obligation .....................     15,385     14,696 
   Plan assets at fair value, primarily publicly 
     traded stocks and bonds ........................     16,110     13,718 
                                                         ------------------
   Plan assets greater than (less than) projected 
     benefit obligation .............................        725       (978) 
   Unrecognized net gain on plan's assets ...........      2,723        997 
   Net assets being amortized over 15 years .........      1,616      1,818 
                                                         ------------------
   Accrued pension cost recognized in the financial 
     statements .....................................    $ 3,614    $ 3,793 
                                                         ==================

       Substantially all of the shoreside employees and seagoing supervisors 
   also participate in a qualified defined contribution plan. Contributions 
   under the plan are determined annually by the Board of Directors of 


                                       35
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 38 

                           NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED 
                      FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

   5. Retirement Plans -- (Continued)

   Maritrans Inc. The cost of the plan was $685,000, $609,000 and $61,000 for 
   the years ended December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively. 

       Contributions to industry-wide, multi-employer seamen's pension plans 
   which cover substantially all seagoing personnel covered under collective 
   bargaining agreements were approximately $423,000, $515,000 and $1,016,000 
   for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively. These 
   contributions include funding for current service costs and amortization 
   of prior service costs of the various plans over periods of 30 to 40 
   years. The pension trusts and union agreements provide that contributions 
   be made at a contractually determined rate per man-day worked. Maritrans 
   Inc. and its subsidiaries are not administrators of the multi-employer 
   seamen's pension plans. 

   6. Debt 

       At December 31, 1993, total outstanding debt of the subsidiaries of 
   Maritrans Inc. is $116.9 million, $110.6 million of which is long-term. At 
   December 31, 1992, total outstanding debt was $122.9 million, $116.9 
   million of which was long-term. The debt is secured by mortgages on 
   substantially all of the fixed assets of those subsidiaries. The debt 
   consists of $1.7 million maturing through 1995, $35.2 million maturing 
   through 1997, and $80 million maturing from 1998 through 2007. The 
   weighted average interest rate on this indebtedness is 8.63%. Terms of the 
   indebtedness require the subsidiaries to maintain their properties in a 
   specific manner, maintain specified insurance on their properties and 
   business, and abide by other covenants which are customary with respect to 
   such borrowings. At December 31, 1992, the total outstanding debt 
   consisted of $2.5 million maturing through 1995, $40.4 million maturing 
   through 1997, and $80 million maturing from 1998 through 2007. 

       The Operating Partnership has a $10 million working capital facility 
   secured by its receivables and inventories. There were no borrowings under 
   this facility during fiscal 1993. 

       Based on the borrowing rates currently available for loans with 
   similar terms and maturities, the fair value of long term debt was $122.1 
   million and $121.8 million at December 31, 1993 and 1992, respectively. 

       The maturity schedule for outstanding indebtedness under existing debt 
   agreements at December 31, 1993, is as follows: 











                                       36
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 39 

                           NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED 
                      FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

   6. Debt -- (Continued)

                                                    ($000) 
                                                   --------
   1994 ...................................        $  6,311 
   1995 ...................................           7,256 
   1996 ...................................           8,200 
   1997 ...................................          15,100 
   1998 ...................................           8,000 
   1999 - 2007 ............................          72,000 
                                                   --------
                                                   $116,867 
                                                   ========
                                                           
                                                                   

   7. Commitments and Contingencies 

       Minimum future rental payments under noncancelable operating leases at 
   December 31, 1993, are as follows: 

                                                    ($000) 
                                                    -------
   1994....................................         $ 1,200 
   1995....................................           1,200 
   1996....................................           1,200 
   1997 ...................................           1,200 
   1998 ...................................           1,117 
   1999 - 2005 ............................           7,544 
                                                    -------
                                                    $13,461 
                                                    =======
                                                           
                                                                   

       The indenture governing the Operating Partnership's long-term debt 
   permits cash distributions by Maritrans Operating Partners L.P. to 
   Maritrans Inc. so long as no default exists under the indenture and 
   provided that such distributions do not exceed contractually prescribed 
   amounts. 

       On August 10, 1993, one of the Company's tug/barge units was involved 
   in a collision off the coast of Florida. Claims resulting from this 
   incident have been and are expected to be covered by insurance. In 1993, 
   Maritrans received insurance proceeds in excess of the barge's net book 
   value for the constructive total loss of the barge. 

       In November 1992, the Partnership dismissed its suit against its 
   former law firm and a partner of that firm pursuant to a settlement 
   agreement among the parties. As part of the settlement, the Partnership 
   received a payment of $3 million and the trial court dissolved the 
   preliminary injunction which previously barred the defendants from 
   representing certain of Maritrans' economic competitors in labor 


                                       37
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 40 

                           NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED 
                      FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)

   7. Commitments and Contingencies -- (Continued)

   negotiations. The payment received is reflected in other income for the 
   year ended December 31, 1992. 

       In the ordinary course of its business, claims are filed against the 
   Company for alleged damages in connection with its operations Management 
   is of the opinion that the ultimate outcome of such claims at December 31, 
   1993, will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated 
   financial statements. 

   8. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 
                                            First      Second      Third     Fourth      Total 
                                           Quarter     Quarter    Quarter    Quarter      Year 
                                           -----------------------------------------------------
                                                   ($000, except per share/unit amounts)
   <S>                                     <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C> 
   1993 
   Revenues ...........................    $ 32,217    $33,603    $31,044    $35,675    $132,539 
   Operating income ...................       2,722      2,572      1,222      2,125       8,641 
   Provision for (benefit from) income 
     taxes ............................      16,568        533         14       (140)     16,975 
   Net income (loss)...................    $(12,223)   $   639    $    24    $  (229)   $(11,789) 
   Per unit effect of income tax 
     provision-resulting from 
     Conversion........................    $  (1.32)       n/a        n/a        n/a    $  (1.32) 
   Income (loss) per share/unit........    $  (0.98)   $  0.05    $  0.00    $ (0.02)   $  (0.94) 

   1992 
   Revenue ............................    $ 33,973    $32,268    $32,186    $34,624    $133,051 
   Operating income ...................       2,691      2,353      2,204      2,750    $  9,998 
   Net income (loss)...................    $     74    $   350    $  (343)   $ 3,338    $  3,419 
   Income (loss) allocated to Limited 
     Partners per Limited Partner Unit.    $   0.01    $  0.03    $ (0.03)   $  0.27    $   0.27
</TABLE>

















                                       38
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 41 

   Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and 
   Financial Disclosure

       None. 

                                    PART III 

   Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant 

       Information with respect to directors of the Registrant, and 
   information with respect to compliance with Section 16(a) of the 
   Securities Exchange Act of 1934, is incorporated herein by reference to 
   the Registrant's definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the 
   Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the close 
   of the year ended December 31, 1993, under the captions "Information 
   Regarding Nominees For Election As Directors And Regarding Continuing 
   Directors" and "Section 16 Requirements." 

       The individuals listed below are directors and executive officers of 
   Maritrans Inc. or its subsidiaries. 





































                                       39
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 42 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 
                      Name                       Age(1)                   Position 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                             <C>     <C>
   Stephen A. Van Dyck (4) ..................      50      Chairman of the Board of Directors and 
                                                           Chief Executive Officer 

   Dr. Robert E. Boni (2)(3)(4) .............      66      Director 

   Dr. Craig E. Dorman (3) ..................      53      Director 

   Craig N. Johnson .........................      52      Director 

   Bruce C. Lindsay (2)(3)(4) ...............      52      Director 

   James H. Sanborn .........................      56      Director 

   Edward R. Sheridan........................      55      President, Distribution Services 
                                                           Division - Operating Partnership 

   Brian J. Telford .........................      47      President, Gulf Division - Operating 
                                                           Partnership 

   John C. Newcomb ..........................      55      Vice President, General Counsel and 
                                                           Secretary 

   Gary L. Schaefer..........................      44      Vice President, Chief Financial Officer 
                                                           and  Treasurer 

   Edward J. Flood...........................      42      Chairman of the Board of Maritrans 
                                                           Holdings Inc. 

   Charles R. Ward...........................      42      President, Eastern Division - Operating 
                                                           Partnership 

   Robert B. York............................      38      President, Inland Division - Operating 
                                                           Partnership 

   Gerard T. Gillon..........................      51      Chairman of the Board of Marispond Inc. 

   Walter T. Bromfield.......................      38      Controller

</TABLE>
   ---------- 
   (1) As of March 1, 1994 
   (2) Member of the Compensation Committee 
   (3) Member of the Audit Committee 
   (4) Member of the Finance Committee

       Mr. Van Dyck has been Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive 
   Officer of the Company and its predecessor since April 1987. For the 
   previous year, he was a Senior Vice President - Oil Services, of Sonat 
   Inc. and Chairman of the Boards of the Sonat Marine Group, another 
   predecessor, and Sonat Offshore Drilling Inc. For more than five years 
   prior to April 1986, Mr. Van Dyck was the President and a director of the 

                                       40
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 43 

   Sonat Marine Group and Vice President of Sonat Inc. Mr. Van Dyck is also 
   the Chairman of the Board and a director of the West of England Ship 
   Owners Mutual Insurance Association (Luxembourg), a mutual insurance 
   association. He is a member of the Company's Finance Committee of the 
   Board of Directors. See "Certain Transactions." 

       Dr. Boni retired as Chairman of Armco Inc., a steel, oil field 
   equipment and insurance corporation on November 30, 1990. Dr. Boni became 
   Chief Executive Officer of Armco Inc. in 1985 and Chairman in 1986. He 
   became Non-Executive Chairman of the Board of Alexander & Alexander 
   Services Inc., an insurances services company, in January 1994. He is a 
   member of the Company's Compensation (Chairman), Audit and Finance 
   Committees of the Board of Directors. 

       Dr. Dorman is serving as Deputy Director Defense Research and 
   Engineering for Laboratory Management, U.S. Department of Defense on an 
   Intergovernmental Personnel Act assignment from the Woods Hole 
   Oceanographic Institution. He was Director and Chief Executive Officer of 
   Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution from 1989 until 1993. From 1962 to 
   1989, Dr. Dorman was an officer in the U.S. Navy, most recently Rear 
   Admiral and Program Director for Anti-Submarine Warfare. He is a member of 
   the Company's Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. 

       Mr. Johnson recently became Managing Director of Glenthorne Capital 
   Inc., investment bankers. He was President and Chief Operating Officer of 
   the Company and its predecessor from February 1, 1990 until December 17, 
   1993. For the four years prior to joining Maritrans, Mr. Johnson was 
   President of Lavino Shipping Company, a terminalling and stevedoring 
   corporation. Neither Lavino nor any of the companies invested in by 
   Glenthorne Capital Inc. compete with Maritrans. He is a director of 
   several closely-held companies. 

       Mr. Lindsay has been Managing Director of Brind-Lindsay & Co. Inc., an 
   investment corporation, since 1986. From 1983 through 1986, Mr. Lindsay 
   was Group Vice President, Industrial Services, of Sun Company, Inc., an 
   integrated oil corporation. During that time, he also served as a director 
   and officer of various subsidiaries of Sun Company, Inc. He is a director 
   of several closely-held corporations. He is a member of the Company's 
   Audit (Chairman), Finance (Chairman) and Compensation Committees of the 
   Board of Directors. 

       Mr. Sanborn was Executive Vice President of the Company and its 
   predecessor since April 1987, until his retirement in December 1993. Prior 
   to April 1987, he was President of the Sonat Marine Group, another 
   predecessor, a position he held since April 1986. Prior to this position, 
   he served as Vice President-Operations and Vice President - East Coast 
   Group of the Sonat Marine Group. Mr. Sanborn was employed in various 
   capacities by the Company and its predecessors since 1978. 

       Mr. Sheridan was named President of the Distribution Services Division 
   of the Operating Partnership in February 1993. He previously held various 
   positions with Star Enterprise and Texaco since 1963. 




                                       41
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 44 

       Mr. Telford was named President of the Gulf Division of the Operating 
   Partnership in September 1992. He previously held various positions with 
   Stolt-Nielson Inc. from 1988 to 1992. 

       Mr. Newcomb has been Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of 
   Maritrans Inc. since April 1993, and previously held these titles with 
   Maritrans GP Inc. since 1987. He held a similar position with the Sonat 
   Marine Group since 1983. Mr. Newcomb has been employed in various 
   capacities by Maritrans or its predecessors since 1975. 

       Mr. Schaefer has been Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and 
   Treasurer of Maritrans Inc. since April 1993, and previously held these 
   titles with Maritrans GP Inc. since January 1990. Previously, Mr. Schaefer 
   was Vice President, Controller and Treasurer. He held a similar position 
   with the Sonat Marine Group since 1986. Prior to this position, Mr. 
   Schaefer was Assistant Vice President and Controller. Mr. Schaefer has 
   been employed in various capacities by Maritrans or its predecessors since 
   1976. 

       Mr. Flood has been Chairman of Maritrans Holdings Inc. since February 
   4, 1991. Mr. Flood is also Chairman of MPI and MMI. Previously, Mr. Flood 
   was Vice President of Maritrans GP Inc. from October 1990 to February 
   1991. Prior to October 1990, he was President and Chief Operating Officer 
   of Unitank, a Philadelphia-based terminal company, which was sold and 
   merged with GATX, which does not compete with Maritrans. 

       Mr. Ward was named President of the Eastern Division of the Operating 
   Partnershp in May 1993. Previously, Mr. Ward was President of the Inland 
   Division of the Operating Partnership since February 1992 and prior to 
   that was Manager, Traffic, a position he held since September 1990. Mr. 
   Ward was East Coast Chartering Manager from June 1989 to September 1990. 
   Prior to that position, Mr. Ward was Traffic Manager - Black Oil. He held 
   a similar position with the Sonat Marine Group. Mr. Ward has been employed 
   in various capacities by Maritrans or its predecessors since 1975. 

       Mr. York was named President of the Inland Division of the Operating 
   Partnership in May 1993. Previously, Mr. York was continuously employed 
   since 1985 by the Company or its predecessors in various capacities 
   including Manager, Market Planning; Manager, Corporate Planning; and 
   Business Leader (Information Services). 

       Mr. Gillon was named Chairman of the Board of Marispond Inc. in 
   February 1993. Previously, Mr. Gillon was a consultant to the Company 
   since November 1992. Prior to that, he was President, Chief Executive 
   Officer and a Director of Wescol Shipping Inc. from July 1990. From April 
   1980 until July 1989, he was President of Lavino Agency Group, and served 
   as a Director of Lavino Shipping Company. 

       Mr. Bromfield has been Controller of Maritrans Inc. since April 1993, 
   and previously held that title with Maritrans GP Inc. since February 1992. 
   Previously, Mr. Bromfield was Assistant Controller. He held a similar 
   position with the Sonat Marine Group since October 1986. Mr. Bromfield has 
   been employed in various capacities by Maritrans or its predecessors since 
   1981. 


                                       42
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 45 

   Items 11, 12 and 13. 

       The information required by Item 11, Executive Compensation, by Item 
   12, Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management, and by 
   Item 13, Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, is incorporated 
   herein by reference to the Company's definitive Proxy Statement to be 
   filed with the Commission not later than 120 days after the close of the 
   fiscal year ended December 31, 1993, under the headings "Compensation of 
   Directors and Executive Officers", "Security Ownership of Certain 
   Beneficial Owners and Management" and "Certain Transactions".

                                    PART IV 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                                         Page 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>         <C>                                                                                       <C>

   Item 14.    EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT 
               SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K 

   (a) (1)     Financial Statements 
               Report of Independent Auditors                                                            18 

               Maritrans Inc. Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 1993, and December 31, 
               1992.                                                                                     19

               Maritrans Inc. Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ending December 31, 
               1993, 1992, and 1991.                                                                     20 

               Maritrans Inc. Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ending December 31, 
               1993, 1992, and 1991.                                                                     21 

               Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.                                           22 

       (2)     Financial Statement Schedules 

               Schedule V    Maritrans Inc. Property, Plant and Equipment for the years ended 
                             December 31, 1993, 1992, and 1991.                                          37

               Schedule VI   Maritrans Inc. Accumulated Depreciation for the years ended December 31, 
                             1993, 1992, and 1991.                                                       38 

               Schedule VIII Maritrans Inc. Valuation Account for the years ended December 31, 1993, 
                             1992, and 1991.                                                             39 

               All other schedules called for under Regulation S-X are not submitted because they are not 
               applicable, not required, or because the required information is not material, or is included in 
               the financial statements or notes thereto. 

   (b)         Reports on Form 8-K 

               No reports on Form 8-K were filed during the quarter ended December 31, 1993.
</TABLE>
  
 (c) Exhibits 
                                       43
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 46 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Exhibit Index                                                 Page 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>         <C>                                                                                           <C>
   
   3.1#        Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended.                                        

   3.2#        By Laws of the Registrant. 

   4.1         Certain instruments with respect to long-term debt of the Registrant or Maritrans 
               Operating Partners L.P. which relate to debt that does not exceed 10% of the total assets 
               of the Registrant are omitted pursuant to Item 601(b) (4) (iii) (A) of Regulation S-K. 
               Maritrans hereby agrees to furnish supplementally to the Securities and Exchange 
               Commission a copy of each such instrument upon request. 

   10.1*       Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Maritrans Operating Partners 
               L.P., dated as of April 14, 1987 (Exhibit 3.2). 

   10.2+       Certificate of Limited Partnership of Maritrans Operating Partners L.P., dated January 29, 
               1987 (Exhibit 3.4). 

   10.3*       Form of Maritrans Capital Corporation Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 15, 1987 
               (Exhibit 10.6). 

   10.3(a)*    Indenture of Trust and Security Agreement, dated as of March 15, 1987 from Maritrans 
               Operating Partners L.P. and Maritrans Capital Corporation to The Wilmington Trust Company 
               (Exhibit 10.6(a)). 

   10.3(b)*    Form of First Preferred Ship Mortgage, dated April 14, 1987 from Maritrans Operating 
               Partners L.P., mortgagor, to The Wilmington Trust Company, mortgagee (Exhibit 10.6(b)). 

   10.3(c)*    Guaranty Agreement by Maritrans Operating Partners L.P. regarding $35,000,000 Series A 
               Notes Due April 1, 1997 and $80,000,000 Series B Notes Due April 1, 2007 of Maritrans 
               Capital Corporation (Exhibit 10.6(c)). 

               Executive Compensation Plans and Arrangements 

   10.4        Agreement, dated October 4, 1993 between Maritrans Inc. and John C. Newcomb. 

   10.5        Agreement, dated October 4, 1993 between Maritrans Inc. and Gary L. Schaefer. 

   10.6        Employment Agreement, dated October 5, 1993 between Maritrans General Partner Inc. and 
               Stephen A. Van Dyck. 

   10.7        Mutual Separation Agreement and General Release, dated November 22, 1993 between Maritrans 
               Inc. and Craig N. Johnson. 

   10.8        Retirement Agreement, dated November 22, 1993 between Maritrans Inc. and James H. Sanborn. 

   10.9        Employment Agreement, dated November 15, 1993 between Maritrans Holdings Inc. and Edward 
               J. Flood. 

   10.10       Employment Agreement, dated October 5, 1993 between Maritrans General Partner Inc. and 
               Charles R. Ward. 
</TABLE>

                                           44
  <PAGE>
<PAGE> 47 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Exhibit Index                                                 Page 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>         <C>                                                                                           <C>
   10.11       Employment Agreement, dated October 5, 1993 between Maritrans General Partner Inc. and 
               Brian J. Telford. 
 
   10.12       Employment Agreement, dated October 5, 1993 between Maritrans General Partner Inc. and 
               Edward R. Sheridan. 
 
   10.13       Profit Sharing and Savings Plan of Maritrans Inc. as amended and restated effective 
               November 1, 1993. 

   10.14@      Executive Award Plan of Maritrans GP Inc. (Exhibit 10.31). 

   10.15@      Excess Benefit Plan of Maritrans GP Inc. as amended and restated effective January 1, 1988 
               (Exhibit 10.32). 

   10.16@      Retirement Plan of Maritrans GP Inc. as amended and restated effective January 1, 1989 
               (Exhibit 10.33). 

   10.17       Performance Unit Plan of Maritrans Inc. effective April 1, 1993 

   10.18&      Executive Compensation Plan as amended and restated effective January 27, 1994. 

   11.1        Computation of Earnings Per Share. 

   21.1        Subsidiaries of Maritrans Inc.                                                                   1

</TABLE>
      
   * Incorporated by reference herein to the Exhibit number in parentheses 
     filed on March 24, 1988 as Amendment No. 1 to Maritrans Partners L. P. 
     Form 10-K Annual Report, dated March 3, 1988, for the fiscal year ended 
     December 31, 1987. 

   + Incorporated by reference herein to the Exhibit number in parentheses 
     filed with Maritrans Partners L. P. Form S-1 Registration Statement No. 
     33-11652 dated January 30, 1987 or Amendment No. 1 thereto dated March 
     20, 1987. 

   # Incorporated by reference herein to the Exhibit of the same number filed 
     with the Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Form S-4 
     Registration Statement No. 33-57378 dated January 26, 1993. 

   & Incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit A of the Registrant's 
     definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the Commission not later 
     than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended December 31, 
     1993. 

   @ Incorporated by reference herein to the Exhibit number in parentheses 
     filed with Maritrans Partners L. P. Form 10-K Annual Report, dated March 
     29, 1993 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1992. 



                                       45
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 48 

                                   SIGNATURES 

       Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) the Securities 
   Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be 
   signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
          
                                         MARITRANS INC. 
                                         (Registrant) 

   By: /s/ Stephen A. Van Dyck
       ------------------------
       Stephen A. Van Dyck 
       Chairman of the Board 
                                         Dated: March 30 , 1994

       Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 
   this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of 
   the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   <S>                              <C>                          <C>
   By: /s/ Stephen A. Van Dyck      Chairman of the Board           Dated: March 30, 1994 
   -------------------------------- and Chief Executive Officer 
   Stephen A. Van Dyck              (Principal Executive Officer)

   By: /s/ Dr. Robert E. Boni       Director                        Dated: March 30, 1994 
   --------------------------------
   Dr. Robert E. Boni

   By: /s/ Dr. Craig E. Dorman      Director                        Dated: March 30, 1994 
   --------------------------------
   Dr. Craig E. Dorman

   By: /s/ Craig N. Johnson         Director                        Dated: March 30, 1994 
   --------------------------------
   Craig N. Johnson 

   By: /s/ Bruce C. Lindsay         Director                        Dated: March 30, 1994 
   --------------------------------
   Bruce C. Lindsay 

   By:  /s/ James H. Sanborn        Director                        Dated: March 30, 1994 
   --------------------------------
   James H. Sanborn 

   By: /s/ Gary L. Schaefer         Vice President, Chief           Dated: March 30, 1994  
   -------------------------------- Financial Officer and
   Gary L. Schaefer                 Treasurer (Principal
                                    Financial Officer) 

   By: /s/ Walter T. Bromfield      Controller (Principal           Dated: March 30, 1994
   -------------------------------- Accounting Officer) 
   Walter T. Bromfield              
</TABLE>

                                       46
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 49 

                                 MARITRANS INC. 
                   SCHEDULE V - PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT 

                                     ($000) 


<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 
                                     BALANCE AT      ADDITIONS 
                                     BEGINNING     AND TRANSFERS    RETIREMENTS    OTHER CHANGES     BALANCE AT 
   DESCRIPTION                       OF PERIOD        AT COST        OR SALES      ADD (DEDUCT)     END OF PERIOD 
                                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           
   <S>                                <C>             <C>            <C>               <C>            <C>

   JANUARY 1 TO 
     DECEMBER 31, 1991 
   Land..........................     $    350        $   976        $      -          $  -           $  1,326 
   Marine vessels and equipment..      242,989         13,462          (9,658)            -            246,793 
   Construction in progress......        1,430          8,076               -             -              9,506 
                                      ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total.......................     $244,769        $22,514        $ (9,658)         $  -           $257,625 
                                      ===========================================================================

   JANUARY 1 TO 
     DECEMBER 31, 1992 
   Land..........................     $  1,326        $     -        $      -          $  -           $  1,326 
   Marine vessels and equipment..      246,793         11,046          (3,585)            -            254,254 
   Construction in progress......        9,506           (926)              -             -              8,580 
                                      ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total.......................     $257,625        $10,120        $ (3,585)         $  -           $264,160 
                                      ===========================================================================

   JANUARY 1 TO 
     DECEMBER 31, 1993 
   Land..........................     $  1,326        $   360        $      -          $  -           $  1,686 
   Marine vessels and equipment..      254,254         18,366         (19,525)            -            253,095 
   Construction in progress......        8,580         (1,185)              -             -              7,395 
                                      ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total.......................     $264,160        $17,541        $(19,525)         $  -           $262,176 
                                      ===========================================================================
                                              
</TABLE>
      












                                       47
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 50 

                                 MARITRANS INC. 
                     SCHEDULE VI - ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION 

                                     ($000) 


<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 
                                     BALANCE AT      ADDITIONS 
                                     BEGINNING     AND TRANSFERS    RETIREMENTS    OTHER CHANGES     BALANCE AT 
   DESCRIPTION                       OF PERIOD        AT COST        OR SALES      ADD (DEDUCT)     END OF PERIOD 
                                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           
   <S>                                <C>             <C>             <C>              <C>             <C>

   JANUARY 1 TO 
     DECEMBER 31, 1991 
   Marine vessels and equipment..     $44,084         $15,574         $(2,644)         $  -            $57,014 
                                      ===========================================================================================

   JANUARY 1 TO 
     DECEMBER 31, 1992 
   Marine vessels and equipment..     $57,014         $15,190         $(2,477)         $  -            $69,727 
                                      ===========================================================================================

   JANUARY 1 TO 
     DECEMBER 31, 1993 
   Marine vessels and equipment..     $69,727         $15,387         $(6,148)         $  -            $78,966 
                                      ===========================================================================================
                                             
</TABLE>
      
























                                       49
   <PAGE>
<PAGE> 51 

                                 MARITRANS INC. 
                       SCHEDULE VIII - VALUATION ACCOUNT 

                                     ($000) 


<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 
                                                                 CHARGED 
                                                   BALANCE AT    TO COSTS                   BALANCE 
                                                   BEGINNING       AND                      AT END 
                   DESCRIPTION                     OF PERIOD     EXPENSES    DEDUCTIONS    OF PERIOD 
                                                   -------------------------------------------------
                                                         
   <S>                                               <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>

   JANUARY 1 TO DECEMBER 31, 1991 
   Allowance for doubtful accounts.............      $1,030        $160        $488(a)       $702 
                                                     ===============================================

   JANUARY 1 TO DECEMBER 31, 1992 
   Allowance for doubtful accounts.............      $  702        $ 60        $221(a)       $541 
                                                     ===============================================

   JANUARY 1 TO DECEMBER 31, 1993 
   Allowance for doubtful accounts.............      $  541        $136        $ 72(a)       $605 
                                                     ===============================================
                                                           
</TABLE>
      

   ---------- 
   (a) Deductions are a result of write-offs of uncollectible accounts 
       receivable for which allowances were previously provided. 






















                                       50


<PAGE>
<PAGE> 52

                                                           EXHIBIT 10.4

                                AGREEMENT
      

                Agreement made as of the 4th day of October, 1993,

      between Maritrans Inc., a Delaware corporation (the

      "Company"), and John C. Newcomb (the "Employee").

                WHEREAS, the Employee is presently employed by the

      Company as its Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary;

                WHEREAS, the board of directors of the Company

      recognizes that, as is the case with many publicly held

      corporations, the possibility of a change in control of the

      Company exists and that such possibility, and the uncertainty

      and questions which it may raise among management, may result

      in the departure or distraction of key management personnel

      to the detriment of the Company;

                WHEREAS, the board of directors of the Company has

      determined that appropriate steps should be taken to

      reinforce and encourage the continued attention and

      dedication of key members of the Company's management to

      their assigned duties without distraction in the face of

      potentially disturbing circumstances arising from the

      possibility of a change in control of the Company; and

                WHEREAS, in order to induce the Employee to remain

      in the employ of the Company, the Company agrees that the 

      Employee shall receive the compensation set forth in this

      Agreement as a cushion against the financial and career

      impact on the Employee in the event the Employee's employment
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 53

      with the Company is terminated subsequent to a "Change of

      Control" (as defined in Section 1 hereof) of the Company;

                NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing

      and the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth

      and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto

      agree as follows:

                1.   Definitions.  For all purposes of this

      Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings

      specified in this Section unless the context clearly

      otherwise requires:

                (a)  "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the

      respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of

      the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities

      Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act").

                (b)  "Base Compensation" shall mean the average of

      the total cash remuneration received by the Employee in all

      capacities with the Company, and its Subsidiaries or

      Affiliates, as reported for Federal income tax purposes on

      Form W-2, together with any and all salary reduction

      authorized amounts under any of the Company's benefit plans

      or programs, but excluding any amounts attributable to the

      exercise of stock options by the Employee under the Company's

      Equity Compensation Plan for the most recent full calendar

      year immediately preceding the calendar year in which occurs

      a Change of Control or the Employee's Termination Date,

      whichever is higher.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 54

                (c)  "Beneficial Owner" of any securities shall

      mean:

                (i)   that such Person or any of such Person's

      Affiliates or Associates, directly or indirectly, has the

      right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable

      immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to

      any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not

      in writing) or upon the exercise of conversion rights,

      exchange rights, rights, warrants or options, or otherwise;

      provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the

      "Beneficial Owner" of securities tendered pursuant to a

      tender or exchange offer made by such Person or any of such

      Person's Affiliates or Associates until such tendered

      securities are accepted for payment, purchase or exchange;

                (ii)  that such Person or any of such Person's

      Affiliates or Associates, directly or indirectly, has the

      right to vote or dispose of or has "beneficial ownership" of

      (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules

      and Regulations under the Exchange Act), including without

      limitation pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or

      understanding, whether or not in writing; provided, however,

      that a Person shall not be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of

      any security under this subsection (ii) as a result of an

      oral or written agreement, arrangement or understanding to

      vote such security if such agreement, arrangement or

      understanding (A) arises solely from a revocable proxy given
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 55

      in response to a public proxy or consent solicitation made

      pursuant to, and in accordance with, the applicable

      provisions of the General Rules and Regulations under the

      Exchange Act, and (B) is not then reportable by such Person

      on Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act (or any comparable or

      successor report); or

                (iii) where voting securities are beneficially

      owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person (or any

      Affiliate or Associate thereof) with which such Person (or

      any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates) has any

      agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in

      writing) for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting

      (except pursuant to a revocable proxy as described in the

      proviso to subsection (ii) above) or disposing of any voting

      securities of the Company; 

      provided, however, that nothing in this subsection (c) shall

      cause a Person engaged in business as an underwriter of

      securities to be the "Beneficial Owner" of any securities

      acquired through such Person's participation in good faith in

      a firm commitment underwriting until the expiration of forty

      days after the date of such acquisition.

                (d)  "Board" shall mean the board of directors of

      the Company.   

                (e)  "Change of Control" shall be deemed to have

      taken place if (i) any Person (except the Company or any

      employee benefit plan of the Company or of any Affiliate, any
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 56

      Person or entity organized, appointed or established by the

      Company for or pursuant to the terms of any such employee

      benefit plan), together with all Affiliates and Associates of

      such Person, shall become the Beneficial Owner in the

      aggregate of 20% or more of the common stock of the Company

      then outstanding); provided, however, that no "Change of

      Control" shall be deemed to occur during any period in which

      any such Person, and its Affiliates and Associates, are bound

      by the terms of a standstill agreement under which such

      parties have agreed not to acquire more than 30% of the

      common stock of the Company  of the Common Stock of the

      Company then outstanding or to solicit proxies, or (ii)

      during any twenty-four month period, individuals who at the

      beginning of such period constituted the Board cease for any

      reason to constitute a majority thereof, unless the election,

      or the nomination for election by the Company's shareholders,

      of at least seventy-five percent of the directors who were

      not directors at the beginning of such period was approved by

      a vote of at least seventy-five percent of the directors in

      office at the time of such election or nomination who were

      directors at the beginning of such period.

                (f)  "Normal Retirement Date" shall mean the first

      day of the calendar month coincident with or next following

      the Employee's 65th birthday.

                (h)  "Person" shall mean any individual, firm,

      corporation, partnership or other entity.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 57

                (i)  "Subsidiary" shall have the meaning ascribed

      to such term in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and

      Regulations under the Exchange Act.

                (j)  "Termination Date" shall mean the date of

      receipt of the Notice of Termination described in Section 2

      hereof or any later date specified therein, as the case may

      be.

                (k)  "Termination of Employment" shall mean the

      termination of the Employee's actual employment relationship

      with the Company.

                (l)  "Termination following a Change of Control"

      shall mean a Termination of Employment within two years after

      a Change of Control either:

                (i)   initiated by the Company for any reason other

      than (x) the Employee's continuous illness, injury or

      incapacity for a period of six consecutive months or (y) for

      "cause," which shall mean misappropriation of funds, habitual

      insobriety, substance abuse, conviction of a crime involving

      moral turpitude, or gross negligence in the performance of

      duties, which gross negligence has had a material adverse

      effect on the business, operations, assets, properties or

      financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken

      as a whole; or

                (ii)  initiated by the Employee upon one or more of

      the following occurrences:
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 58

                (A)  any failure of the Company to comply with and

                satisfy any of the terms of this Agreement;

                (B)  any significant reduction by the Company of

                the authority, duties or responsibilities of the

                Employee;

                (C)  any removal by the Company of the Employee

                from the employment grade, compensation level or

                officer positions which the Employee holds as of

                the effective date hereof except in connection with

                promotions to higher office;

                (D)  the requirement that the Employee undertake

                business travel to an extent substantially greater

                than is reasonable and customary for the position

                the Employee holds.

                2.   Notice of Termination.  Any Termination

      following a Change of Control shall be communicated by a

      Notice of Termination to the other party hereto given in

      accordance with Section 14 hereof.  For purposes of this

      Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" means a written notice

      which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in

      this Agreement relied upon, (ii) briefly summarizes the facts

      and circumstances deemed to provide a basis for termination

      of the Employee's employment under the provision so

      indicated, and (iii) if the Termination Date is other than

      the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the Termination
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 59

      Date (which date shall not be more than 15 days after the

      giving of such notice).   

                3.   Severance Compensation upon Termination. 

                (a)  Subject to the provisions of Section 11

      hereof, in the event of the Employee's Termination following

      a Change of Control, the Company shall pay to the Employee,

      within fifteen days after the Termination Date (or as soon as

      possible thereafter in the event that the procedures set

      forth in Section 11(b) hereof cannot be completed within 15

      days), an amount in cash equal to 1.5 times the Employee's

      Base Compensation.

                (b)  In the event the Employee's Normal Retirement

      Date would occur prior to 24 months after the Termination

      Date, the aggregate cash amount determined as set forth in

      (a) above shall be reduced by multiplying it by a fraction,

      the numerator of which shall be the number of days from the

      Termination Date to the Employee's Normal Retirement Date and

      the denominator of which shall be 730.

                4.   Other Payments.  The payment due under Section

      3 hereof shall be in addition to and not in lieu of any

      payments or benefits due to the Employee under any other

      plan, policy or program of the Company except that no

      payments shall be due to the Employee under the Company's

      then severance pay plan for employees.

                5.   Establishment of Trust.  The Company may

      establish an irrevocable trust fund pursuant to a trust
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 60

      agreement to hold assets to satisfy its obligations

      hereunder.  Funding of such trust fund shall be subject to

      the Company's discretion, as set forth in the agreement

      pursuant to which the fund will be established.

                6.   Enforcement. 

                (a)  In the event that the Company shall fail or

      refuse to make payment of any amounts due the Employee under

      Sections 3 and 4 hereof within the respective time periods

      provided therein, the Company shall pay to the Employee, in

      addition to the payment of any other sums provided in this

      Agreement, interest, compounded daily, on any amount

      remaining unpaid from the date payment is required under

      Section 3 and 4, as appropriate, until paid to the Employee,

      at the rate from time to time announced by Mellon Bank (East)

      as its "prime rate" plus 2%, each change in such rate to take

      effect on the effective date of the change in such prime

      rate.

                (b)  It is the intent of the parties that the

      Employee not be required to incur any expenses associated

      with the enforcement of his rights under this Agreement by

      arbitration, litigation or other legal action because the

      cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the

      benefits intended to be extended to the Employee hereunder. 

      Accordingly, the Company shall pay the Employee on demand the

      amount necessary to reimburse the Employee in full for all

      expenses (including all attorneys' fees and legal expenses)
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 61

      incurred by the Employee in enforcing any of the obligations

      of the Company under this Agreement.

                7.   No Mitigation.  The Employee shall not be

      required to mitigate the amount of any payment or benefit

      provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment or

      otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment or benefit

      provided for herein be reduced by any compensation earned by

      other employment or otherwise. 

                8.   Non-exclusivity of Rights.  Nothing in this

      Agreement shall prevent or limit the Employee's continuing or

      future participation in or rights under any benefit, bonus,

      incentive or other plan or program provided by the Company or

      any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates and for which the

      Employee may qualify; provided, however, that the Employee

      hereby waives the Employee's right to receive any payments

      under any severance pay plan or similar program applicable to

      other employees of the Company .

                9.   No Set-Off.  The Company's obligation to make

      the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to

      perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by

      any circumstances, including, without limitation, any set-

      off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which

      the Company may have against the Employee or others.  

                10.  Taxes.  Any payment required under this

      Agreement shall be subject to all requirements of the law

      with regard to the withholding of taxes, filing, making of
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 62

      reports and the like, and the Company shall use its best

      efforts to satisfy promptly all such requirements.

                11.  Certain Reduction of Payments. 

                (a)  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary

      notwithstanding, in the event that it shall be determined

      that any payment or distribution by the Company to or for the

      benefit of the Employee, whether paid or payable or

      distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this

      Agreement or otherwise (a "Payment"), would constitute an

      "excess parachute payment" within the meaning of Section 280G

      of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the

      "Code"), the aggregate present value of amounts payable or

      distributable to or for the benefit of the Employee pursuant

      to this Agreement (such payments or distributions pursuant to

      this Agreement are hereinafter referred to as "Agreement

      Payments") shall be reduced (but not below zero) to the

      Reduced Amount.  The "Reduced Amount" shall be an amount

      expressed in present value which maximizes the aggregate

      present value of Agreement Payments without causing any

      Payment to be subject to the taxation under Section 4999 of

      the Code.  For purposes of this Section 11, present value

      shall be determined in accordance with Section 280G(d)(4) of

      the Code.

                (b)  All determinations to be made under this

      Section 11 shall be made by Ernst & Young (or the Company's

      independent public accountant immediately prior to the Change
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 63

      of Control if other than Ernst & Young (the "Accounting

      Firm")), which firm shall provide its determinations and any

      supporting calculations both to the Company and the Employee

      within 10 days of the Termination Date.  Any such

      determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon

      the Company and the Employee.  Within five days after this

      determination, the Company shall pay (or cause to be paid) or

      distribute (or cause to be distributed) to or for the benefit

      of the Employee such amounts as are then due to the Employee

      under this Agreement.

                (c)  As a result of the uncertainty in the

      application of Section 280G of the Code at the time of the

      initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is

      possible that Agreement Payments, as the case may be, will

      have been made by the Company which should not have been made

      ("Overpayment") or that additional Agreement Payments which

      have not been made by the Company could have been made

      ("Underpayment"), in each case, consistent with the

      calculations required to be made hereunder.  Within two years

      after the Termination of Employment, the Accounting Firm

      shall review the determination made by it pursuant to the

      preceding paragraph.  In the event that the Accounting Firm

      determines that an Overpayment has been made, any such

      Overpayment shall be treated for all purposes as a loan to

      the Employee which the Employee shall repay to the Company

      together with interest at the applicable Federal rate
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 64

      provided for in Section 7872(f)(2) of the Code (the "Federal

      Rate"); provided, however, that no amount shall be payable by

      the Employee to the Company if and to the extent such payment

      would not reduce the amount which is subject to taxation

      under Section 4999 of the Code.  In the event that the

      Accounting Firm determines that an Underpayment has occurred,

      any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company

      to or for the benefit of the Employee together with interest

      at the Federal Rate.

                (d)  All of the fees and expenses of the Accounting

      Firm in performing the determinations referred to in

      subsections (b) and (c) above shall be borne solely by the

      Company.  The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless

      the Accounting Firm of and from any and all claims, damages

      and expenses resulting from or relating to its determinations

      pursuant to subsections (b) and (c) above, except for claims,

      damages or expenses resulting from the gross negligence or

      willful misconduct of the Accounting Firm.

                12.  Term of Agreement.  The term of this Agreement

      shall be for two years from the date hereof and shall be

      automatically renewed for successive one-year periods unless

      the Company notifies the Employee in writing that this

      Agreement will not be renewed at least sixty days prior to

      the end of the current term; provided, however, that (i)

      after a Change of Control during the term of this Agreement,

      this Agreement shall remain in effect until all of the
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 65

      obligations of the parties hereunder are satisfied or have

      expired, and (ii) this Agreement shall terminate if, prior to

      a Change of Control, the employment of the Employee with the

      Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, shall

      terminate for any reason, or the Employee shall cease to be

      an Employee.

                13.  Successor Company.  The Company shall require

      any successor or successors (whether direct or indirect, by

      purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or

      substantially all of the business and/or assets of the

      Company, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to

      the Employee, to acknowledge expressly that this Agreement is

      binding upon and enforceable against the Company in

      accordance with the terms hereof, and to become jointly and

      severally obligated with the Company to perform this

      Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the

      Company would be required to perform if no such succession or

      successions had taken place.  Failure of the Company to

      obtain such agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such

      succession shall be a breach of this Agreement.  As used in

      this Agreement, the Company shall mean the Company as

      hereinbefore defined and any such successor or successors to

      its business and/or assets, jointly and severally.

                14.  Notice.  All notices and other communications

      required or permitted hereunder or necessary or convenient in

      connection herewith shall be in writing and shall be 
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 66

      delivered personally or mailed by registered or certified

      mail, return receipt requested, or by overnight express

      courier service, as follows:

                If to the Company, to:

                     Maritrans Inc.
                     2600 One Logan Square
                     Philadelphia, PA  19103
                     Attention:  Corporate Secretary
     
                If to the Employee, to:
     
                     John C. Newcomb
                     7725 St. Martin Lane
                     Philadelphia, PA 19118
      
      or to such other names or addresses as the Company or the

      Employee, as the case may be, shall designate by notice to

      the other party hereto in the manner specified in this

      Section; provided, however, that if no such notice is given

      by the Company following a Change of Control, notice at the

      last address of the Company or to any successor pursuant to

      Section 13 hereof shall be deemed sufficient for the purposes

      hereof.  Any such notice shall be deemed delivered and

      effective when received in the case of personal delivery,

      five days after deposit, postage prepaid, with the U.S.

      Postal Service in the case of registered or certified mail,

      or on the next business day in the case of overnight express

      courier service.

                15.  Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be

      governed by and interpreted under the laws of the

      Commonwealth of Pennsylvania without giving effect to any

      conflict of laws provisions.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 67

                16.  Contents of Agreement, Amendment and

      Assignment.  

                (a)  This Agreement supersedes all prior

      agreements, sets forth the entire understanding between the

      parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and

      cannot be changed, modified, extended or terminated except

      upon written amendment executed by the Employee and approved

      by the Board and executed on the Company's behalf by a duly

      authorized officer.  The provisions of this Agreement may

      provide for payments to the Employee under certain

      compensation or bonus plans under circumstances where such

      plans would not provide for payment thereof.  It is the

      specific intention of the parties that the provisions of this

      Agreement shall supersede any provisions to the contrary in

      such plans, and such plans shall be deemed to have been

      amended to correspond with this Agreement without further

      action by the Company or the Board.

                (b)  Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed

      as giving the Employee any right to be retained in the employ

      of the Company.

                (c)  All of the terms and provisions of this

      Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of

      and be enforceable by the respective heirs, representatives,

      successors and assigns of the parties hereto, except that the

      duties and responsibilities of the Employee and the Company
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 68

      hereunder shall not be assignable in whole or in part by the

      Company.

                17.  Severability.  If any provision of this

      Agreement or application thereof to anyone or under any

      circumstances shall be determined to be invalid or

      unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not

      affect any other provisions or applications of this Agreement

      which can be given effect without the invalid or

      unenforceable provision or application.

                18.  Remedies Cumulative; No Waiver.  No right

      conferred upon the Employee by this Agreement is intended to

      be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and each and every

      such right or remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in

      addition to any other right or remedy given hereunder or now

      or hereafter existing at law or in equity.  No delay or

      omission by the Employee in exercising any right, remedy or

      power hereunder or existing at law or in equity shall be

      construed as a waiver thereof, including, without limitation,

      any delay by the Employee in delivering a Notice of

      Termination pursuant to Section 2 hereof after an event has

      occurred which would, if the Employee had resigned, have

      constituted a Termination following a Change of Control

      pursuant to Section 1(l)(ii) of this Agreement.

                19.  Miscellaneous.  All section headings are for

      convenience only.  This Agreement may be executed in several
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 69

      counterparts, each of which is an original.  It shall not be

      necessary in making proof of this Agreement or any

      counterpart hereof to produce or account for any of the other

      counterparts. 

                IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to

      be legally bound, have executed this Agreement as of the date

      first above written.

     
      
      Attest:                       MARITRANS INC.
      

          [Seal]
      

      /s/ John C. Newcomb            By /s/ Craig N. Johnson      
      -------------------------        -------------------------
          Secretary
      
     
      /s/ Anna Richmond                /s/ John C. Newcomb         
      -------------------------        -------------------------
      Witness                          John C. Newcomb
<PAGE>


<PAGE>
<PAGE> 70

                                                           EXHIBIT 10.5

                                AGREEMENT


                Agreement made as of the 4th day of October, 1993,

      between Maritrans Inc., a Delaware corporation (the

      "Company"), and Gary L. Schaefer (the "Employee").

                WHEREAS, the Employee is presently employed by the

      Company as its Vice President, Chief Financial Officer;

                WHEREAS, the board of directors of the Company

      recognizes that, as is the case with many publicly held

      corporations, the possibility of a change in control of the

      Company exists and that such possibility, and the uncertainty

      and questions which it may raise among management, may result

      in the departure or distraction of key management personnel

      to the detriment of the Company;

                WHEREAS, the board of directors of the Company has

      determined that appropriate steps should be taken to

      reinforce and encourage the continued attention and

      dedication of key members of the Company's management to

      their assigned duties without distraction in the face of

      potentially disturbing circumstances arising from the

      possibility of a change in control of the Company; and

                WHEREAS, in order to induce the Employee to remain

      in the employ of the Company, the Company agrees that the 

      Employee shall receive the compensation set forth in this

      Agreement as a cushion against the financial and career

      impact on the Employee in the event the Employee's employment
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 71

      with the Company is terminated subsequent to a "Change of

      Control" (as defined in Section 1 hereof) of the Company;

                NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing

      and the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth

      and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto

      agree as follows:

                1.   Definitions.  For all purposes of this

      Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings

      specified in this Section unless the context clearly

      otherwise requires:

                (a)  "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the

      respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of

      the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities

      Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act").

                (b)  "Base Compensation" shall mean the average of

      the total cash remuneration received by the Employee in all

      capacities with the Company, and its Subsidiaries or

      Affiliates, as reported for Federal income tax purposes on

      Form W-2, together with any and all salary reduction

      authorized amounts under any of the Company's benefit plans

      or programs, but excluding any amounts attributable to the

      exercise of stock options by the Employee under the Company's

      Equity Compensation Plan for the most recent full calendar

      year immediately preceding the calendar year in which occurs

      a Change of Control or the Employee's Termination Date,

      whichever is higher.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 72

                (c)  "Beneficial Owner" of any securities shall

      mean:

                (i)   that such Person or any of such Person's

      Affiliates or Associates, directly or indirectly, has the

      right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable

      immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to

      any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not

      in writing) or upon the exercise of conversion rights,

      exchange rights, rights, warrants or options, or otherwise;

      provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the

      "Beneficial Owner" of securities tendered pursuant to a

      tender or exchange offer made by such Person or any of such

      Person's Affiliates or Associates until such tendered

      securities are accepted for payment, purchase or exchange;

                (ii)  that such Person or any of such Person's

      Affiliates or Associates, directly or indirectly, has the

      right to vote or dispose of or has "beneficial ownership" of

      (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules

      and Regulations under the Exchange Act), including without

      limitation pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or

      understanding, whether or not in writing; provided, however,

      that a Person shall not be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of

      any security under this subsection (ii) as a result of an

      oral or written agreement, arrangement or understanding to

      vote such security if such agreement, arrangement or

      understanding (A) arises solely from a revocable proxy given
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 73

      in response to a public proxy or consent solicitation made

      pursuant to, and in accordance with, the applicable

      provisions of the General Rules and Regulations under the

      Exchange Act, and (B) is not then reportable by such Person

      on Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act (or any comparable or

      successor report); or

                (iii) where voting securities are beneficially

      owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person (or any

      Affiliate or Associate thereof) with which such Person (or

      any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates) has any

      agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in

      writing) for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting

      (except pursuant to a revocable proxy as described in the

      proviso to subsection (ii) above) or disposing of any voting

      securities of the Company; 

      provided, however, that nothing in this subsection (c) shall

      cause a Person engaged in business as an underwriter of

      securities to be the "Beneficial Owner" of any securities

      acquired through such Person's participation in good faith in

      a firm commitment underwriting until the expiration of forty

      days after the date of such acquisition.

                (d)  "Board" shall mean the board of directors of

      the Company.   

                (e)  "Change of Control" shall be deemed to have

      taken place if (i) any Person (except the Company or any

      employee benefit plan of the Company or of any Affiliate, any
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 74

      Person or entity organized, appointed or established by the

      Company for or pursuant to the terms of any such employee

      benefit plan), together with all Affiliates and Associates of

      such Person, shall become the Beneficial Owner in the

      aggregate of 20% or more of the common stock of the Company

      then outstanding); provided, however, that no "Change of

      Control" shall be deemed to occur during any period in which

      any such Person, and its Affiliates and Associates, are bound

      by the terms of a standstill agreement under which such

      parties have agreed not to acquire more than 30% of the

      common stock of the Company  of the Common Stock of the

      Company then outstanding or to solicit proxies, or (ii)

      during any twenty-four month period, individuals who at the

      beginning of such period constituted the Board cease for any

      reason to constitute a majority thereof, unless the election,

      or the nomination for election by the Company's shareholders,

      of at least seventy-five percent of the directors who were

      not directors at the beginning of such period was approved by

      a vote of at least seventy-five percent of the directors in

      office at the time of such election or nomination who were

      directors at the beginning of such period.

                (f)  "Normal Retirement Date" shall mean the first

      day of the calendar month coincident with or next following

      the Employee's 65th birthday.

                (h)  "Person" shall mean any individual, firm,

      corporation, partnership or other entity.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 75

                (i)  "Subsidiary" shall have the meaning ascribed

      to such term in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and

      Regulations under the Exchange Act.

                (j)  "Termination Date" shall mean the date of

      receipt of the Notice of Termination described in Section 2

      hereof or any later date specified therein, as the case may

      be.

                (k)  "Termination of Employment" shall mean the

      termination of the Employee's actual employment relationship

      with the Company.

                (l)  "Termination following a Change of Control"

      shall mean a Termination of Employment within two years after

      a Change of Control either:

                (i)   initiated by the Company for any reason other

      than (x) the Employee's continuous illness, injury or

      incapacity for a period of six consecutive months or (y) for

      "cause," which shall mean misappropriation of funds, habitual

      insobriety, substance abuse, conviction of a crime involving

      moral turpitude, or gross negligence in the performance of

      duties, which gross negligence has had a material adverse

      effect on the business, operations, assets, properties or

      financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken

      as a whole; or

                (ii)  initiated by the Employee upon one or more of

      the following occurrences:
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 76

                (A)  any failure of the Company to comply with and

                satisfy any of the terms of this Agreement;

                (B)  any significant reduction by the Company of

                the authority, duties or responsibilities of the

                Employee;

                (C)  any removal by the Company of the Employee

                from the employment grade, compensation level or

                officer positions which the Employee holds as of

                the effective date hereof except in connection with

                promotions to higher office;

                (D)  the requirement that the Employee undertake

                business travel to an extent substantially greater

                than is reasonable and customary for the position

                the Employee holds.

                2.   Notice of Termination.  Any Termination

      following a Change of Control shall be communicated by a

      Notice of Termination to the other party hereto given in

      accordance with Section 14 hereof.  For purposes of this

      Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" means a written notice

      which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in

      this Agreement relied upon, (ii) briefly summarizes the facts

      and circumstances deemed to provide a basis for termination

      of the Employee's employment under the provision so

      indicated, and (iii) if the Termination Date is other than

      the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the Termination
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 77

      Date (which date shall not be more than 15 days after the

      giving of such notice).   

                3.   Severance Compensation upon Termination. 

                (a)  Subject to the provisions of Section 11

      hereof, in the event of the Employee's Termination following

      a Change of Control, the Company shall pay to the Employee,

      within fifteen days after the Termination Date (or as soon as

      possible thereafter in the event that the procedures set

      forth in Section 11(b) hereof cannot be completed within 15

      days), an amount in cash equal to 1.5 times the Employee's

      Base Compensation.

                (b)  In the event the Employee's Normal Retirement

      Date would occur prior to 24 months after the Termination

      Date, the aggregate cash amount determined as set forth in

      (a) above shall be reduced by multiplying it by a fraction,

      the numerator of which shall be the number of days from the

      Termination Date to the Employee's Normal Retirement Date and

      the denominator of which shall be 730.

                4.   Other Payments.  The payment due under Section

      3 hereof shall be in addition to and not in lieu of any

      payments or benefits due to the Employee under any other

      plan, policy or program of the Company except that no

      payments shall be due to the Employee under the Company's

      then severance pay plan for employees.

                5.   Establishment of Trust.  The Company may

      establish an irrevocable trust fund pursuant to a trust
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 78

      agreement to hold assets to satisfy its obligations

      hereunder.  Funding of such trust fund shall be subject to

      the Company's discretion, as set forth in the agreement

      pursuant to which the fund will be established.

                6.   Enforcement. 

                (a)  In the event that the Company shall fail or

      refuse to make payment of any amounts due the Employee under

      Sections 3 and 4 hereof within the respective time periods

      provided therein, the Company shall pay to the Employee, in

      addition to the payment of any other sums provided in this

      Agreement, interest, compounded daily, on any amount

      remaining unpaid from the date payment is required under

      Section 3 and 4, as appropriate, until paid to the Employee,

      at the rate from time to time announced by Mellon Bank (East)

      as its "prime rate" plus 2%, each change in such rate to take

      effect on the effective date of the change in such prime

      rate.

                (b)  It is the intent of the parties that the

      Employee not be required to incur any expenses associated

      with the enforcement of his rights under this Agreement by

      arbitration, litigation or other legal action because the

      cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the

      benefits intended to be extended to the Employee hereunder. 

      Accordingly, the Company shall pay the Employee on demand the

      amount necessary to reimburse the Employee in full for all

      expenses (including all attorneys' fees and legal expenses)
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 79

      incurred by the Employee in enforcing any of the obligations

      of the Company under this Agreement.

                7.   No Mitigation.  The Employee shall not be

      required to mitigate the amount of any payment or benefit

      provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment or

      otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment or benefit

      provided for herein be reduced by any compensation earned by

      other employment or otherwise. 

                8.   Non-exclusivity of Rights.  Nothing in this

      Agreement shall prevent or limit the Employee's continuing or

      future participation in or rights under any benefit, bonus,

      incentive or other plan or program provided by the Company or

      any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates and for which the

      Employee may qualify; provided, however, that the Employee

      hereby waives the Employee's right to receive any payments

      under any severance pay plan or similar program applicable to

      other employees of the Company .

                9.   No Set-Off.  The Company's obligation to make

      the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to

      perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by

      any circumstances, including, without limitation, any set-

      off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which

      the Company may have against the Employee or others.  

                10.  Taxes.  Any payment required under this

      Agreement shall be subject to all requirements of the law

      with regard to the withholding of taxes, filing, making of
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 80

      reports and the like, and the Company shall use its best

      efforts to satisfy promptly all such requirements.

                11.  Certain Reduction of Payments. 

                (a)  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary

      notwithstanding, in the event that it shall be determined

      that any payment or distribution by the Company to or for the

      benefit of the Employee, whether paid or payable or

      distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this

      Agreement or otherwise (a "Payment"), would constitute an

      "excess parachute payment" within the meaning of Section 280G

      of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the

      "Code"), the aggregate present value of amounts payable or

      distributable to or for the benefit of the Employee pursuant

      to this Agreement (such payments or distributions pursuant to

      this Agreement are hereinafter referred to as "Agreement

      Payments") shall be reduced (but not below zero) to the

      Reduced Amount.  The "Reduced Amount" shall be an amount

      expressed in present value which maximizes the aggregate

      present value of Agreement Payments without causing any

      Payment to be subject to the taxation under Section 4999 of

      the Code.  For purposes of this Section 11, present value

      shall be determined in accordance with Section 280G(d)(4) of

      the Code.

                (b)  All determinations to be made under this

      Section 11 shall be made by Ernst & Young (or the Company's

      independent public accountant immediately prior to the Change
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 81

      of Control if other than Ernst & Young (the "Accounting

      Firm")), which firm shall provide its determinations and any

      supporting calculations both to the Company and the Employee

      within 10 days of the Termination Date.  Any such

      determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon

      the Company and the Employee.  Within five days after this

      determination, the Company shall pay (or cause to be paid) or

      distribute (or cause to be distributed) to or for the benefit

      of the Employee such amounts as are then due to the Employee

      under this Agreement.

                (c)  As a result of the uncertainty in the

      application of Section 280G of the Code at the time of the

      initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is

      possible that Agreement Payments, as the case may be, will

      have been made by the Company which should not have been made

      ("Overpayment") or that additional Agreement Payments which

      have not been made by the Company could have been made

      ("Underpayment"), in each case, consistent with the

      calculations required to be made hereunder.  Within two years

      after the Termination of Employment, the Accounting Firm

      shall review the determination made by it pursuant to the

      preceding paragraph.  In the event that the Accounting Firm

      determines that an Overpayment has been made, any such

      Overpayment shall be treated for all purposes as a loan to

      the Employee which the Employee shall repay to the Company

      together with interest at the applicable Federal rate
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 82

      provided for in Section 7872(f)(2) of the Code (the "Federal

      Rate"); provided, however, that no amount shall be payable by

      the Employee to the Company if and to the extent such payment

      would not reduce the amount which is subject to taxation

      under Section 4999 of the Code.  In the event that the

      Accounting Firm determines that an Underpayment has occurred,

      any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company

      to or for the benefit of the Employee together with interest

      at the Federal Rate.

                (d)  All of the fees and expenses of the Accounting

      Firm in performing the determinations referred to in

      subsections (b) and (c) above shall be borne solely by the

      Company.  The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless

      the Accounting Firm of and from any and all claims, damages

      and expenses resulting from or relating to its determinations

      pursuant to subsections (b) and (c) above, except for claims,

      damages or expenses resulting from the gross negligence or

      willful misconduct of the Accounting Firm.

                12.  Term of Agreement.  The term of this Agreement

      shall be for two years from the date hereof and shall be

      automatically renewed for successive one-year periods unless

      the Company notifies the Employee in writing that this

      Agreement will not be renewed at least sixty days prior to

      the end of the current term; provided, however, that (i)

      after a Change of Control during the term of this Agreement,

      this Agreement shall remain in effect until all of the
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 83

      obligations of the parties hereunder are satisfied or have

      expired, and (ii) this Agreement shall terminate if, prior to

      a Change of Control, the employment of the Employee with the

      Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, shall

      terminate for any reason, or the Employee shall cease to be

      an Employee.

                13.  Successor Company.  The Company shall require

      any successor or successors (whether direct or indirect, by

      purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or

      substantially all of the business and/or assets of the

      Company, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to

      the Employee, to acknowledge expressly that this Agreement is

      binding upon and enforceable against the Company in

      accordance with the terms hereof, and to become jointly and

      severally obligated with the Company to perform this

      Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the

      Company would be required to perform if no such succession or

      successions had taken place.  Failure of the Company to

      obtain such agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such

      succession shall be a breach of this Agreement.  As used in

      this Agreement, the Company shall mean the Company as

      hereinbefore defined and any such successor or successors to

      its business and/or assets, jointly and severally.

                14.  Notice.  All notices and other communications

      required or permitted hereunder or necessary or convenient in

      connection herewith shall be in writing and shall be 
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 84

      delivered personally or mailed by registered or certified

      mail, return receipt requested, or by overnight express

      courier service, as follows:

                If to the Company, to:

                     Maritrans Inc.
                     2600 One Logan Square
                     Philadelphia, PA  19103
                     Attention:  Corporate Secretary
      
                If to the Employee, to:
     
                     Gary L. Schaefer
                     37 Austin Circle
                     Lower Gwynedd, PA  19002
     
      or to such other names or addresses as the Company or the

      Employee, as the case may be, shall designate by notice to

      the other party hereto in the manner specified in this

      Section; provided, however, that if no such notice is given

      by the Company following a Change of Control, notice at the

      last address of the Company or to any successor pursuant to

      Section 13 hereof shall be deemed sufficient for the purposes

      hereof.  Any such notice shall be deemed delivered and

      effective when received in the case of personal delivery,

      five days after deposit, postage prepaid, with the U.S.

      Postal Service in the case of registered or certified mail,

      or on the next business day in the case of overnight express

      courier service.

                15.  Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be

      governed by and interpreted under the laws of the

      Commonwealth of Pennsylvania without giving effect to any

      conflict of laws provisions.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 85

                16.  Contents of Agreement, Amendment and

      Assignment.  

                (a)  This Agreement supersedes all prior

      agreements, sets forth the entire understanding between the

      parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and

      cannot be changed, modified, extended or terminated except

      upon written amendment executed by the Employee and approved

      by the Board and executed on the Company's behalf by a duly

      authorized officer.  The provisions of this Agreement may

      provide for payments to the Employee under certain

      compensation or bonus plans under circumstances where such

      plans would not provide for payment thereof.  It is the

      specific intention of the parties that the provisions of this

      Agreement shall supersede any provisions to the contrary in

      such plans, and such plans shall be deemed to have been

      amended to correspond with this Agreement without further

      action by the Company or the Board.

                (b)  Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed

      as giving the Employee any right to be retained in the employ

      of the Company.

                (c)  All of the terms and provisions of this

      Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of

      and be enforceable by the respective heirs, representatives,

      successors and assigns of the parties hereto, except that the

      duties and responsibilities of the Employee and the Company
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 86

      hereunder shall not be assignable in whole or in part by the

      Company.

                17.  Severability.  If any provision of this

      Agreement or application thereof to anyone or under any

      circumstances shall be determined to be invalid or

      unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not

      affect any other provisions or applications of this Agreement

      which can be given effect without the invalid or

      unenforceable provision or application.

                18.  Remedies Cumulative; No Waiver.  No right

      conferred upon the Employee by this Agreement is intended to

      be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and each and every

      such right or remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in

      addition to any other right or remedy given hereunder or now

      or hereafter existing at law or in equity.  No delay or

      omission by the Employee in exercising any right, remedy or

      power hereunder or existing at law or in equity shall be

      construed as a waiver thereof, including, without limitation,

      any delay by the Employee in delivering a Notice of

      Termination pursuant to Section 2 hereof after an event has

      occurred which would, if the Employee had resigned, have

      constituted a Termination following a Change of Control

      pursuant to Section 1(l)(ii) of this Agreement.

                19.  Miscellaneous.  All section headings are for

      convenience only.  This Agreement may be executed in several

      counterparts, each of which is an original.  It shall not be
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 87

      necessary in making proof of this Agreement or any

      counterpart hereof to produce or account for any of the other

      counterparts. 

                IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to

      be legally bound, have executed this Agreement as of the date

      first above written.


      Attest:                       MARITRANS INC.

          [Seal]

      /s/ John C. Newcomb             By /s/ Craig N. Johnson     
      --------------------------      --------------------------
          Secretary
      

      /s/ John C. Newcomb             /s/ Gary L. Schaefer       
      --------------------------      --------------------------
      Witness                          Gary L. Schaefer
<PAGE>


<PAGE>
<PAGE> 88

                                                           EXHIBIT 10.6

                            EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
      

           THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") entered into on

      October 5, 1993, by and between Maritrans Inc., a Delaware

      corporation (the "Company"), and Stephen A. Van Dyck

      ("Employee").

           WHEREAS, Employee is presently employed by the Company as

      its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer; and

           WHEREAS, the Company and Employee desire to enter into a new

      agreement to provide for Employee's continued employment by the

      Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein,

      beginning as of April 1, 1993, the date of Employee's appointment

      to his current position;

           NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally

      bound, agree as follows:

           1.   Employment.  The Company hereby continues the

      employment of Employee, and Employee hereby accepts such

      employment and agrees to perform his duties and responsibilities

      hereunder, in accordance with the terms and conditions

      hereinafter set forth.  This Agreement shall supersede and

      replace the agreement entered into between Employee and Maritrans

      GP Inc., a predecessor of the Company, as of December 20, 1991,

      which shall be void as of the date hereof.

           1.1.  Employment Term.  The term of this Agreement (the

      "Employment Term") shall commence on April 1, 1993 and shall

      continue for an indefinite period until terminated in accordance

      with Section 5 or Section 6 hereof. 
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 89

           1.2.  Duties and Responsibilities.  During the Employment

      Term, Employee shall serve as the Chairman and Chief Executive

      Officer of the Company and shall perform all duties and accept

      all responsibilities incident to such position or as otherwise

      may be assigned to him by the Company's Board of Directors (the

      "Board") and agreed to by Employee.

           1.3.  Extent of Service.  During the Employment Term,

      Employee agrees to use his best efforts to carry out his duties

      and responsibilities under Section 1.2 hereof and, consistent

      with the other provisions of this Agreement, to devote his full

      time, attention and energy thereto; provided, however, that

      Employee shall not be required to transfer to a location outside

      the metropolitan Philadelphia area (fifty miles surrounding the

      Company's principal location as of the date hereof) without

      Employee's prior written consent.  Except as provided in Section

      3 hereof, the foregoing shall not be construed as preventing

      Employee from making minority investments in other businesses or

      enterprises provided that Employee agrees not to become engaged

      in any other business activity which may interfere with his

      ability to discharge his duties and responsibilities to the

      Company.  Except with respect to current engagements, Employee

      further agrees not to work either on a part time or independent

      contracting basis for any other business or enterprise during the

      Employment Term without the prior written consent of the Board.

           1.4.  Base Salary.  

           (a)  For all the services rendered by Employee hereunder,

      the Company shall pay Employee the basic annual rate of

      compensation being paid to Employee as of the date hereof for
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 90

      each full year of the Employment Term ("Base Salary"), payable in

      installments at such times as the Company customarily pays its

      other executives (but in any event no less often than monthly). 

      Employee's Base Salary shall be subject to review and adjustment

      by the Company pursuant to its normal performance review policies

      for executives.  The Company shall be entitled to make proper

      withholdings from Employee's Base Salary (and all other payments

      of compensation under this Agreement) as required by law or

      agreed to by Employee.

           (b)  During the Employment Term, Employee shall also be (i)

      entitled to participate in such retirement, profit sharing,

      equity compensation, group insurance, medical and other fringe

      benefit plans, if any, as may be authorized from time to time by

      the Board in its sole discretion for executives of the Company,

      (ii) provided with reimbursement of expenses related to his

      employment by the Company on a basis similar to that which may be

      authorized from time to time by the Board in its sole discretion

      for executives of the Company generally, and (iii) entitled to

      vacation and holidays during the Employment Term in accordance

      with the Company's normal policy. 

           1.5.  Incentive Compensation.  In addition to the Base

      Salary set forth in Section 1.4 hereof, Employee shall

      participate in the Company's Executive Award Plan and such other

      annual or long-term incentive compensation plans (including stock

      option and stock grant plans), if any, for executives generally,

      as may be established from time to time by the Board in its sole
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 91

      discretion.  The terms and provisions of any such incentive

      compensation plan shall be determined in the sole discretion of

      the Board. 

         2.   Confidential Information.  Employee recognizes and 

      acknowledges that by reason of his employment by and service to the

      Company (both during the Employment Term and before or after it), he

      has had and will continue to have access to confidential information

      of the Company and its affiliates, including, without limitation,

      information and knowledge pertaining to products and services

      offered, innovations, designs, ideas, plans, trade secrets,

      proprietary information, distribution and sales methods and systems,

      sales and profit figures, customer and client lists, and

      relationships between the Company and its affiliates and other

      distributors, customers, clients, suppliers and others who have

      business dealings with the Company and its affiliates ("Confidential

      Information").  Employee acknowledges that such Confidential

      Information is a valuable and unique asset and covenants that he

      will not, either during or after the Employment Term, disclose any

      such Confidential Information to any person for any reason

      whatsoever without the prior written authorization of the Board,

      unless such information is in the public domain through no fault of

      Employee or except as may be required by law.

           3.   Non-Competition.

           (a)  During the Employment Term and for a period of two years

      thereafter, Employee will not, unless acting pursuant hereto or with

      the prior written consent of the Board, directly or indirectly, own,
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 92

      manage, operate, join, control, finance or participate in the

      ownership, management, operation, control or financing of, or be

      connected as an officer, director, employee, partner, principal,

      agent, representative, consultant or otherwise with or use or permit

      his name to be used in connection with, any business or enterprise

      engaged in a geographic area in which the Company or any of its

      affiliates is operating either during the Employment Term or on the

      date Employee's employment terminates, as applicable, presently on

      the East Coast of the United States or at any port in the Gulf of

      Mexico (whether or not such business is physically located within

      those areas) (the "Geographic Area"), in any business that is

      competitive to a business from which the Company or any of its

      affiliates derive at least five percent of its respective gross

      revenues either during the Employment Term or on the date Employee's

      employment terminates, as applicable.  It is recognized by Employee

      that the business of the Company and its affiliates and Employee's

      connection therewith is or will be involved in activity throughout

      the Geographic Area, and that more limited geographical limitations

      on this non-competition covenant are therefore not appropriate.

           (b)  The foregoing restriction shall not be construed to

      prohibit the ownership by Employee of less than one percent (1%) of

      any class of securities of any corporation which is engaged in any

      of the foregoing businesses having a class of securities registered

      pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, provided that such

      ownership represents a passive investment and that neither Employee

      nor any group of persons including Employee in any way, either

      directly or indirectly, manages or exercises control of any such

      corporation, guarantees any of its financial obligations, otherwise
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 93

      takes any part in its business, other than exercising his rights as

      a shareholder, or seeks to do any of the foregoing.

           4.   Equitable Relief.

           (a)  Employee acknowledges that the restrictions contained in

      Sections 2 and 3 hereof are reasonable and necessary to protect the

      legitimate interests of the Company and its affiliates, that the

      Company would not have entered into this Agreement in the absence of

      such restrictions, and that any violation of any provision of those

      Sections will result in irreparable injury to the Company.  Employee

      represents that his experience and capabilities are such that the

      restrictions contained in Section 3 hereof will not prevent Employee

      from obtaining employment or otherwise earning a living at the same

      general level of economic benefit as anticipated by this Agreement. 

      Employee further represents and acknowledges that (i) he has been

      advised by the Company to consult his own legal counsel in respect

      of this Agreement, and (ii) that he has had full opportunity, prior

      to execution of this Agreement, to review thoroughly this Agreement

      with his counsel.

           (b)  Employee agrees that the Company shall be entitled to

      preliminary and permanent injunctive relief, without the necessity

      of proving actual damages, as well as an equitable accounting of all

      earnings, profits and other benefits arising from any violation of

      Sections 2 or 3 hereof, which rights shall be cumulative and in

      addition to any other rights or remedies to which the Company may be

      entitled.  In the event that any of the provisions of Sections 2 or

      3 hereof should ever be adjudicated to exceed the time, geographic,
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 94

      service, or other limitations permitted by applicable law in any

      jurisdiction, then such provisions shall be deemed reformed in such

      jurisdiction to the maximum time, geographic, service, or other

      limitations permitted by applicable law.

           (c)  Employee irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agrees that

      any suit, action or other legal proceeding arising out of Section 2

      or 3 hereof, including without limitation, any action commenced by

      the Company for preliminary and permanent injunctive relief or other

      equitable relief, may be brought in the United States District Court

      for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania, or if such court does not

      have jurisdiction or will not accept jurisdiction, in any court of

      general jurisdiction in Philadelphia County, Pennsylvania, (ii)

      consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any such court in any

      such suit, action or proceeding, and (iii) waives any objection

      which Employee may have to the laying of venue of any such suit,

      action or proceeding in any such court.  Employee also irrevocably

      and unconditionally consents to the service of any process,

      pleadings, notices or other papers in a manner permitted by the

      notice provisions of Section 10 hereof.  

           (d)  Employee agrees that he will provide, and that the Company

      may similarly provide, a copy of Sections 2 and 3 hereof to any

      business or enterprise (i) which he may directly or indirectly own,

      manage, operate, finance, join, control or participate in the

      ownership, management, operation, financing, control or control of,

      or (ii) with which he may be connected with as an officer, director,

      employee, partner, principal, agent, representative, consultant or
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 95

      otherwise, or in connection with which he may use or permit his name

      to be used; provided, however, that this provision shall not apply

      in respect of Section 3 hereof after expiration of the time period

      set forth therein.

           5.   Termination.  The Employment Term shall terminate upon the

      occurrence of any one of the following events:

           5.1.  Disability.  The Company may terminate the Employment

      Term if Employee is unable fully to perform his duties and

      responsibilities hereunder to the full extent required by the Board

      by reason of illness, injury or incapacity for six consecutive

      months, or for more than six months in the aggregate during any

      period of twelve calendar months.  In such event, the Company shall

      have no further liability or obligation to Employee under this

      Agreement; provided, however, that Employee shall continue to

      receive his Base Salary for twenty four months thereafter, less the

      payments prescribed under any disability benefit plan which may be

      in effect for employees of the Company and in which he participated,

      plus his incentive compensation, as referred to in Section 1.5

      hereof, for such twenty-four month period at the target percentage

      level in effect for the year during which Employee first became

      disabled; and provided, further, that if the amount that actually

      would have been earned under the Company's incentive compensation

      plan or plans in any of the relevant fiscal years of the Company is

      less than the full target then the amount due hereunder shall b e

      reduced to such amount.  Employee agrees, in the event of any
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 96

      dispute under this Section 5.1, to submit to a physical examination

      by a licensed physician selected by the Board.

           5.2.  Death.  The Employment Term shall terminate in the event

      of Employee's death.  In such event, the Company shall pay to

      Employee's executors, legal representatives or administrators, as

      applicable, an amount equal to the installment of his Base Salary

      set forth in Section 1.4 hereof for the month in which he dies, and,

      thereafter, the Company shall have no further liability or

      obligation under this Agreement to his executors, legal

      representatives, administrators, heirs or assigns or any other

      person claiming under or through him; provided, however, that

      Employee's estate or designated beneficiaries shall be entitled to

      receive (i) the payments prescribed for such recipients under any

      death benefit plan which may be in effect for executives of the

      Company, generally, (ii) an amount equal to one year of Employee's

      Base Salary at the time of his death, and (iii) a pro rata portion

      of the incentive compensation, if any, as referred to in Section 1.5

      hereof, in respect of the year during which Employee died.

           5.3.  Cause.  The Company may terminate the Employment Term, at

      any time, for "cause" upon thirty days' written notice, in which

      event all liabilities and obligations of the Company under this

      Agreement shall cease, except for payment of Base Salary to the

      extent already accrued.  For purposes of this Agreement, Employee's

      employment may be terminated for "cause" if he engages in gross

      misconduct, dishonesty, mismanagement, deliberate and premeditated

      acts against the interest of the Company, materially fails to
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 97

      perform or observe any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement

      or is convicted of a felony.

           5.4.  Other Terminations.

           (a)  Employee may terminate the Employment Term upon thirty

      days prior written notice to the Company if the Company fails to

      fulfill any of the material terms and provisions hereof including

      the failure to pay Employee any amounts payable hereunder within ten

      business days after the same shall be due and payable (and has not

      cured any such failure by the end of the notice period).  In

      addition, the Company may remove Employee without cause from the

      position in which he is employed hereunder at any time upon written

      notice in which case the Employment Term shall end immediately upon

      the giving of such notice.  Upon any such termination or removal,

      Employee shall be entitled to receive, as liquidated damages for the

      failure of the Company to continue to employ Employee, only the

      amount due to Employee under the Company's then severance pay plan

      for employees.  No other payments or benefits shall be due under

      this Agreement to Employee and the Company shall have no further

      liability or obligation. 

           (b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Employee

      executes a written release, substantially in the form attached

      hereto as Exhibit A, but subject to such changes as counsel to the

      Company may recommend, of any and all claims against the Company and

      all related parties with respect to all matters arising out of

      Employee's employment by the Company (other than his entitlement

      under any employee benefit plan or program sponsored by the Company

      in which he participated and under which he has accrued a benefit),
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 98

      and the termination thereof, Employee shall receive, in lieu of the

      payment described in subsection (a) hereof, which Employee agrees to

      waive, (i) a lump sum payment equal to thirty six months of

      Employee's Base Salary, (ii) a lump sum payment equal to incentive

      compensation, as referred to in Section 1.5 hereof, for such thirty-

      six month period at the target percentage level in effect for the

      year during which Employee terminates this Agreement in accordance

      herewith or is removed, and (iii)(A) outplacement services, (B)

      service credit, for purposes of determining the vesting of any stock

      options, performance units or other grants under any long term

      incentive plan of the Company, for an additional thirty-six months,

      (C) a lump sum payment equal to the amount of benefits he would have

      received under the Company's pension, profit sharing and savings

      plans for such thirty-six month period, (D) a monthly amount

      (together with a tax equalization payment) for thirty six months

      equal to the premium due under the Company's health benefit plan and

      (E) continuation of life insurance and long term disability benefits

      for thirty six months at the level in effect at the time of such

      termination or removal.  No other payments or benefits shall be due

      under this Agreement to Employee and the Company shall have no

      further liability or obligation. 

           (c)  Employee may voluntarily terminate the Employment Term

      upon thirty days' prior written notice for any reason;

      provided, however, that no further payments or benefits shall be due

      under this Agreement to Employee in that event and the Company shall

      have no further liability or obligation.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 99

           5.5  No Mitigation. Employee shall not be required to mitigate

      the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this Section 5

      by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of

      any payment or benefit provided for herein be reduced by any

      compensation earned by other employment or otherwise.

           6.   Payments Upon a Change in Control.

           6.1.  Definitions.  For all purposes of this Section 6, the

      following terms shall have the meanings specified in this Section

      6.1 unless the context clearly otherwise requires:

           (a)  "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the respective

      meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules

      and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as

      amended (the "Exchange Act").

           (b)  "Base Compensation" shall mean the average of the total

      cash remuneration received by Employee in all capacities with the

      Company, and its Affiliates, as reported for Federal income tax

      purposes on Form W-2, and any and all salary reduction authorized

      amounts under any of the Company's benefit plans or programs, but

      excluding any amounts attributable to the exercise of stock options

      by Employee, for the five calendar years (or such number of actual

      full calendar years of employment, if less than five) immediately

      preceding the calendar year in which occurs a Change of Control.

           (c)  "Beneficial Owner" of any securities shall mean:

                (i)   that such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates

                or Associates, directly or indirectly, has the right to

                acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or

                only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement,
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 100

                arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing)

                or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange

                rights, rights, warrants or options, or otherwise;

                provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the

                "Beneficial Owner" of securities tendered pursuant to a

                tender or exchange offer made by such Person or any of

                such Person's Affiliates or Associates until such tendered

                securities are accepted for payment, purchase or exchange;

                (ii)  that such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates

                or Associates, directly or indirectly, has the right to

                vote or dispose of or has "beneficial ownership" of (as

                determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and

                Regulations under the Exchange Act), including without

                limitation pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or

                understanding, whether or not in writing; provided,

                however, that a Person shall not be deemed the "Beneficial

                Owner" of any security under this subsection (ii) as a

                result of an oral or written agreement, arrangement or

                understanding to vote such security if such agreement,

                arrangement or understanding (A) arises solely from a

                revocable proxy given in response to a public proxy or

                consent solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance

                with, the applicable provisions of the General Rules and

                Regulations under the Exchange Act, and (B) is not then

                reportable by such Person on Schedule 13D under the

                Exchange Act (or any comparable or successor report); or
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 101

                (iii) where voting securities are beneficially owned,

                directly or indirectly, by any other Person (or any

                Affiliate or Associate thereof) with which such Person (or

                any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates) has any

                agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in

                writing) for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting

                (except pursuant to a revocable proxy as described in the

                proviso to subsection (ii) above) or disposing of any

                voting securities of the Company; 

           provided, however, that nothing in this subsection (c) shall

           cause a Person engaged in business as an underwriter of

           securities to be the "Beneficial Owner" of any securities

           acquired through such Person's participation in good faith in a

           firm commitment underwriting until the expiration of forty days

           after the date of such acquisition.

           (d)  "Change of Control" shall be deemed to have taken place if

                (i) any Person (except the Company or any employee benefit

                plan of the Company or of any Affiliate, any Person or

                entity organized, appointed or established by the Company

                for or pursuant to the terms of any such employee benefit

                plan), together with all Affiliates and Associates of such

                Person, shall become the Beneficial Owner in the aggregate

                of 20% or more of the common stock then outstanding of

                Maritrans Inc., the parent of the Company); provided,

                however, that no "Change of Control" shall be deemed to

                occur during any period in which any such Person, and its
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 102

                Affiliates and Associates, are bound by the terms of a

                standstill agreement under which such parties have agreed

                not to acquire more than 30% of the Common Stock of

                Maritrans Inc. then outstanding or to solicit proxies, or

                (ii) during any twenty-four month period, individuals who

                at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of

                Directors of Maritrans Inc. cease for any reason to

                constitute a majority thereof, unless the election, or the

                nomination for election by the shareholders of Maritrans

                Inc., of at least seventy-five percent of the directors

                who were not directors at the beginning of such period was

                approved by a vote of at least seventy-five percent of the

                directors in office at the time of such election or

                nomination who were directors at the beginning of such

                period.

           (e)  "Normal Retirement Date" shall mean the first day of the

      calendar month coincident with or next following Employee's 65th

      birthday.

           (f)  "Person" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation,

      partnership or other entity.

           (g)  "Termination Date" shall mean the date of receipt of a

      Notice of Termination of this Agreement or any later date specified

      therein, as the case may be other.

           (h)  "Termination of Employment" shall mean the termination of

      Employee's actual employment relationship with the Company.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 103

           (i)  "Termination upon a Change of Control" shall mean a

      Termination of Employment upon or within one year after a Change of

      Control either:

                (i)   initiated by the Company for any reason other than

                (x) the Employee's disability, as described in Section 5.1

                hereof, (y) death, or (z) for "cause," as described in

                Section 5.3 hereof, or (ii) initiated by the Employee upon

                any of the following occurrences:

                     (A)  a transfer of Employee, without his express

                written consent, to a location that is outside the

                metropolitan Philadelphia area (as defined in Section

                1.3 hereof), or the general area in which his

                principal place of business immediately preceding the

                Change of Control may be located at such time if

                other than metropolitan Philadelphia;

                     (B) any failure of the Company to comply with and

                satisfy any of the terms of this Agreement;

                     (C)  any significant reduction by the Company of the

                authority, duties or responsibilities of Employee;

                     (D)  any removal by the Company of Employee from the

                employment grade, compensation level or officer or

                director positions which he holds as of the effective date

                hereof;

                     (E)  the requirement that Employee undertake business

                travel to an extent substantially greater than is
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 104

                reasonable and customary for the position he holds

                pursuant hereto; or 

                     (F)  the good faith determination by Employee that

                due to any change in circumstances with the Company that

                directly or indirectly affect Employee's position, duties

                or responsibilities or status as in effect immediately

                preceding his Termination Date he is no longer able

                effectively to discharge his duties and responsibilities.

           6.2.  Notice of Termination.  Any Termination upon a Change of

      Control shall be communicated by a Notice of Termination to the

      other party hereto given in accordance with Section 10 hereof.  For

      purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" means a

      written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination

      provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) briefly summarizes the

      facts and circumstances deemed to provide a basis for a Termination

      of Employment and the applicable provision hereof, and (iii) if the

      Termination Date is other than the date of receipt of such notice,

      specifies the Termination Date (which date shall not be more than 15

      days after the giving of such notice).

           6.3.  Severance Compensation upon Termination.

           (a)  Subject to adjustment as provided in paragraph (b) below,

      in the event of Employee's Termination upon a Change of Control, the

      Company shall pay to Employee, within fifteen days after the

      Termination Date (or as soon as practicable thereafter in the event

      that the procedures set forth in Section 6.10(b) hereof cannot be

      completed within 15 days), in lieu of any other payments required

      under any other Section of this Agreement, an amount in cash equal

      to 2.99 multiplied by his Base Compensation.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 105

           (b)  In the event Employee's Normal Retirement Date would occur

      prior to twenty-four months after the Termination Date, the

      aggregate cash amount determined as set forth in (a) above shall be

      reduced by multiplying it by a fraction, the numerator of which

      shall be the number of days from the Termination Date to Employee's

      Normal Retirement Date and the denominator of which shall be 730.

           6.4.  Other Payments.  In the event of Employee's Termination

      upon a Change of Control, the Company shall also pay to Employee

      within fifteen days after the Termination Date, to the extent not

      theretofore paid, Employee's Base Salary through the Termination

      Date and a further amount equal to Employee's Base Salary in lieu of

      his unused vacation pay, if any, both calculated at the rate in

      effect on the Termination Date or, if higher, at the highest rate in

      effect at any time within the 90-day period preceding the

      Termination Date;

           6.5.  Termination of Non-Competition Requirements. In the event

      of a Termination upon a Change of Control, any non-competition

      agreements hereunder or otherwise executed by Employee, or any non-

      competition provisions binding on Employee in connection with any

      employee bonus, benefit, incentive or other plan or program provided

      by the Company or any Affiliate, shall immediately terminate;

      provided, however, that this provision shall not terminate or

      otherwise modify the confidentiality provisions contained in Section

      2 hereof.

           6.6.  Enforcement.

           (a)  In the event that the Company shall fail or refuse to make

      payment of any amounts due Employee hereunder within the appropriate

      time period, the Company shall pay to Employee, in addition to the
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 106

      payment of any other sums provided in this Agreement, interest,

      compounded daily, on any amount remaining unpaid from the date

      payment is required until paid to Employee, at the rate from time to

      time announced by Mellon Bank (East) as its "prime rate" plus 2%,

      each change in such rate to take effect on the effective date of the

      change in such prime rate.

           (b)  It is the intent of the parties that Employee not be

      required to incur any expenses associated with the enforcement of

      his rights under this Agreement by arbitration, litigation or other

      legal action because the cost and expense thereof would

      substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to

      Employee hereunder.  Accordingly, the Company shall pay Employee on

      demand the amount necessary to reimburse Employee in full for all

      expenses (including all attorneys' fees and legal expenses) incurred

      by Employee in enforcing any of the obligations of the Company under

      this Section.

           6.7.  No Mitigation.  Employee shall not be required to

      mitigate the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this

      Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the

      amount of any payment or benefit provided for herein be reduced by

      any compensation earned by other employment or otherwise.   

           6.8.  Non-Exclusivity of Rights.  Nothing in this Agreement

      shall prevent or limit Employee's continuing or future participation

      in or rights under any benefit, bonus, incentive or other plan or

      program provided by the Company or any Affiliate and for which

      Employee may qualify; provided, however, that if Employee becomes
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 107

      entitled to and receives all of the payments provided for in this

      Agreement, Employee agrees to waive his right to receive payments

      under any severance plan or similar program applicable to all

      employees of the Company.

           6.9.  No Set-Off.  The Company's obligation to make the

      payments provided for in this Section and otherwise to perform its

      obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances,

      including, without limitation, any set-off, counterclaim,

      recoupment, defense or other right which the Company may have

      against Employee or others.

            6.10.  Certain Reduction of Payments. 

           (a)  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary

      notwithstanding, in the event that it shall be determined that any

      payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of

      Employee, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable

      pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (a "Payment"),

      would constitute an "excess parachute payment" within the meaning of

      Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the

      "Code"), and that it would be economically advantageous to Employee

      to reduce the Payment to avoid or reduce the taxation of excess

      parachute payments under Section 4999 of the Code, the aggregate

      present value of amounts payable or distributable to or for the

      benefit of Employee pursuant to this Agreement (such payments or

      distributions pursuant to this Agreement are hereinafter referred to

      as "Agreement Payments") shall be reduced (but not below zero) to

      the Reduced Amount.  The "Reduced Amount" shall be an amount

      expressed in present value which maximizes the aggregate present
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 108

      value of Agreement Payments without causing any Payment to be

      subject to the taxation under Section 4999 of the Code.  For

      purposes of this Section 6, present value shall be determined in

      accordance with Section 280G(d)(4) of the Code.

           (b)  All determinations to be made under this Section 6 shall

      be made by Ernst & Young (or the Company's independent public

      accountant immediately prior to the Change of Control if other than

      Ernst & Young) (the "Accounting Firm"), which firm shall provide its

      determinations and any supporting calculations both to the Company

      and Employee within 10 days of the Termination Date.  Any such

      determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the

      Company and Employee.  Employee shall in his sole discretion

      determine which and how much of the Agreement Payments shall be

      eliminated or reduced consistent with the requirements of this

      Section 6.  Within five days after Employee's determination, the

      Company shall pay (or cause to be paid) or distribute (or cause to

      be distributed) to or for the benefit of Employee such amounts as

      are then due to Employee under this Agreement.

           (c)  As a result of the uncertainty in the application of

      Section 280G of the Code at the time of the initial determination by

      the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Agreement

      Payments, as the case may be, will have been made by the Company

      which should not have been made ("Overpayment") or that additional

      Agreement Payments which have not been made by the Company could

      have been made ("Underpayment"), in each case, consistent with the

      calculations required to be made hereunder.  Within two years after
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 109

      the Termination of Employment, the Accounting Firm shall review the

      determination made by it pursuant to the preceding paragraph.  In

      the event that the Accounting Firm determines that an Overpayment

      has been made, any such Overpayment shall be treated for all

      purposes as a loan to Employee which Employee shall repay to the

      Company together with interest at the applicable Federal rate

      provided for in Section 7872(f)(2) of the Code (the "Federal Rate");

      provided, however, that no amount shall be payable by Employee to

      the Company if and to the extent such payment would not reduce the

      amount which is subject to taxation under Section 4999 of the Code. 

      In the event that the Accounting Firm determines that an

      Underpayment has occurred, any such Underpayment shall be promptly

      paid by the Company to or for the benefit of Employee together with

      interest at the Federal Rate.

           (d)  All of the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm in

      performing the determinations referred to in subsections (b) and (c)

      above shall be borne solely by the Company.  The Company agrees to

      indemnify and hold harmless the Accounting Firm of and from any and

      all claims, damages and expenses resulting from or relating to its

      determinations pursuant to subsections (b) and (c) above, except for

      claims, damages or expenses resulting from the gross negligence or

      willful misconduct of the Accounting Firm.

           6.11.  Settlement of All Disputes. 

           (a)  In the event of any dispute, controversy or claim arising

      out of or relating to any provision of this Section 6 or Employee's

      Termination upon a Change in Control, the Company shall appoint as

      the sole and exclusive arbiter of such dispute, controversy or

      claim, a committee composed of two persons who were members of the
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 110

      Board at any time within five years prior to the Change of Control

      (which persons may, but need not be, directors of the Company at the

      time of such dispute, controversy or claim); provided, however, that

      no person shall be eligible to serve thereon who (i) is at the

      Termination Date, or shall have been at any time within one year

      prior thereto, an executive officer of the Company, or (ii) shall be

      or have been at any time related in any manner to or otherwise

      affiliated with, or was first nominated by, the corporation, Person

      or group whose acquisition of shares of Common Stock of the Company

      has given rise to a Change of Control.  The decision of such

      committee and the award of any monetary judgment or other relief by

      such committee shall be final and binding upon Employee and the

      Company, and shall not be subject to appeal.  Judgment may be

      entered upon the decision and award of such committee by Employee or

      the Company in any court of competent jurisdiction.  The Company

      shall pay the persons selected pursuant to this subsection a

      reasonable fee for their services, and shall reimburse such persons

      for their expenses incurred in this capacity.  In addition, the

      Company shall, to the maximum extent permitted by law, indemnify and

      hold harmless such persons of and from any and all claims, damages

      or expenses of any nature whatsoever relating to or arising from

      their activities in this capacity.

           (b)  In the event that the Company shall be unable to appoint

      the committee referred to in (a) above after good faith efforts to

      do so, or in the event that such committee cannot reach a unanimous

      agreement, any remaining dispute, controversy or claim arising out
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 111

      of or relating to any provision of this Agreement or Employee's

      Termination upon a Change of Control shall be settled by arbitration

      in the City of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, in accordance with the

      commercial arbitration rules then in effect of the American

      Arbitration Association, before a panel of three arbitrators, two of

      whom shall be selected by the Company and Employee, respectively,

      and the third of whom shall be selected by the other two

      arbitrators.  Each arbitrator selected as provided herein is

      required to be or have been a director or an executive officer of a

      corporation whose shares of common stock were listed during at least

      one year of such service on the New York Stock Exchange or the

      American Stock Exchange or quoted on the National Association of

      Securities Dealers Automated Quotations System.  Any award entered

      by the arbitrators shall be final, binding and nonappealable and

      judgment may be entered thereon by any party in accordance with

      applicable law in any court of competent jurisdiction.  This

      arbitration provision shall be specifically enforceable.  The fees

      of the American Arbitration Association and the arbitrators and any

      expenses relating to the conduct of the arbitration shall be paid by

      the Company.

           (c)  The party or parties challenging the right of Employee to

      the benefits of this Agreement shall in all circumstances have the

      burden of proof.

           6.12.  Successor Company.  The Company shall require any

      successor or successors (whether direct or indirect, by purchase,

      merger, consolidation, exchange or otherwise) to all or
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 112

      substantially all of the business or assets of the Company or its

      Affiliates as of the date hereof, by agreement in form and substance

      satisfactory to Employee, to acknowledge expressly that this

      Agreement is binding upon and enforceable against the Company in

      accordance with the terms hereof, and to become jointly and

      severally obligated with the Company to perform this Agreement in

      the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be

      required to perform if no such succession or successions had taken

      place.  Failure of the Company to obtain such agreement prior to the

      effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of the

      Agreement.  As used in this Agreement, the Company shall mean the

      Company as hereinbefore defined and any such successor or successors

      to its business or assets (or that of its Affiliates as of the date

      hereof), jointly and severally.

           7.  Survival.  Notwithstanding the termination of the

      Employment Term or this Agreement, Employee's obligations under

      Sections 2 and 3 hereof shall, except to the extent otherwise

      provided herein, survive and remain in full force and effect for the

      periods therein provided, and the provisions for equitable relief

      against Employee in Section 4 hereof shall continue in force.

           8.   Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and

      interpreted under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania

      without giving effect to any conflict of laws provisions. 

           9.   Litigation Expenses.  Except as provided in Section 6.6

      above, in the event of a lawsuit by either party to enforce the

      provisions of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 113

      to recover reasonable costs, expenses and attorney's fees from the

      other party.

           10.  Notices.  All notices and other communications required or

      permitted hereunder or necessary or convenient in connection

      herewith shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given

      when hand delivered or mailed by registered or certified mail, as

      follows (provided that notice of change of address shall be deemed

      given only when received):

           If to the Company, to:

                2600 One Logan Square                                      
                Philadelphia, PA 19103
                
           With a required copy to:
  
                Morgan, Lewis & Bockius
                2000 One Logan Square
                Philadelphia, PA  19103-6993
                Attention:  Robert J. Lichtenstein, Esquire
      
           If to Employee, to:
     
                Stephen A. Van Dyck
                217 Spruce Street
                Philadelphia, PA 19106
     
      or to such other names or addresses as the Company or Employee, as

      the case may be, shall designate by notice to each other person

      entitled to receive notices in the manner specified in this Section.

           11.  Contents of Agreement; Amendment and Assignment.

           (a)  This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and sets

      forth the entire understanding among the parties hereto with respect

      to the subject matter hereof and cannot be changed, modified,

      extended or terminated except upon written amendment approved by the

      Board and executed on its behalf by a duly authorized officer.  
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 114

           (b)  Employee acknowledges that from time to time, the Company

      may establish, maintain and distribute employee manuals or handbooks

      or personnel policy manuals, and officers or other representatives

      of the Company may make written or oral statements relating to

      personnel policies and procedures.  Such manuals, handbooks and

      statements are intended only for general guidance.  No policies,

      procedures or statements of any nature by or on behalf of the

      Company (whether written or oral, and whether or not contained in

      any employee manual or handbook or personnel policy manual), and no

      acts or practices of any nature, shall be construed to modify this

      Agreement or to create express or implied obligations of any nature

      to Employee.

           (c)  All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be

      binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the

      respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives,

      successors and assigns of the parties hereto, except that the duties

      and responsibilities of Employee hereunder are of a personal nature

      and shall not be assignable or delegatable in whole or in part by

      Employee.

           12.  Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement or

      application thereof to anyone or under any circumstances is

      adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such

      invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision

      or application of this Agreement which can be given effect without

      the invalid or unenforceable provision or application and shall not

      invalidate or render unenforceable such provision or application in

      any other jurisdiction.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 115

           13.  Remedies Cumulative; No Waiver.  No remedy conferred upon

      the Company by this Agreement is intended to be exclusive of any

      other remedy, and each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and

      shall be in addition to any other remedy given hereunder or now or

      hereafter existing at law or in equity.  No delay or omission by the

      Company in exercising any right, remedy or power hereunder or

      existing at law or in equity shall be construed as a waiver thereof,

      and any such right, remedy or power may be exercised by the Company

      from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient or

      necessary by the Company in its sole discretion.

           14.  Miscellaneous.  All section headings are for convenience

      only.  This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each

      of which is an original.  It shall not be necessary in marking proof

      of this Agreement or any counterpart hereof to produce or account

      for any of the other counterparts.

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be

      legally bound, have executed this Agreement on the date first above

      written.

                                        MARITRANS INC.
      Attest:
               [SEAL]

      /s/ John C. Newcomb                  By /s/ Craig N. Johnson         
      ------------------------------       ----------------------------
      Secretary                            Name: Craig N. Johnson      
                                           Title: President            
      Witness:

      /s/ Eileen Carr                      /s/ Steven A. Van Dyck          
      ------------------------------       ----------------------------
                                           STEPHEN A. VAN DYCK
<PAGE>


<PAGE>
<PAGE> 116

                                                           EXHIBIT 10-7

                       MUTUAL SEPARATION AGREEMENT
                           AND GENERAL RELEASE
      
      
                THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into on this 22nd
      day of November, 1993 by and between Maritrans Inc., a
      Delaware corporation, with principal offices at Philadelphia,
      Pennsylvania (hereinafter referred to as the "Company"), and
      Craig N. Johnson, an individual residing at 515 Auburn Avenue
      Wyndmoor, PA 19118 (hereinafter referred to as "Johnson").
      
      
                               W I T N E S S E T H:
      
      
                WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore employed
      Johnson under an Employment Agreement entered into as of
      April 1, 1993 (the "Employment Agreement"); and
      
                WHEREAS, Johnson has decided to resign from the
      Company's employ and terminate the Employment Agreement on
      December 17, 1993 and the Company believes that these actions
      are in its best interest; and 
      
                WHEREAS, the Company and Johnson wish to enter into
      an agreement to clearly set forth certain payments to be made
      and actions to be taken by reason of Johnson's resignation
      and the termination of the Employment Agreement and to
      provide for a mutual release as to any claims either party
      might have against the other including, without limitation,
      claims that might be asserted by Johnson under the Employment
      Agreement and the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as
      further described herein; and
      
                WHEREAS, the Employment Agreement shall be and is
      superseded by this Agreement except as to the obligations
      imposed, and the rights provided, by sections 2, 3 and 4 (and
      section 6 to the extent provided by Section 3 below) of the
      Employment Agreement, which shall remain in full force and
      effect consistent with the terms of this Agreement and the
      Employment Agreement;   
      
                NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual
      promises contained herein, the parties hereto, intending to
      be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:
      
                1.   Johnson hereby confirms his resignation from
      the employ of the Company , which is to become effective on
      December 17, 1993.  Johnson's term as a director of the
      Company (which expires at the annual meeting of the
      shareholders of the Company to be held in 1996) is not
      subject to this Agreement. 
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 117
      
                2.   The Company shall pay to Johnson, subject to
      applicable employment and income tax withholdings and
      deductions, (i) his normal base salary through December 31,
      1993, (ii) the sum of $500,000, payable $250,000 on or before
      December 31, 1993 and $250,000 on January 4, 1994, and (iii)
      commencing January 1, 1994, a monthly sum equal to the COBRA
      premium (plus a tax equalization amount) due under the
      Company's Health Plan, and continuing until December 31, 1995
      (notwithstanding the fact that COBRA eligibility will end on
      June 30, 1995).
      
                3.   Notwithstanding Johnson's resignation, (i) the
      Company will treat as nonforfeitable Johnson's rights under
      the stock option granted to him on April 1, 1993, under the
      Company's Equity Compensation Plan, but only as to the
      purchase of 50,000 shares of the common stock of the Company
      and such option shall be exercisable only on or before
      December 31, 1996, at which time the portion of the stock
      option treated as nonforfeitable hereunder shall expire, and
      (ii) in the event that the there is a Change of Control of
      the Company, as defined in section 6 of the Employment
      Agreement, and the transaction pursuant to which that Change
      of Control occurs is publicly announced by the Company or the
      subject of an executed letter of intent, in either event on
      or before May 1, 1994, section 6 of the Employment Agreement
      shall continue to apply; provided, however, that (iii) any
      payments made under Section 2 of this Agreement shall serve
      as an offset to any amounts due under such section 6 and (iv)
      any such payments made under Section 2 of this Agreement
      shall not be taken into account in determining "Base
      Compensation" for the purpose of calculating the amount due
      under section 6.3(a) of the Employment Agreement.
      
                4.   Johnson agrees and acknowledges that the
      Company, on a timely basis, has paid, or agreed to pay, to
      Johnson all other amounts due and owing in accordance with
      the terms of the Employment Agreement and that the Company
      has no obligation, contractual or otherwise to Johnson except
      as provided herein nor to hire, rehire or re-employ Johnson
      in the future.    
      
                5.   Johnson agrees and reaffirms that Section 2 of
      the Employment Agreement, as to Confidential Information,
      shall continue to apply notwithstanding his resignation and
      the termination of the Employment Agreement, and that the
      Company shall be entitled to all remedies available under
      Section 4 of the Employment Agreement in enforcing its rights
      thereunder.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 118
      
                6.   Johnson further agrees and reaffirms that
      Section 3 of the Employment Agreement, as to Non-Competition,
      shall continue to apply for 24 months from December 17 ,
      1993, notwithstanding his resignation and the termination of
      the Employment Agreement, and that the Company shall be
      entitled to all remedies available under Section 4 of the
      Employment Agreement in enforcing its rights thereunder.
      
                7.   In full and complete settlement of any claims
      that Johnson may have against the Company, including any
      possible violations of the Age Discrimination in Employment
      Act, 29 U.S.C. Section 621 et seq., ("ADEA") in connection with his
      resignation from employment by the Company, and for and in
      consideration of the undertakings of the Company described
      herein, Johnson does hereby REMISE, RELEASE, AND FOREVER
      DISCHARGE the Company, Maritrans General Partner Inc.,
      Maritrans Operating Partners L.P. and their subsidiaries and
      affiliates, their officers, directors, shareholders,
      partners, employees and agents, and their respective
      successors and assigns, heirs, executors and administrators
      (hereinafter collectively referred to as "Maritrans"), of and
      from any and all manner of actions and causes of actions,
      suits, debts, claims and demands whatsoever in law or in
      equity, which he ever had, now has, or hereafter may have, or
      which Johnson's heirs, executors or administrators hereafter
      may have, by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever
      from the beginning of Johnson's employment with Maritrans to
      the date of this Agreement; and particularly, but without
      limitation of the foregoing general terms, any claims arising
      from or relating in any way to Johnson's employment
      relationship or the Employment Agreement and Johnson's
      resignation from that employment relationship with Maritrans
      and the termination of the Employment Agreement, including
      but not limited to, any claims which have been asserted,
      could have been asserted, or could be asserted now or in the
      future under any federal, state or local laws, including, but
      not limited to, any claims under ADEA, Title VII of the Civil
      Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. Section 2000e et seq. ("Title VII"),
      the Pennsylvania Human Relations Act, 43 P.S. Section 951 et seq.,
      and any common law claims now or hereafter recognized and all
      claims for counsel fees and costs; provided, however, that
      nothing herein shall preclude Johnson from joining Maritrans
      in any action brought against him which arises out of actions
      taken within the scope of his employment by the Company and
      for which he would have been indemnified pursuant to the
      bylaws of the Company as of the date hereof, unless later
      limited in accordance with applicable law, (in which case he
      shall notify Maritrans within five business days after
      receiving service of process as to the commencement of the
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 119

      action and give Maritrans the right to control the defense of
      any such action).  
       
                8.   Johnson further agrees and covenants that
      neither he, nor any person, organization or other entity on
      his behalf, will file, charge, claim, sue or cause or permit
      to be filed, charged, or claimed, any action for damages,
      including injunctive, declaratory, monetary or other relief,
      involving any matter occurring at any time in the past up to
      the date of this Agreement, or involving any continuing
      effects of any actions or practices which may have arisen or
      occurred prior to the date of this Agreement, including any
      charge of discrimination under ADEA, Title VII or the
      Pennsylvania Human Relations Act.  In addition, Johnson
      further agrees and covenants that, from and after the date
      hereof, he will not voluntarily assist, cooperate or be
      involved in any way in any action or claim of another
      employee or former employee against the Company or any of its
      affiliates, officers, directors or employees, and that the
      Company shall be entitled to all remedies available at law or
      equity in enforcing its rights hereunder.  Finally, Johnson
      also agrees and covenants that should he, or any other
      person, organization or entity on his behalf, file, charge,
      claim, sue or cause or permit to be filed, charged, or
      claimed, any action for damages, including injunctive,
      declaratory, monetary or other relief, despite his agreement
      not to do so hereunder, then he will pay all of the costs and
      expenses of the Company (including reasonable attorneys'
      fees) incurred in the defense of any such action or
      undertaking.
      
                9.   In full and complete settlement of any claims
      that the Company may have against Johnson, other than the
      fulfillment of Johnson's obligations hereunder or his
      remaining obligations under the Employment Agreement, and for
      and in consideration of the undertakings of Johnson described
      herein, Maritrans does hereby REMISE, RELEASE, AND FOREVER
      DISCHARGE Johnson and his heirs, executors and administrators
      (hereinafter collectively referred to as "Johnson"), of and
      from any and all manner of actions and causes of actions,
      suits, debts, claims and demands whatsoever in law or in
      equity, which Maritrans ever had, now has, or hereafter may
      have, by reason of any civil (but specifically not any
      criminal act) matter, cause or thing whatsoever from the
      beginning of Johnson's employment with Maritrans to the date
      of this Agreement; and particularly, but without limitation
      of the foregoing general terms, any claims arising from or
      relating in any way to Johnson's employment relationship or
      the Employment Agreement and the termination of that
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 120

      employment relationship with Maritrans and of the Employment
      Agreement.
      
                10.  Johnson hereby agrees and acknowledges that
      under this Agreement, the Company has agreed to provide him
      with compensation and benefits, described under Section 2
      hereof, that he would have no right to receive under the
      Employment Agreement or otherwise, and that such compensation
      is sufficient to support the release, covenants and
      agreements by Johnson herein.
      
                11.  Johnson further agrees and acknowledges that
      the undertakings of the Company as provided in this Agreement
      are made to provide an amicable conclusion of Johnson's
      employment by the Company.
      
                12.  Johnson hereby certifies that he has read the
      terms of this Agreement, that he has been advised by the
      Company to consult with an attorney which he has done, and
      that he understand its terms and effects.  Johnson
      acknowledges, further, that he is executing this Agreement of
      his own volition with a full understanding of its terms and
      effects and with the intention, as expressed in Section 7
      hereof, of releasing all claims recited herein in exchange
      for the consideration described herein, which he acknowledges
      is adequate and satisfactory to him.  The Company has made no
      representations to Johnson concerning the terms or effects of
      this Agreement other than those contained in this Agreement.
      
                13.  Johnson hereby acknowledges that he was
      presented with this Agreement on November 16, 1993, and that
      he has been informed that he had the right to consider this
      Agreement and the release contained herein for a period of at
      least twenty-one (21) days prior to execution.  Johnson also
      understands that he has the right to revoke this Agreement
      for a period of seven (7) days following execution, by giving
      written notice to the Company at 2600 One Logan Square,
      Philadelphia, PA 19103, in which event the provisions of this
      Agreement shall be null and void, and the parties shall have
      the rights, duties, obligations and remedies afforded by the
      Employment Agreement.
      
                14.  If any portion of this Agreement shall be held
      invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability
      shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement.
      
                15.  This Agreement shall be interpreted and
      enforced under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 121
      
                IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have
      executed this Agreement on the day and year first above
      written.
      
      ATTEST:                          MARITRANS INC.
      
      
      /s/ John C. Newcomb                 By: /s/ Stephen A. Van Dyck       
      -----------------------------       ----------------------------
      Secretary                               Chairman
      
      /s/ James H. Sanborn                /s/ Craig N. Johnson             
      -----------------------------       ----------------------------
      Witness                             CRAIG N. JOHNSON           
<PAGE>
      


<PAGE>
<PAGE> 122

                                                           EXHIBIT 10.8
      
                          RETIREMENT AGREEMENT
                           AND GENERAL RELEASE
      
      
                THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into on this 22nd
      day of November, 1993 by and between Maritrans Inc., a
      Delaware corporation, with principal offices at Philadelphia,
      Pennsylvania (hereinafter referred to as the "Company"), and
      James H. Sanborn, an individual residing at 324 Keller Road,
      Berwyn, PA 19312 (hereinafter referred to as "Sanborn").
      
      
                               W I T N E S S E T H:
      
      
                WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore employed
      Sanborn under an Employment Agreement entered into as of
      April 1, 1993 (the "Employment Agreement"); and
      
                WHEREAS, Sanborn has decided to retire from the
      Company's employ and terminate the Employment Agreement on
      December 17, 1993 and the Company believes that these actions
      are in its best interest; and 
      
                WHEREAS, the Company and Sanborn wish to enter into
      an agreement to clearly set forth certain payments to be made
      and actions to be taken by reason of Sanborn's retirement and
      the termination of the Employment Agreement and to provide
      for a mutual release as to any claims either party might have
      against the other including, without limitation, claims that
      might be asserted by Sanborn under the Employment Agreement
      and the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as further
      described herein; and
      
                WHEREAS, the Employment Agreement shall be and is
      superseded by this Agreement except as to the obligations
      imposed, and the rights provided, by sections 2, 3 and 4 (and
      section 6 to the extent provided by Section 3 below) of the
      Employment Agreement, which shall remain in full force and
      effect consistent with the terms of this Agreement and the
      Employment Agreement;   
      
                NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual
      promises contained herein, the parties hereto, intending to
      be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:
      
                1.   Sanborn hereby confirms his voluntary
      retirement from the employ of the Company, effective on
      December 17, 1993.  Sanborn's term as a director of the
      Company (which expires at the annual meeting of the
      shareholders of the Company to be held in 1995) is not
      subject to this Agreement and Sanborn shall continue to serve
      as a director during the current term at the pleasure of the
      Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company. 
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 123
      
                2.   In addition to any payments due to Sanborn
      under any employee benefit plan or program of the Company
      and, notwithstanding Sanborn's retirement and the termination
      of the Employment Agreement, the Company shall pay to
      Sanborn, in exchange for the release provided in Section 7
      below, and subject to applicable employment and income tax
      withholdings and deductions, (i) his normal base salary
      through December 31, 1993, (ii) commencing January 1, 1994, a
      supplemental monthly single life pension benefit equal to
      $5,346 reduced by the amount of the retirement benefit
      actually payable under (a) the Retirement Plan of Maritrans
      Inc. and (b) the Maritrans Inc. Excess Benefit Plan, which
      pension benefit shall be payable in the same form, at the
      same time, for the same duration and subject to the same
      actuarial reductions or adjustments as the retirement benefit
      paid under the Retirement Plan,  and (iii) commencing January
      1, 1994, a monthly sum equal to the COBRA premium (plus a tax
      equalization amount) due under the Company's Health Plan, and
      continuing until June 30, 1995.
      
                3.   Notwithstanding Sanborn's retirement (i) the
      Company will pay to Sanborn, on or before April 30, 1994, the
      bonus, if any, that Sanborn would have earned under the
      Maritrans Inc. Executive Award Plan for 1993, and (ii) in the
      event that the there is a Change of Control of the Company,
      as defined in section 6 of the Employment Agreement, and the
      transaction pursuant to which that Change of Control occurs
      is publicly announced by the Company or the subject of an
      executed letter of intent, in either event on or before May
      1, 1994, section 6 of the Employment Agreement shall continue
      to apply; provided, however, that (iii) any payments made
      under Section 2 of this Agreement shall serve as an offset to
      any amounts due under such section 6 and (iv) any such
      payments made under Section 2 of this Agreement shall not be
      taken into account in determining "Base Compensation" for the
      purpose of calculating the amount due under section 6.3(a) of
      the Employment Agreement.
      
                4.   Sanborn agrees and acknowledges that the
      Company, on a timely basis, has paid, or agreed to pay, to
      Sanborn all other amounts due and owing in accordance with
      the terms of the Employment Agreement and that the Company
      has no obligation, contractual or otherwise to Sanborn except
      as provided herein nor to hire, rehire or re-employ Sanborn
      in the future.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company
      may ask Sanborn to provide consulting services after the date
      hereof and, if Sanborn wishes to provide such services, the
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 124

      Company shall pay Sanborn at an hourly rate of $50, plus any
      expenses that Sanborn incurs in connection with the
      performance of those services, as adjusted from time to time
      to such other rate as the parties may agree in writing.  
      
                5.   Sanborn agrees and reaffirms that Section 2 of
      the Employment Agreement, as to Confidential Information,
      shall continue to apply notwithstanding his retirement and
      the termination of the Employment Agreement, and that the
      Company shall be entitled to all remedies available under
      Section 4 of the Employment Agreement in enforcing its rights
      thereunder.
      
                6.   Sanborn further agrees and reaffirms that
      Section 3 of the Employment Agreement, as to Non-Competition,
      shall continue to apply for 12 months from December 17 ,
      1993, notwithstanding his retirement and the termination of
      the Employment Agreement, and that the Company shall be
      entitled to all remedies available under Section 4 of the
      Employment Agreement in enforcing its rights thereunder.
      
                7.   In full and complete settlement of any claims
      that Sanborn may have against the Company, including any
      possible violations of the Age Discrimination in Employment
      Act, 29 U.S.C. Section 621 et seq., ("ADEA") in connection with his
      retirement from employment by the Company, and for and in
      consideration of the undertakings of the Company described
      herein, Sanborn does hereby REMISE, RELEASE, AND FOREVER
      DISCHARGE the Company, Maritrans General Partner Inc.,
      Maritrans Operating Partners L.P. and their subsidiaries and
      affiliates, their officers, directors, shareholders,
      partners, employees and agents, and their respective
      successors and assigns, heirs, executors and administrators
      (hereinafter collectively referred to as "Maritrans"), of and
      from any and all manner of actions and causes of actions,
      suits, debts, claims and demands whatsoever in law or in
      equity, which he ever had, now has, or hereafter may have, or
      which Sanborn's heirs, executors or administrators hereafter
      may have, by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever
      from the beginning of Sanborn's employment with Maritrans to
      the date of this Agreement; and particularly, but without
      limitation of the foregoing general terms, any claims arising
      from or relating in any way to Sanborn's employment
      relationship or the Employment Agreement and Sanborn's
      retirement from that employment relationship with Maritrans
      and the termination of the Employment Agreement, including
      but not limited to, any claims which have been asserted,
      could have been asserted, or could be asserted now or in the
      future under any federal, state or local laws, including, but
      not limited to, any claims under ADEA, Title VII of the Civil
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 125

      Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. Section 2000e et seq. ("Title VII"),
      the Pennsylvania Human Relations Act, 43 P.S. Section 951 et seq.,
      and any common law claims now or hereafter recognized and all
      claims for counsel fees and costs; provided, however, that
      nothing herein shall preclude Sanborn from joining Maritrans
      in any action brought against him which arises out of actions
      taken within the scope of his employment by the Company and
      for which he would have been indemnified pursuant to the
      bylaws of the Company as of the date hereof, unless later
      limited in accordance with applicable law, (in which case he
      shall notify Maritrans within five business days after
      receiving service of process as to the commencement of the
      action and give Maritrans the right to control the defense of
      any such action).  
       
                8.   Sanborn further agrees and covenants that
      neither he, nor any person, organization or other entity on
      his behalf, will file, charge, claim, sue or cause or permit
      to be filed, charged, or claimed, any action for damages,
      including injunctive, declaratory, monetary or other relief,
      involving any matter occurring at any time in the past up to
      the date of this Agreement, or involving any continuing
      effects of any actions or practices which may have arisen or
      occurred prior to the date of this Agreement, including any
      charge of discrimination under ADEA, Title VII or the
      Pennsylvania Human Relations Act.  In addition, Sanborn
      further agrees and covenants that, from and after the date
      hereof, he will not voluntarily assist, cooperate or be
      involved in any way in any action or claim of another
      employee or former employee against the Company or any of its
      affiliates, officers, directors or employees, and that the
      Company shall be entitled to all remedies available at law or
      equity in enforcing its rights hereunder.  Finally, Sanborn
      also agrees and covenants that should he, or any other
      person, organization or entity on his behalf, file, charge,
      claim, sue or cause or permit to be filed, charged, or
      claimed, any action for damages, including injunctive,
      declaratory, monetary or other relief, despite his agreement
      not to do so hereunder, then he will pay all of the costs and
      expenses of the Company (including reasonable attorneys'
      fees) incurred in the defense of any such action or
      undertaking.
      
                9.   In full and complete settlement of any claims
      that the Company may have against Sanborn, other than the
      fulfillment of Sanborn's obligations hereunder or his
      remaining obligations under the Employment Agreement, and for
      and in consideration of the undertakings of Sanborn described
      herein, Maritrans does hereby REMISE, RELEASE, AND FOREVER
      DISCHARGE Sanborn and his heirs, executors and administrators
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 126

      (hereinafter collectively referred to as "Sanborn"), of and
      from any and all manner of actions and causes of actions,
      suits, debts, claims and demands whatsoever in law or in
      equity, which Maritrans ever had, now has, or hereafter may
      have, by reason of any civil (but specifically not any
      criminal act) matter, cause or thing whatsoever from the
      beginning of Sanborn's employment with Maritrans to the date
      of this Agreement; and particularly, but without limitation
      of the foregoing general terms, any claims arising from or
      relating in any way to Sanborn's employment relationship or
      the Employment Agreement and his retirement from that
      employment relationship with Maritrans and the termination of
      the Employment Agreement.
      
                10.  Sanborn hereby agrees and acknowledges that
      under this Agreement, the Company has agreed to provide him
      with compensation and benefits, described under Sections 2
      and 3 hereof, that he would have no right to receive under
      the Employment Agreement or otherwise, and that such
      compensation is sufficient to support the release, covenants
      and agreements by Sanborn herein.
      
                11.  Sanborn further agrees and acknowledges that
      the undertakings of the Company as provided in this Agreement
      are made to provide an amicable conclusion of Sanborn's
      employment by the Company.
      
                12.  Sanborn hereby certifies that he has read the
      terms of this Agreement, that he has been advised by the
      Company to consult with an attorney and that he understands
      its terms and effects.  Sanborn acknowledges, further, that
      he is executing this Agreement of his own volition with a
      full understanding of its terms and effects and with the
      intention, as expressed in Section 7 hereof, of releasing all
      claims recited herein in exchange for the consideration
      described herein, which he acknowledges is adequate and
      satisfactory to him.  The Company has made no representations
      to Sanborn concerning the terms or effects of this Agreement
      other than those contained in this Agreement.
      
                13.  Sanborn hereby acknowledges that he was
      presented with this Agreement on November 22, 1993, and that
      he has been informed that he had the right to consider this
      Agreement and the release contained herein for a period of at
      least twenty-one (21) days prior to execution.  Sanborn also
      understands that he has the right to revoke this Agreement
      for a period of seven (7) days following execution, by giving
      written notice to the Company at 2600 One Logan Square,
      Philadelphia, PA 19103, in which event the provisions of this
      Agreement shall be null and void, and the parties shall have
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 127

      the rights, duties, obligations and remedies afforded by the
      Employment Agreement.
      
                14.  If any portion of this Agreement shall be held
      invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability
      shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement.
      
                15.  This Agreement shall be interpreted and
      enforced under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
      
                IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have
      executed this Agreement on the day and year first above
      written.
      
      ATTEST:                          MARITRANS INC.
      
      
      /s/ John C. Newcomb              By: /s/ Stephen A. Van Dyck      
      ------------------------------      --------------------------
      Secretary                               Chairman
      
      /s/ Diana Maxwell                   /s/ James H. Sanborn            
      ------------------------------      --------------------------
      Witness                             JAMES H. SANBORN           
<PAGE>


<PAGE>
<PAGE> 128

                                                           EXHIBIT 10.9

                            EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
      

           THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") entered into on

      November 15, 1993, by and between Maritrans Holdings Inc., a

      Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Edward J. Flood

      ("Employee").

           WHEREAS, Employee is presently employed by the Company as

      its President; and

           WHEREAS, the Company and Employee desire to enter into a new

      agreement to provide for Employee's continued employment by the

      Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein,

      beginning as of April 1, 1993, the date of Employee's appointment

      to his current position;

           NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally

      bound, agree as follows:

           1.   Employment.  The Company hereby continues the

      employment of Employee, and Employee hereby accepts such

      employment and agrees to perform his duties and responsibilities

      hereunder, in accordance with the terms and conditions

      hereinafter set forth.  This Agreement shall supersede and

      replace the agreement entered into between Employee and Maritrans

      GP Inc., a predecessor of the Company, as of February 12, 1992,

      which shall be void as of the date hereof.

           1.1.  Employment Term.  The term of this Agreement (the

      "Employment Term") shall commence on April 1, 1993 and shall

      continue for an indefinite period until terminated in accordance

      with Section 5 or Section 6 hereof. 
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 129

           1.2.  Duties and Responsibilities.  During the Employment

      Term, Employee shall perform all duties and accept all

      responsibilities incident to such positions as are assigned to

      him by the Chief Executive Officer of Maritrans Inc., the parent

      corporation of the Company, (the "Parent Company") or as

      otherwise may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors of the

      Parent Company (the "Board").

           1.3.  Extent of Service.  During the Employment Term,

      Employee agrees to use his best efforts to carry out his duties

      and responsibilities under Section 1.2 hereof and, consistent

      with the other provisions of this Agreement, to devote his full

      time, attention and energy thereto.  Except as provided in

      Section 3 hereof, the foregoing shall not be construed as

      preventing Employee from making minority investments in other

      businesses or enterprises provided that Employee agrees not to

      become engaged in any other business activity which may interfere

      with his ability to discharge his duties and responsibilities to

      the Company.  Employee further agrees not to work either on a

      part time or independent contracting basis for any other business

      or enterprise during the Employment Term without the prior

      written consent of the Board.

           1.4.  Base Salary.  

           (a)  For all the services rendered by Employee hereunder,

      the Company shall pay Employee the basic annual rate of

      compensation being paid to Employee as of the date hereof for

      each full year of the Employment Term ("Base Salary"), payable in
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 130

      installments at such times as the Company customarily pays its

      other employees (but in any event no less often than monthly). 

      Employee's Base Salary shall be subject to review and adjustment

      by the Board pursuant to its normal performance review policies

      for executives.  The Company shall be entitled to make proper

      withholdings from Employee's Base Salary (and all other payments

      of compensation under this Agreement) as required by law or

      agreed to by Employee.

           (b)  During the Employment Term, Employee shall also be (i)

      entitled to participate in such retirement, profit sharing,

      equity compensation, group insurance, medical and other fringe

      benefit plans, if any, as may be authorized from time to time by

      the Board in its sole discretion for executives of the Company,

      (ii) provided with reimbursement of expenses related to his

      employment by the Company on a basis similar to that which may be

      authorized from time to time by the Board in its sole discretion

      for executives of the Company generally, and (iii) entitled to

      vacation and holidays during the Employment Term in accordance

      with the Parent Company's normal policy. 

           1.5.  Incentive Compensation.  In addition to the Base

      Salary set forth in Section 1.4 hereof, Employee shall

      participate in the Company's Executive Award Plan (which shall be

      substantially similar to that of the Parent Company unless the

      Board determines otherwise) and such other annual or long-term

      incentive compensation plans (including stock option and stock

      grant plans), if any, for executives generally, as may be
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 131

      established from time to time by the Board in its sole

      discretion.  The terms and provisions of any such incentive

      compensation plan shall be determined in the sole discretion of

      the Board. 

         2.   Confidential Information.  Employee recognizes and 

      acknowledges that by reason of his employment by and service to the

      Company (both during the Employment Term and before or after it), he

      has had and will continue to have access to confidential information

      of the Company and its affiliates, including, without limitation,

      information and knowledge pertaining to products and services

      offered, innovations, designs, ideas, plans, trade secrets,

      proprietary information, distribution and sales methods and systems,

      sales and profit figures, customer and client lists, and

      relationships between the Company and its affiliates and other

      distributors, customers, clients, suppliers and others who have

      business dealings with the Company and its affiliates ("Confidential

      Information").  Employee acknowledges that such Confidential

      Information is a valuable and unique asset and covenants that he

      will not, either during or after the Employment Term, disclose any

      such Confidential Information to any person for any reason

      whatsoever without the prior written authorization of the Board,

      unless such information is in the public domain through no fault of

      Employee or except as may be required by law.

           3.   Non-Competition.

           (a)  During the Employment Term and for a period of one year

      thereafter, Employee will not, unless acting pursuant hereto or with
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 132

      the prior written consent of the Board or in the event of a

      termination for "cause" under Section 5.3(d), directly or

      indirectly, own, manage, operate, join, control, finance or

      participate in the ownership, management, operation, control or

      financing of, or be connected as an officer, director, employee,

      partner, principal, agent, representative, consultant or otherwise

      with or use or permit his name to be used in connection with, any

      business or enterprise engaged in a geographic area in which the

      Company or any of its affiliates is operating either during the

      Employment Term or on the date Employee's employment terminates, as

      applicable, presently on the East Coast of the United States or at

      any port in the Gulf of Mexico (whether or not such business is

      physically located within those areas) (the "Geographic Area"), in

      any business that is competitive to a business from which the

      Company or any of its affiliates derive at least five percent of its

      respective gross revenues either during the Employment Term or on

      the date Employee's employment terminates, as applicable.  It is

      recognized by Employee that the business of the Company and its

      affiliates and Employee's connection therewith is or will be

      involved in activity throughout the Geographic Area, and that more

      limited geographical limitations on this non-competition covenant

      are therefore not appropriate.

           (b)  The foregoing restriction shall not be construed to

      prohibit the ownership by Employee of less than one percent (1%) of

      any class of securities of any corporation which is engaged in any

      of the foregoing businesses having a class of securities registered

      pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, provided that such

      ownership represents a passive investment and that neither Employee
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 133

      nor any group of persons including Employee in any way, either

      directly or indirectly, manages or exercises control of any such

      corporation, guarantees any of its financial obligations, otherwise

      takes any part in its business, other than exercising his rights as

      a shareholder, or seeks to do any of the foregoing.

           4.   Equitable Relief.

           (a)  Employee acknowledges that the restrictions contained in

      Sections 2 and 3 hereof are reasonable and necessary to protect the

      legitimate interests of the Company and its affiliates, that the

      Company would not have entered into this Agreement in the absence of

      such restrictions, and that any violation of any provision of those

      Sections will result in irreparable injury to the Company.  Employee

      represents that his experience and capabilities are such that the

      restrictions contained in Section 3 hereof will not prevent Employee

      from obtaining employment or otherwise earning a living at the same

      general level of economic benefit as anticipated by this Agreement. 

      Employee further represents and acknowledges that (i) he has been

      advised by the Company to consult his own legal counsel in respect

      of this Agreement, and (ii) that he has had full opportunity, prior

      to execution of this Agreement, to review thoroughly this Agreement

      with his counsel.

           (b)  Employee agrees that the Company shall be entitled to

      preliminary and permanent injunctive relief, without the necessity

      of proving actual damages, as well as an equitable accounting of all

      earnings, profits and other benefits arising from any violation of

      Sections 2 or 3 hereof, which rights shall be cumulative and in

      addition to any other rights or remedies to which the Company may be

      entitled.  In the event that any of the provisions of Sections 2 or
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 134

      3 hereof should ever be adjudicated to exceed the time, geographic,

      service, or other limitations permitted by applicable law in any

      jurisdiction, then such provisions shall be deemed reformed in such

      jurisdiction to the maximum time, geographic, service, or other

      limitations permitted by applicable law.

           (c)  Employee irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agrees that

      any suit, action or other legal proceeding arising out of Section 2

      or 3 hereof, including without limitation, any action commenced by

      the Company for preliminary and permanent injunctive relief or other

      equitable relief, may be brought in the United States District Court

      for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania, or if such court does not

      have jurisdiction or will not accept jurisdiction, in any court of

      general jurisdiction in Philadelphia County, Pennsylvania, (ii)

      consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any such court in any

      such suit, action or proceeding, and (iii) waives any objection

      which Employee may have to the laying of venue of any such suit,

      action or proceeding in any such court.  Employee also irrevocably

      and unconditionally consents to the service of any process,

      pleadings, notices or other papers in a manner permitted by the

      notice provisions of Section 10 hereof.  

           (d)  Employee agrees that he will provide, and that the Company

      may similarly provide, a copy of Sections 2 and 3 hereof to any

      business or enterprise (i) which he may directly or indirectly own,

      manage, operate, finance, join, control or participate in the

      ownership, management, operation, financing, control or control of,

      or (ii) with which he may be connected with as an officer, director,
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 135

      employee, partner, principal, agent, representative, consultant or

      otherwise, or in connection with which he may use or permit his name

      to be used; provided, however, that this provision shall not apply

      in respect of Section 3 hereof after expiration of the time period

      set forth therein.

           5.   Termination.  The Employment Term shall terminate upon the

      occurrence of any one of the following events:

           5.1.  Disability.  The Company may terminate the Employment

      Term if Employee is unable fully to perform his duties and

      responsibilities hereunder to the full extent required by the Board

      by reason of illness, injury or incapacity for six consecutive

      months, or for more than six months in the aggregate during any

      period of twelve calendar months.  In such event, the Company shall

      have no further liability or obligation to Employee under this

      Agreement except for payments prescribed under any disability

      benefit plan which may be in effect for employees of the Company and

      in which he participated.  Employee agrees, in the event of any

      dispute under this Section 5.1, to submit to a physical examination

      by a licensed physician selected by the Board.

           5.2.  Death.  The Employment Term shall terminate in the event

      of Employee's death.  In such event, the Company shall pay to

      Employee's executors, legal representatives or administrators, as

      applicable, an amount equal to the installment of his Base Salary

      set forth in Section 1.4 hereof for the month in which he dies, and,

      thereafter, the Company shall have no further liability or

      obligation under this Agreement to his executors, legal
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 136

      representatives, administrators, heirs or assigns or any other

      person claiming under or through him; provided, however, that

      Employee's estate or designated beneficiaries shall be entitled to

      receive (i) the payments prescribed for such recipients under any

      death benefit plan which may be in effect for executives of the

      Company, generally, (ii) an amount equal to one year of Employee's

      Base Salary at the time of his death, and (iii) a pro rata portion

      of the incentive compensation, if any, as referred to in Section 1.5

      hereof, in respect of the year during which Employee died.

           5.3.  Cause.  The Company may terminate the Employment Term, at

      any time, for "cause" upon thirty days' written notice, in which

      event all liabilities and obligations of the Company under this

      Agreement shall cease, except for payment of Base Salary to the

      extent already accrued.  For purposes of this Agreement, Employee's

      employment may be terminated for "cause" if he (a) engages in gross

      misconduct, dishonesty, mismanagement, deliberate and premeditated

      acts against the interest of the Company or the Parent Company,

      (b) materially fails to perform or observe any of the terms or

      provisions of this Agreement, (c) is convicted of a felony or (d) is

      adjudged by the Board not to be satisfactorily performing his

      duties.

           5.4.  Other Terminations.

           (a)  Employee may terminate the Employment Term upon thirty

      days prior written notice to the Company if the Company fails to

      fulfill any of the material terms and provisions hereof including

      the failure to pay Employee any amounts payable hereunder within ten

      business days after the same shall be due and payable (and has not
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 137

      cured any such failure by the end of the notice period).  In

      addition, the Company may remove Employee without cause from the

      position in which he is employed hereunder at any time upon written

      notice in which case the Employment Term shall end immediately upon

      the giving of such notice.  Upon any such termination or removal,

      Employee shall be entitled to receive, as liquidated damages for the

      failure of the Company to continue to employ Employee, only the

      amount due to Employee under the Company's then severance pay plan

      for employees.  No other payments or benefits shall be due under

      this Agreement to Employee and the Company shall have no further

      liability or obligation. 

           (b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Employee

      executes a written release, substantially in the form attached

      hereto as Exhibit A, but subject to such changes as counsel to the

      Company may recommend, of any and all claims against the Company and

      all related parties with respect to all matters arising out of

      Employee's employment by the Company (other than his entitlement

      under any employee benefit plan or program sponsored by the Company

      in which he participated and under which he has accrued a benefit),

      and the termination thereof, Employee shall receive, in lieu of the

      payment described in subsection (a) hereof, which Employee agrees to

      waive, (i) a lump sum payment equal to twelve months of Employee's

      Base Salary, (ii) a lump sum payment equal to incentive

      compensation, as referred to in Section 1.5 hereof, for such twelve

      month period at the target percentage level in effect for the year

      during which Employee terminates this Agreement in accordance

      herewith or is removed, and (iii)(A) outplacement services, (B)
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 138

      service credit, for purposes of determining the vesting of any stock

      options, performance units or other grants under any long term

      incentive plan of the Company or the Parent Company, for an

      additional twelve months, (C) a lump sum payment equal to the amount

      of benefits he would have received under the Company's pension,

      profit sharing and savings plans for such twelve month period, (D) a

      monthly amount (together with a tax equalization payment) for twelve

      months equal to the premium due under the Company's health benefit

      plan and (E) continuation of life insurance and long term disability

      benefits for twelve months at the level in effect at the time of

      such termination or removal.  No other payments or benefits shall be

      due under this Agreement to Employee and the Company shall have no

      further liability or obligation. 

           (c)  Employee may voluntarily terminate the Employment Term

      upon thirty days' prior written notice for any reason;

      provided, however, that no further payments or benefits shall be due

      under this Agreement to Employee in that event and the Company shall

      have no further liability or obligation.

           5.5  No Mitigation. Employee shall not be required to mitigate

      the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this Section 5

      by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of

      any payment or benefit provided for herein be reduced by any

      compensation earned by other employment or otherwise.

           6.   Payments Upon a Change in Control.

           6.1.  Definitions.  For all purposes of this Section 6, the

      following terms shall have the meanings specified in this Section

      6.1 unless the context clearly otherwise requires:
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 139

           (a)  "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the respective

      meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules

      and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as

      amended (the "Exchange Act").

           (b)  "Base Compensation" shall mean the average of the total

      cash remuneration received by Employee in all capacities with the

      Company, and its Affiliates, as reported for Federal income tax

      purposes on Form W-2, and any and all salary reduction authorized

      amounts under any of the Company's benefit plans or programs, but

      excluding any amounts attributable to the exercise of stock options

      by Employee, for the five calendar years (or such number of actual

      full calendar years of employment, if less than five) immediately

      preceding the calendar year in which occurs a Change of Control.

           (c)  "Beneficial Owner" of any securities shall mean:

                (i)   that such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates

                or Associates, directly or indirectly, has the right to

                acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or

                only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement,

                arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing)

                or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange

                rights, rights, warrants or options, or otherwise;

                provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the

                "Beneficial Owner" of securities tendered pursuant to a

                tender or exchange offer made by such Person or any of

                such Person's Affiliates or Associates until such tendered

                securities are accepted for payment, purchase or exchange;
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 140

                (ii)  that such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates

                or Associates, directly or indirectly, has the right to

                vote or dispose of or has "beneficial ownership" of (as

                determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and

                Regulations under the Exchange Act), including without

                limitation pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or

                understanding, whether or not in writing; provided,

                however, that a Person shall not be deemed the "Beneficial

                Owner" of any security under this subsection (ii) as a

                result of an oral or written agreement, arrangement or

                understanding to vote such security if such agreement,

                arrangement or understanding (A) arises solely from a

                revocable proxy given in response to a public proxy or

                consent solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance

                with, the applicable provisions of the General Rules and

                Regulations under the Exchange Act, and (B) is not then

                reportable by such Person on Schedule 13D under the

                Exchange Act (or any comparable or successor report); or

                (iii) where voting securities are beneficially owned,

                directly or indirectly, by any other Person (or any

                Affiliate or Associate thereof) with which such Person (or

                any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates) has any

                agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in

                writing) for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting

                (except pursuant to a revocable proxy as described in the
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 141

                proviso to subsection (ii) above) or disposing of any

                voting securities of the Company or the Parent Company; 

           provided, however, that nothing in this subsection (c) shall

           cause a Person engaged in business as an underwriter of

           securities to be the "Beneficial Owner" of any securities

           acquired through such Person's participation in good faith in a

           firm commitment underwriting until the expiration of forty days

           after the date of such acquisition.

           (d)  "Change of Control" shall be deemed to have taken place if

                (i) any Person (except the Company or any employee benefit

                plan of the Company or of any Affiliate, any Person or

                entity organized, appointed or established by the Company

                for or pursuant to the terms of any such employee benefit

                plan), together with all Affiliates and Associates of such

                Person, shall become the Beneficial Owner in the aggregate

                of 20% or more of the common stock then outstanding of the

                Parent Company); provided, however, that no "Change of

                Control" shall be deemed to occur during any period in

                which any such Person, and its Affiliates and Associates,

                are bound by the terms of a standstill agreement under

                which such parties have agreed not to acquire more than

                30% of the Common Stock of the Parent Company then

                outstanding or to solicit proxies, or (ii) during any

                twenty-four month period, individuals who at the beginning

                of such period constituted the Board cease for any reason
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 142

                to constitute a majority thereof, unless the election, or

                the nomination for election by the shareholders of the

                Parent Company, of at least seventy-five percent of the

                directors who were not directors at the beginning of such

                period was approved by a vote of at least seventy-five

                percent of the directors in office at the time of such

                election or nomination who were directors at the beginning

                of such period.

           (e)  "Normal Retirement Date" shall mean the first day of the

      calendar month coincident with or next following Employee's 65th

      birthday.

           (f)  "Person" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation,

      partnership or other entity.

           (g)  "Termination Date" shall mean the date of receipt of a

      Notice of Termination of this Agreement or any later date specified

      therein, as the case may be other.

           (h)  "Termination of Employment" shall mean the termination of

      Employee's actual employment relationship with the Company.

           (i)  "Termination upon a Change of Control" shall mean a

      Termination of Employment upon or within one year after a Change of

      Control either:

                (i)   initiated by the Company for any reason other than

                (x) the Employee's disability, as described in Section 5.1

                hereof, (y) death, or (z) for "cause," as described in

                Section 5.3 hereof (other than in Section 5.3(d) hereof),
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 143

                or (ii) initiated by the Employee upon any of the

                following occurrences:

                     (A)  any failure of the Company to comply with

                and satisfy any of the terms of this Agreement;

                     (B)  any significant reduction by the Company of the

                authority, duties or responsibilities of Employee;

                     (C)  any removal by the Company of Employee from the

                employment grade, compensation level or officer or

                director positions which he holds as of the effective date

                hereof;

                     (D)  the requirement that Employee undertake business

                travel to an extent substantially greater than is

                reasonable and customary for the position he holds

                pursuant hereto.

           6.2.  Notice of Termination.  Any Termination upon a Change of

      Control shall be communicated by a Notice of Termination to the

      other party hereto given in accordance with Section 10 hereof.  For

      purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" means a

      written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination

      provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) briefly summarizes the

      facts and circumstances deemed to provide a basis for a Termination

      of Employment and the applicable provision hereof, and (iii) if the

      Termination Date is other than the date of receipt of such notice,

      specifies the Termination Date (which date shall not be more than 15

      days after the giving of such notice).

           6.3.  Severance Compensation upon Termination.

           (a)  Subject to adjustment as provided in paragraph (b) below,

      in the event of Employee's Termination upon a Change of Control, the
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 144

      Company shall pay to Employee, within fifteen days after the

      Termination Date (or as soon as practicable thereafter in the event

      that the procedures set forth in Section 6.10(b) hereof cannot be

      completed within 15 days), in lieu of any other payments required

      under any other Section of this Agreement, an amount in cash equal

      to 2.99 multiplied by his Base Compensation.

           (b)  In the event Employee's Normal Retirement Date would occur

      prior to twenty-four months after the Termination Date, the

      aggregate cash amount determined as set forth in (a) above shall be

      reduced by multiplying it by a fraction, the numerator of which

      shall be the number of days from the Termination Date to Employee's

      Normal Retirement Date and the denominator of which shall be 730.

           6.4.  Other Payments.  In the event of Employee's Termination

      upon a Change of Control, the Company shall also pay to Employee

      within fifteen days after the Termination Date, to the extent not

      theretofore paid, Employee's Base Salary through the Termination

      Date and a further amount equal to Employee's Base Salary in lieu of

      his unused vacation pay, if any, both calculated at the rate in

      effect on the Termination Date or, if higher, at the highest rate in

      effect at any time within the 90-day period preceding the

      Termination Date;

           6.5.  Termination of Non-Competition Requirements. In the event

      of a Termination upon a Change of Control, any non-competition

      agreements hereunder or otherwise executed by Employee, or any non-

      competition provisions binding on Employee in connection with any

      employee bonus, benefit, incentive or other plan or program provided
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 145

      by the Company or any Affiliate, shall immediately terminate;

      provided, however, that this provision shall not terminate or

      otherwise modify the confidentiality provisions contained in Section

      2 hereof.

           6.6.  Enforcement.

           (a)  In the event that the Company shall fail or refuse to make

      payment of any amounts due Employee hereunder within the appropriate

      time period, the Company shall pay to Employee, in addition to the

      payment of any other sums provided in this Agreement, interest,

      compounded daily, on any amount remaining unpaid from the date

      payment is required until paid to Employee, at the rate from time to

      time announced by Mellon Bank (East) as its "prime rate" plus 2%,

      each change in such rate to take effect on the effective date of the

      change in such prime rate.

           (b)  It is the intent of the parties that Employee not be

      required to incur any expenses associated with the enforcement of

      his rights under this Agreement by arbitration, litigation or other

      legal action because the cost and expense thereof would

      substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to

      Employee hereunder.  Accordingly, the Company shall pay Employee on

      demand the amount necessary to reimburse Employee in full for all

      expenses (including all attorneys' fees and legal expenses) incurred

      by Employee in enforcing any of the obligations of the Company under

      this Section.

           6.7.  No Mitigation.  Employee shall not be required to

      mitigate the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this

      Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 146

      amount of any payment or benefit provided for herein be reduced by

      any compensation earned by other employment or otherwise.   

           6.8.  Non-Exclusivity of Rights.  Nothing in this Agreement

      shall prevent or limit Employee's continuing or future participation

      in or rights under any benefit, bonus, incentive or other plan or

      program provided by the Company or any Affiliate and for which

      Employee may qualify; provided, however, that if Employee becomes

      entitled to and receives all of the payments provided for in this

      Agreement, Employee agrees to waive his right to receive payments

      under any severance plan or similar program applicable to all

      employees of the Company.

           6.9.  No Set-Off.  The Company's obligation to make the

      payments provided for in this Section and otherwise to perform its

      obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances,

      including, without limitation, any set-off, counterclaim,

      recoupment, defense or other right which the Company may have

      against Employee or others.

            6.10.  Certain Reduction of Payments. 

           (a)  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary

      notwithstanding, in the event that it shall be determined that any

      payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of

      Employee, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable

      pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (a "Payment"),

      would constitute an "excess parachute payment" within the meaning of

      Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the

      "Code"), and that it would be economically advantageous to Employee

      to reduce the Payment to avoid or reduce the taxation of excess
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 147

      parachute payments under Section 4999 of the Code, the aggregate

      present value of amounts payable or distributable to or for the

      benefit of Employee pursuant to this Agreement (such payments or

      distributions pursuant to this Agreement are hereinafter referred to

      as "Agreement Payments") shall be reduced (but not below zero) to

      the Reduced Amount.  The "Reduced Amount" shall be an amount

      expressed in present value which maximizes the aggregate present

      value of Agreement Payments without causing any Payment to be

      subject to the taxation under Section 4999 of the Code.  For

      purposes of this Section 6, present value shall be determined in

      accordance with Section 280G(d)(4) of the Code.

           (b)  All determinations to be made under this Section 6 shall

      be made by Ernst & Young (or the Company's independent public

      accountant immediately prior to the Change of Control if other than

      Ernst & Young) (the "Accounting Firm"), which firm shall provide its

      determinations and any supporting calculations both to the Company

      and Employee within 10 days of the Termination Date.  Any such

      determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the

      Company and Employee.  Employee shall in his sole discretion

      determine which and how much of the Agreement Payments shall be

      eliminated or reduced consistent with the requirements of this

      Section 6.  Within five days after Employee's determination, the

      Company shall pay (or cause to be paid) or distribute (or cause to

      be distributed) to or for the benefit of Employee such amounts as

      are then due to Employee under this Agreement.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 148

           (c)  As a result of the uncertainty in the application of

      Section 280G of the Code at the time of the initial determination by

      the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Agreement

      Payments, as the case may be, will have been made by the Company

      which should not have been made ("Overpayment") or that additional

      Agreement Payments which have not been made by the Company could

      have been made ("Underpayment"), in each case, consistent with the

      calculations required to be made hereunder.  Within two years after

      the Termination of Employment, the Accounting Firm shall review the

      determination made by it pursuant to the preceding paragraph.  In

      the event that the Accounting Firm determines that an Overpayment

      has been made, any such Overpayment shall be treated for all

      purposes as a loan to Employee which Employee shall repay to the

      Company together with interest at the applicable Federal rate

      provided for in Section 7872(f)(2) of the Code (the "Federal Rate");

      provided, however, that no amount shall be payable by Employee to

      the Company if and to the extent such payment would not reduce the

      amount which is subject to taxation under Section 4999 of the Code. 

      In the event that the Accounting Firm determines that an

      Underpayment has occurred, any such Underpayment shall be promptly

      paid by the Company to or for the benefit of Employee together with

      interest at the Federal Rate.

           (d)  All of the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm in

      performing the determinations referred to in subsections (b) and (c)

      above shall be borne solely by the Company.  The Company agrees to

      indemnify and hold harmless the Accounting Firm of and from any and
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 149

      all claims, damages and expenses resulting from or relating to its

      determinations pursuant to subsections (b) and (c) above, except for

      claims, damages or expenses resulting from the gross negligence or

      willful misconduct of the Accounting Firm.

           6.11.  Settlement of All Disputes. 

           (a)  In the event of any dispute, controversy or claim arising

      out of or relating to any provision of this Section 6 or Employee's

      Termination upon a Change in Control, the Company shall appoint as

      the sole and exclusive arbiter of such dispute, controversy or

      claim, a committee composed of two persons who were members of the

      Board at any time within five years prior to the Change of Control

      (which persons may, but need not be, directors of the Company at the

      time of such dispute, controversy or claim); provided, however, that

      no person shall be eligible to serve thereon who (i) is at the

      Termination Date, or shall have been at any time within one year

      prior thereto, an executive officer of the Company, or (ii) shall be

      or have been at any time related in any manner to or otherwise

      affiliated with, or was first nominated by, the corporation, Person

      or group whose acquisition of shares of Common Stock of the Parent

      Company has given rise to a Change of Control.  The decision of such

      committee and the award of any monetary judgment or other relief by

      such committee shall be final and binding upon Employee and the

      Company, and shall not be subject to appeal.  Judgment may be

      entered upon the decision and award of such committee by Employee or

      the Company in any court of competent jurisdiction.  The Company

      shall pay the persons selected pursuant to this subsection a

      reasonable fee for their services, and shall reimburse such persons

      for their expenses incurred in this capacity.  In addition, the
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 150

      Company shall, to the maximum extent permitted by law, indemnify and

      hold harmless such persons of and from any and all claims, damages

      or expenses of any nature whatsoever relating to or arising from

      their activities in this capacity.

           (b)  In the event that the Company shall be unable to appoint

      the committee referred to in (a) above after good faith efforts to

      do so, or in the event that such committee cannot reach a unanimous

      agreement, any remaining dispute, controversy or claim arising out

      of or relating to any provision of this Agreement or Employee's

      Termination upon a Change of Control shall be settled by arbitration

      in the City of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, in accordance with the

      commercial arbitration rules then in effect of the American

      Arbitration Association, before a panel of three arbitrators, two of

      whom shall be selected by the Company and Employee, respectively,

      and the third of whom shall be selected by the other two

      arbitrators.  Each arbitrator selected as provided herein is

      required to be or have been a director or an executive officer of a

      corporation whose shares of common stock were listed during at least

      one year of such service on the New York Stock Exchange or the

      American Stock Exchange or quoted on the National Association of

      Securities Dealers Automated Quotations System.  Any award entered

      by the arbitrators shall be final, binding and nonappealable and

      judgment may be entered thereon by any party in accordance with

      applicable law in any court of competent jurisdiction.  This

      arbitration provision shall be specifically enforceable.  The fees

      of the American Arbitration Association and the arbitrators and any
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 151

      expenses relating to the conduct of the arbitration shall be paid by

      the Company.

           (c)  The party or parties challenging the right of Employee to

      the benefits of this Agreement shall in all circumstances have the

      burden of proof.

           6.12.  Successor Company.  The Company shall require any

      successor or successors (whether direct or indirect, by purchase,

      merger, consolidation, exchange or otherwise) to all or

      substantially all of the business or assets of the Company or its

      Affiliates as of the date hereof, by agreement in form and substance

      satisfactory to Employee, to acknowledge expressly that this

      Agreement is binding upon and enforceable against the Company in

      accordance with the terms hereof, and to become jointly and

      severally obligated with the Company to perform this Agreement in

      the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be

      required to perform if no such succession or successions had taken

      place.  Failure of the Company to obtain such agreement prior to the

      effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of the

      Agreement.  As used in this Agreement, the Company shall mean the

      Company as hereinbefore defined and any such successor or successors

      to its business or assets (or that of its Affiliates as of the date

      hereof), jointly and severally.

           7.  Survival.  Notwithstanding the termination of the

      Employment Term or this Agreement, Employee's obligations under

      Sections 2 and 3 hereof shall, except to the extent otherwise

      provided herein, survive and remain in full force and effect for the
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 152

      periods therein provided, and the provisions for equitable relief

      against Employee in Section 4 hereof shall continue in force.

           8.   Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and

      interpreted under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania

      without giving effect to any conflict of laws provisions. 

           9.   Litigation Expenses.  Except as provided in Section 6.6

      above, in the event of a lawsuit by either party to enforce the

      provisions of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled

      to recover reasonable costs, expenses and attorney's fees from the

      other party.

           10.  Notices.  All notices and other communications required or

      permitted hereunder or necessary or convenient in connection

      herewith shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given

      when hand delivered or mailed by registered or certified mail, as

      follows (provided that notice of change of address shall be deemed

      given only when received):

           If to the Company, to:

                 2600 One Logan Square                                      
                 Philadelphia, PA 19103
        
            With a required copy to:
     
                Morgan, Lewis & Bockius
                2000 One Logan Square
                Philadelphia, PA  19103-6993
                Attention:  Robert J. Lichtenstein, Esquire
      
           If to Employee, to:
      
                Edward J. Flood
                P.O. Box 588, 1055 Gypsy Hill Road
                Gwynedd Valley, PA 19437
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 153
     
      or to such other names or addresses as the Company or Employee, as

      the case may be, shall designate by notice to each other person

      entitled to receive notices in the manner specified in this Section.

           11.  Contents of Agreement; Amendment and Assignment.

           (a)  This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and sets

      forth the entire understanding among the parties hereto with respect

      to the subject matter hereof and cannot be changed, modified,

      extended or terminated except upon written amendment approved by the

      Board and executed on its behalf by a duly authorized officer.  

           (b)  Employee acknowledges that from time to time, the Company

      may establish, maintain and distribute employee manuals or handbooks

      or personnel policy manuals, and officers or other representatives

      of the Company may make written or oral statements relating to

      personnel policies and procedures.  Such manuals, handbooks and

      statements are intended only for general guidance.  No policies,

      procedures or statements of any nature by or on behalf of the

      Company (whether written or oral, and whether or not contained in

      any employee manual or handbook or personnel policy manual), and no

      acts or practices of any nature, shall be construed to modify this

      Agreement or to create express or implied obligations of any nature

      to Employee.

           (c)  All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be

      binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the

      respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives,

      successors and assigns of the parties hereto, except that the duties

      and responsibilities of Employee hereunder are of a personal nature
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 154

      and shall not be assignable or delegatable in whole or in part by

      Employee.

           12.  Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement or

      application thereof to anyone or under any circumstances is

      adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such

      invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision

      or application of this Agreement which can be given effect without

      the invalid or unenforceable provision or application and shall not

      invalidate or render unenforceable such provision or application in

      any other jurisdiction.

           13.  Remedies Cumulative; No Waiver.  No remedy conferred upon

      the Company by this Agreement is intended to be exclusive of any

      other remedy, and each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and

      shall be in addition to any other remedy given hereunder or now or

      hereafter existing at law or in equity.  No delay or omission by the

      Company in exercising any right, remedy or power hereunder or

      existing at law or in equity shall be construed as a waiver thereof,

      and any such right, remedy or power may be exercised by the Company

      from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient or

      necessary by the Company in its sole discretion.

           14.  Miscellaneous.  All section headings are for convenience

      only.  This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each

      of which is an original.  It shall not be necessary in marking proof

      of this Agreement or any counterpart hereof to produce or account

      for any of the other counterparts.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 155

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be

      legally bound, have executed this Agreement on the date first above

      written.

                                        MARITRANS HOLDINGS INC.
      Attest:
               [SEAL]

      /s/ John C. Newcomb                By /s/ Gary L. Schaefer         
      --------------------------------      ------------------------------
      Secretary                            Name:  Gary L. Schaefer     
                                           Title: Treasurer            

      Witness:

      /s/Anna S. Richmond               /s/Edward J. Flood             
      --------------------------------      ------------------------------
                                           EDWARD J. FLOOD
<PAGE>


<PAGE>
<PAGE> 156

                                                           EXHIBIT 10.10


                            EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
      

           THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") entered into on

      October 5, 1993, by and between Maritrans General Partner Inc., a

      Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Charles R. Ward

      ("Employee").

           WHEREAS, Employee is presently employed by the Company as

      its President, Eastern Division; and

           WHEREAS, the Company and Employee desire to enter into a new

      agreement to provide for Employee's continued employment by the

      Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein,

      beginning as of April 1, 1993, the date of Employee's appointment

      to his current position;

           NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally

      bound, agree as follows:

           1.   Employment.  The Company hereby continues the

      employment of Employee, and Employee hereby accepts such

      employment and agrees to perform his duties and responsibilities

      hereunder, in accordance with the terms and conditions

      hereinafter set forth.  This Agreement shall supersede and

      replace the agreement entered into between Employee and Maritrans

      GP Inc., a predecessor of the Company, as of February 12, 1992,

      which shall be void as of the date hereof.

           1.1.  Employment Term.  The term of this Agreement (the

      "Employment Term") shall commence on April 1, 1993 and shall

      continue for an indefinite period until terminated in accordance

      with Section 5 or Section 6 hereof. 
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 157

           1.2.  Duties and Responsibilities.  During the Employment

      Term, Employee shall perform all duties and accept all

      responsibilities incident to such positions as are assigned to

      him by the Company's Chief Executive Officer or as otherwise may

      be assigned to him by the Company's Board of Directors (the

      "Board").

           1.3.  Extent of Service.  During the Employment Term,

      Employee agrees to use his best efforts to carry out his duties

      and responsibilities under Section 1.2 hereof and, consistent

      with the other provisions of this Agreement, to devote his full

      time, attention and energy thereto.  Except as provided in

      Section 3 hereof, the foregoing shall not be construed as

      preventing Employee from making minority investments in other

      businesses or enterprises provided that Employee agrees not to

      become engaged in any other business activity which may interfere

      with his ability to discharge his duties and responsibilities to

      the Company.  Employee further agrees not to work either on a

      part time or independent contracting basis for any other business

      or enterprise during the Employment Term without the prior

      written consent of the Board.

           1.4.  Base Salary.  

           (a)  For all the services rendered by Employee hereunder,

      the Company shall pay Employee the basic annual rate of

      compensation being paid to Employee as of the date hereof for

      each full year of the Employment Term ("Base Salary"), payable in

      installments at such times as the Company customarily pays its
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 158

      other executives (but in any event no less often than monthly). 

      Employee's Base Salary shall be subject to review and adjustment

      by the Company pursuant to its normal performance review policies

      for executives.  The Company shall be entitled to make proper

      withholdings from Employee's Base Salary (and all other payments

      of compensation under this Agreement) as required by law or

      agreed to by Employee.

           (b)  During the Employment Term, Employee shall also be (i)

      entitled to participate in such retirement, profit sharing,

      equity compensation, group insurance, medical and other fringe

      benefit plans, if any, as may be authorized from time to time by

      the Board in its sole discretion for executives of the Company,

      (ii) provided with reimbursement of expenses related to his

      employment by the Company on a basis similar to that which may be

      authorized from time to time by the Board in its sole discretion

      for executives of the Company generally, and (iii) entitled to

      vacation and holidays during the Employment Term in accordance

      with the Company's normal policy. 

           1.5.  Incentive Compensation.  In addition to the Base

      Salary set forth in Section 1.4 hereof, Employee shall

      participate in the Company's Executive Award Plan and such other

      annual or long-term incentive compensation plans (including stock

      option and stock grant plans), if any, for executives generally,

      as may be established from time to time by the Board in its sole

      discretion.  The terms and provisions of any such incentive
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 159

      compensation plan shall be determined in the sole discretion of

      the Board. 

         2.   Confidential Information.  Employee recognizes and 

      acknowledges that by reason of his employment by and service to the

      Company (both during the Employment Term and before or after it), he

      has had and will continue to have access to confidential information

      of the Company and its affiliates, including, without limitation,

      information and knowledge pertaining to products and services

      offered, innovations, designs, ideas, plans, trade secrets,

      proprietary information, distribution and sales methods and systems,

      sales and profit figures, customer and client lists, and

      relationships between the Company and its affiliates and other

      distributors, customers, clients, suppliers and others who have

      business dealings with the Company and its affiliates ("Confidential

      Information").  Employee acknowledges that such Confidential

      Information is a valuable and unique asset and covenants that he

      will not, either during or after the Employment Term, disclose any

      such Confidential Information to any person for any reason

      whatsoever without the prior written authorization of the Board,

      unless such information is in the public domain through no fault of

      Employee or except as may be required by law.

           3.   Non-Competition.

           (a)  During the Employment Term and for a period of one year

      thereafter, Employee will not, unless acting pursuant hereto or with

      the prior written consent of the Board or in the event of a

      termination for "cause" under Section 5.3(d), directly or
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 160

      indirectly, own, manage, operate, join, control, finance or

      participate in the ownership, management, operation, control or

      financing of, or be connected as an officer, director, employee,

      partner, principal, agent, representative, consultant or otherwise

      with or use or permit his name to be used in connection with, any

      business or enterprise engaged in a geographic area in which the

      Company or any of its affiliates is operating either during the

      Employment Term or on the date Employee's employment terminates, as

      applicable, presently on the East Coast of the United States or at

      any port in the Gulf of Mexico (whether or not such business is

      physically located within those areas) (the "Geographic Area"), in

      any business that is competitive to a business from which the

      Company or any of its affiliates derive at least five percent of its

      respective gross revenues either during the Employment Term or on

      the date Employee's employment terminates, as applicable.  It is

      recognized by Employee that the business of the Company and its

      affiliates and Employee's connection therewith is or will be

      involved in activity throughout the Geographic Area, and that more

      limited geographical limitations on this non-competition covenant

      are therefore not appropriate.

           (b)  The foregoing restriction shall not be construed to

      prohibit the ownership by Employee of less than one percent (1%) of

      any class of securities of any corporation which is engaged in any

      of the foregoing businesses having a class of securities registered

      pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, provided that such

      ownership represents a passive investment and that neither Employee

      nor any group of persons including Employee in any way, either

      directly or indirectly, manages or exercises control of any such
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 161

      corporation, guarantees any of its financial obligations, otherwise

      takes any part in its business, other than exercising his rights as

      a shareholder, or seeks to do any of the foregoing.

           4.   Equitable Relief.

           (a)  Employee acknowledges that the restrictions contained in

      Sections 2 and 3 hereof are reasonable and necessary to protect the

      legitimate interests of the Company and its affiliates, that the

      Company would not have entered into this Agreement in the absence of

      such restrictions, and that any violation of any provision of those

      Sections will result in irreparable injury to the Company.  Employee

      represents that his experience and capabilities are such that the

      restrictions contained in Section 3 hereof will not prevent Employee

      from obtaining employment or otherwise earning a living at the same

      general level of economic benefit as anticipated by this Agreement. 

      Employee further represents and acknowledges that (i) he has been

      advised by the Company to consult his own legal counsel in respect

      of this Agreement, and (ii) that he has had full opportunity, prior

      to execution of this Agreement, to review thoroughly this Agreement

      with his counsel.

           (b)  Employee agrees that the Company shall be entitled to

      preliminary and permanent injunctive relief, without the necessity

      of proving actual damages, as well as an equitable accounting of all

      earnings, profits and other benefits arising from any violation of

      Sections 2 or 3 hereof, which rights shall be cumulative and in

      addition to any other rights or remedies to which the Company may be

      entitled.  In the event that any of the provisions of Sections 2 or
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 162

      3 hereof should ever be adjudicated to exceed the time, geographic,

      service, or other limitations permitted by applicable law in any

      jurisdiction, then such provisions shall be deemed reformed in such

      jurisdiction to the maximum time, geographic, service, or other

      limitations permitted by applicable law.

           (c)  Employee irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agrees that

      any suit, action or other legal proceeding arising out of Section 2

      or 3 hereof, including without limitation, any action commenced by

      the Company for preliminary and permanent injunctive relief or other

      equitable relief, may be brought in the United States District Court

      for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania, or if such court does not

      have jurisdiction or will not accept jurisdiction, in any court of

      general jurisdiction in Philadelphia County, Pennsylvania, (ii)

      consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any such court in any

      such suit, action or proceeding, and (iii) waives any objection

      which Employee may have to the laying of venue of any such suit,

      action or proceeding in any such court.  Employee also irrevocably

      and unconditionally consents to the service of any process,

      pleadings, notices or other papers in a manner permitted by the

      notice provisions of Section 10 hereof.  

           (d)  Employee agrees that he will provide, and that the Company

      may similarly provide, a copy of Sections 2 and 3 hereof to any

      business or enterprise (i) which he may directly or indirectly own,

      manage, operate, finance, join, control or participate in the

      ownership, management, operation, financing, control or control of,

      or (ii) with which he may be connected with as an officer, director,
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 163

      employee, partner, principal, agent, representative, consultant or

      otherwise, or in connection with which he may use or permit his name

      to be used; provided, however, that this provision shall not apply

      in respect of Section 3 hereof after expiration of the time period

      set forth therein.

           5.   Termination.  The Employment Term shall terminate upon the

      occurrence of any one of the following events:

           5.1.  Disability.  The Company may terminate the Employment

      Term if Employee is unable fully to perform his duties and

      responsibilities hereunder to the full extent required by the Board

      by reason of illness, injury or incapacity for six consecutive

      months, or for more than six months in the aggregate during any

      period of twelve calendar months.  In such event, the Company shall

      have no further liability or obligation to Employee under this

      Agreement except for payments prescribed under any disability

      benefit plan which may be in effect for employees of the Company and

      in which he participated.  Employee agrees, in the event of any

      dispute under this Section 5.1, to submit to a physical examination

      by a licensed physician selected by the Board.

           5.2.  Death.  The Employment Term shall terminate in the event

      of Employee's death.  In such event, the Company shall pay to

      Employee's executors, legal representatives or administrators, as

      applicable, an amount equal to the installment of his Base Salary

      set forth in Section 1.4 hereof for the month in which he dies, and,

      thereafter, the Company shall have no further liability or

      obligation under this Agreement to his executors, legal
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 164

      representatives, administrators, heirs or assigns or any other

      person claiming under or through him; provided, however, that

      Employee's estate or designated beneficiaries shall be entitled to

      receive (i) the payments prescribed for such recipients under any

      death benefit plan which may be in effect for executives of the

      Company, generally, (ii) an amount equal to one year of Employee's

      Base Salary at the time of his death, and (iii) a pro rata portion

      of the incentive compensation, if any, as referred to in Section 1.5

      hereof, in respect of the year during which Employee died.

           5.3.  Cause.  The Company may terminate the Employment Term, at

      any time, for "cause" upon thirty days' written notice, in which

      event all liabilities and obligations of the Company under this

      Agreement shall cease, except for payment of Base Salary to the

      extent already accrued.  For purposes of this Agreement, Employee's

      employment may be terminated for "cause" if he (a) engages in gross

      misconduct, dishonesty, mismanagement, deliberate and premeditated

      acts against the interest of the Company, (b) materially fails to

      perform or observe any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement,

      (c) is convicted of a felony or (d) is adjudged by the Board not to

      be satisfactorily performing his duties.

           5.4.  Other Terminations.

           (a)  Employee may terminate the Employment Term upon thirty

      days prior written notice to the Company if the Company fails to

      fulfill any of the material terms and provisions hereof including

      the failure to pay Employee any amounts payable hereunder within ten

      business days after the same shall be due and payable (and has not

      cured any such failure by the end of the notice period).  In
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 165

      addition, the Company may remove Employee without cause from the

      position in which he is employed hereunder at any time upon written

      notice in which case the Employment Term shall end immediately upon

      the giving of such notice.  Upon any such termination or removal,

      Employee shall be entitled to receive, as liquidated damages for the

      failure of the Company to continue to employ Employee, only the

      amount due to Employee under the Company's then severance pay plan

      for employees.  No other payments or benefits shall be due under

      this Agreement to Employee and the Company shall have no further

      liability or obligation. 

           (b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Employee

      executes a written release, substantially in the form attached

      hereto as Exhibit A, but subject to such changes as counsel to the

      Company may recommend, of any and all claims against the Company and

      all related parties with respect to all matters arising out of

      Employee's employment by the Company (other than his entitlement

      under any employee benefit plan or program sponsored by the Company

      in which he participated and under which he has accrued a benefit),

      and the termination thereof, Employee shall receive, in lieu of the

      payment described in subsection (a) hereof, which Employee agrees to

      waive, (i) a lump sum payment equal to twelve months of Employee's

      Base Salary, (ii) a lump sum payment equal to incentive

      compensation, as referred to in Section 1.5 hereof, for such twelve

      month period at the target percentage level in effect for the year

      during which Employee terminates this Agreement in accordance

      herewith or is removed, and (iii)(A) outplacement services, (B)

      service credit, for purposes of determining the vesting of any stock
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 166

      options, performance units or other grants under any long term

      incentive plan of the Company, for an additional twelve months, (C)

      a lump sum payment equal to the amount of benefits he would have

      received under the Company's pension, profit sharing and savings

      plans for such twelve month period, (D) a monthly amount (together

      with a tax equalization payment) for twelve months equal to the

      premium due under the Company's health benefit plan and (E)

      continuation of life insurance and long term disability benefits for

      twelve months at the level in effect at the time of such termination

      or removal.  No other payments or benefits shall be due under this

      Agreement to Employee and the Company shall have no further

      liability or obligation. 

           (c)  Employee may voluntarily terminate the Employment Term

      upon thirty days' prior written notice for any reason;

      provided, however, that no further payments or benefits shall be due

      under this Agreement to Employee in that event and the Company shall

      have no further liability or obligation.

           5.5  No Mitigation. Employee shall not be required to mitigate

      the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this Section 5

      by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of

      any payment or benefit provided for herein be reduced by any

      compensation earned by other employment or otherwise.

           6.   Payments Upon a Change in Control.

           6.1.  Definitions.  For all purposes of this Section 6, the

      following terms shall have the meanings specified in this Section

      6.1 unless the context clearly otherwise requires:
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 167

           (a)  "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the respective

      meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules

      and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as

      amended (the "Exchange Act").

           (b)  "Base Compensation" shall mean the average of the total

      cash remuneration received by Employee in all capacities with the

      Company, and its Affiliates, as reported for Federal income tax

      purposes on Form W-2, and any and all salary reduction authorized

      amounts under any of the Company's benefit plans or programs, but

      excluding any amounts attributable to the exercise of stock options

      by Employee, for the five calendar years (or such number of actual

      full calendar years of employment, if less than five) immediately

      preceding the calendar year in which occurs a Change of Control.

           (c)  "Beneficial Owner" of any securities shall mean:

                (i)   that such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates

                or Associates, directly or indirectly, has the right to

                acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or

                only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement,

                arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing)

                or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange

                rights, rights, warrants or options, or otherwise;

                provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the

                "Beneficial Owner" of securities tendered pursuant to a

                tender or exchange offer made by such Person or any of

                such Person's Affiliates or Associates until such tendered

                securities are accepted for payment, purchase or exchange;
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 168

                (ii)  that such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates

                or Associates, directly or indirectly, has the right to

                vote or dispose of or has "beneficial ownership" of (as

                determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and

                Regulations under the Exchange Act), including without

                limitation pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or

                understanding, whether or not in writing; provided,

                however, that a Person shall not be deemed the "Beneficial

                Owner" of any security under this subsection (ii) as a

                result of an oral or written agreement, arrangement or

                understanding to vote such security if such agreement,

                arrangement or understanding (A) arises solely from a

                revocable proxy given in response to a public proxy or

                consent solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance

                with, the applicable provisions of the General Rules and

                Regulations under the Exchange Act, and (B) is not then

                reportable by such Person on Schedule 13D under the

                Exchange Act (or any comparable or successor report); or

                (iii) where voting securities are beneficially owned,

                directly or indirectly, by any other Person (or any

                Affiliate or Associate thereof) with which such Person (or

                any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates) has any

                agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in

                writing) for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting

                (except pursuant to a revocable proxy as described in the
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 169

                proviso to subsection (ii) above) or disposing of any

                voting securities of the Company; 

           provided, however, that nothing in this subsection (c) shall

           cause a Person engaged in business as an underwriter of

           securities to be the "Beneficial Owner" of any securities

           acquired through such Person's participation in good faith in a

           firm commitment underwriting until the expiration of forty days

           after the date of such acquisition.

           (d)  "Change of Control" shall be deemed to have taken place if

                (i) any Person (except the Company or any employee benefit

                plan of the Company or of any Affiliate, any Person or

                entity organized, appointed or established by the Company

                for or pursuant to the terms of any such employee benefit

                plan), together with all Affiliates and Associates of such

                Person, shall become the Beneficial Owner in the aggregate

                of 20% or more of the common stock then outstanding of

                Maritrans Inc., the parent of the Company); provided,

                however, that no "Change of Control" shall be deemed to

                occur during any period in which any such Person, and its

                Affiliates and Associates, are bound by the terms of a

                standstill agreement under which such parties have agreed

                not to acquire more than 30% of the Common Stock of

                Maritrans Inc. then outstanding or to solicit proxies, or

                (ii) during any twenty-four month period, individuals who

                at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of

                Directors of Maritrans Inc. cease for any reason to
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 170

                constitute a majority thereof, unless the election, or the

                nomination for election by the shareholders of Maritrans

                Inc., of at least seventy-five percent of the directors

                who were not directors at the beginning of such period was

                approved by a vote of at least seventy-five percent of the

                directors in office at the time of such election or

                nomination who were directors at the beginning of such

                period.

           (e)  "Normal Retirement Date" shall mean the first day of the

      calendar month coincident with or next following Employee's 65th

      birthday.

           (f)  "Person" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation,

      partnership or other entity.

           (g)  "Termination Date" shall mean the date of receipt of a

      Notice of Termination of this Agreement or any later date specified

      therein, as the case may be other.

           (h)  "Termination of Employment" shall mean the termination of

      Employee's actual employment relationship with the Company.

           (i)  "Termination upon a Change of Control" shall mean a

      Termination of Employment upon or within one year after a Change of

      Control either:

                (i)   initiated by the Company for any reason other than

                (x) the Employee's disability, as described in Section 5.1

                hereof, (y) death, or (z) for "cause," as described in

                Section 5.3 hereof (other than in Section 5.3(d) hereof),
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 171

                or (ii) initiated by the Employee upon any of the

                following occurrences:

                     (A)  any failure of the Company to comply with

                and satisfy any of the terms of this Agreement;

                     (B)  any significant reduction by the Company of the

                authority, duties or responsibilities of Employee;

                     (C)  any removal by the Company of Employee from the

                employment grade, compensation level or officer or

                director positions which he holds as of the effective date

                hereof;

                     (D)  the requirement that Employee undertake business

                travel to an extent substantially greater than is

                reasonable and customary for the position he holds

                pursuant hereto.

           6.2.  Notice of Termination.  Any Termination upon a Change of

      Control shall be communicated by a Notice of Termination to the

      other party hereto given in accordance with Section 10 hereof.  For

      purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" means a

      written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination

      provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) briefly summarizes the

      facts and circumstances deemed to provide a basis for a Termination

      of Employment and the applicable provision hereof, and (iii) if the

      Termination Date is other than the date of receipt of such notice,

      specifies the Termination Date (which date shall not be more than 15

      days after the giving of such notice).

           6.3.  Severance Compensation upon Termination.

           (a)  Subject to adjustment as provided in paragraph (b) below,

      in the event of Employee's Termination upon a Change of Control, the
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 172

      Company shall pay to Employee, within fifteen days after the

      Termination Date (or as soon as practicable thereafter in the event

      that the procedures set forth in Section 6.10(b) hereof cannot be

      completed within 15 days), in lieu of any other payments required

      under any other Section of this Agreement, an amount in cash equal

      to 2.99 multiplied by his Base Compensation.

           (b)  In the event Employee's Normal Retirement Date would occur

      prior to twenty-four months after the Termination Date, the

      aggregate cash amount determined as set forth in (a) above shall be

      reduced by multiplying it by a fraction, the numerator of which

      shall be the number of days from the Termination Date to Employee's

      Normal Retirement Date and the denominator of which shall be 730.

           6.4.  Other Payments.  In the event of Employee's Termination

      upon a Change of Control, the Company shall also pay to Employee

      within fifteen days after the Termination Date, to the extent not

      theretofore paid, Employee's Base Salary through the Termination

      Date and a further amount equal to Employee's Base Salary in lieu of

      his unused vacation pay, if any, both calculated at the rate in

      effect on the Termination Date or, if higher, at the highest rate in

      effect at any time within the 90-day period preceding the

      Termination Date;

           6.5.  Termination of Non-Competition Requirements. In the event

      of a Termination upon a Change of Control, any non-competition

      agreements hereunder or otherwise executed by Employee, or any non-

      competition provisions binding on Employee in connection with any

      employee bonus, benefit, incentive or other plan or program provided
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 173

      by the Company or any Affiliate, shall immediately terminate;

      provided, however, that this provision shall not terminate or

      otherwise modify the confidentiality provisions contained in Section

      2 hereof.

           6.6.  Enforcement.

           (a)  In the event that the Company shall fail or refuse to make

      payment of any amounts due Employee hereunder within the appropriate

      time period, the Company shall pay to Employee, in addition to the

      payment of any other sums provided in this Agreement, interest,

      compounded daily, on any amount remaining unpaid from the date

      payment is required until paid to Employee, at the rate from time to

      time announced by Mellon Bank (East) as its "prime rate" plus 2%,

      each change in such rate to take effect on the effective date of the

      change in such prime rate.

           (b)  It is the intent of the parties that Employee not be

      required to incur any expenses associated with the enforcement of

      his rights under this Agreement by arbitration, litigation or other

      legal action because the cost and expense thereof would

      substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to

      Employee hereunder.  Accordingly, the Company shall pay Employee on

      demand the amount necessary to reimburse Employee in full for all

      expenses (including all attorneys' fees and legal expenses) incurred

      by Employee in enforcing any of the obligations of the Company under

      this Section.

           6.7.  No Mitigation.  Employee shall not be required to

      mitigate the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 174

      Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the

      amount of any payment or benefit provided for herein be reduced by

      any compensation earned by other employment or otherwise.   

           6.8.  Non-Exclusivity of Rights.  Nothing in this Agreement

      shall prevent or limit Employee's continuing or future participation

      in or rights under any benefit, bonus, incentive or other plan or

      program provided by the Company or any Affiliate and for which

      Employee may qualify; provided, however, that if Employee becomes

      entitled to and receives all of the payments provided for in this

      Agreement, Employee agrees to waive his right to receive payments

      under any severance plan or similar program applicable to all

      employees of the Company.

           6.9.  No Set-Off.  The Company's obligation to make the

      payments provided for in this Section and otherwise to perform its

      obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances,

      including, without limitation, any set-off, counterclaim,

      recoupment, defense or other right which the Company may have

      against Employee or others.

            6.10.  Certain Reduction of Payments. 

           (a)  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary

      notwithstanding, in the event that it shall be determined that any

      payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of

      Employee, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable

      pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (a "Payment"),

      would constitute an "excess parachute payment" within the meaning of

      Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the

      "Code"), and that it would be economically advantageous to Employee
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 175

      to reduce the Payment to avoid or reduce the taxation of excess

      parachute payments under Section 4999 of the Code, the aggregate

      present value of amounts payable or distributable to or for the

      benefit of Employee pursuant to this Agreement (such payments or

      distributions pursuant to this Agreement are hereinafter referred to

      as "Agreement Payments") shall be reduced (but not below zero) to

      the Reduced Amount.  The "Reduced Amount" shall be an amount

      expressed in present value which maximizes the aggregate present

      value of Agreement Payments without causing any Payment to be

      subject to the taxation under Section 4999 of the Code.  For

      purposes of this Section 6, present value shall be determined in

      accordance with Section 280G(d)(4) of the Code.

           (b)  All determinations to be made under this Section 6 shall

      be made by Ernst & Young (or the Company's independent public

      accountant immediately prior to the Change of Control if other than

      Ernst & Young) (the "Accounting Firm"), which firm shall provide its

      determinations and any supporting calculations both to the Company

      and Employee within 10 days of the Termination Date.  Any such

      determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the

      Company and Employee.  Employee shall in his sole discretion

      determine which and how much of the Agreement Payments shall be

      eliminated or reduced consistent with the requirements of this

      Section 6.  Within five days after Employee's determination, the

      Company shall pay (or cause to be paid) or distribute (or cause to

      be distributed) to or for the benefit of Employee such amounts as

      are then due to Employee under this Agreement.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 176

           (c)  As a result of the uncertainty in the application of

      Section 280G of the Code at the time of the initial determination by

      the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Agreement

      Payments, as the case may be, will have been made by the Company

      which should not have been made ("Overpayment") or that additional

      Agreement Payments which have not been made by the Company could

      have been made ("Underpayment"), in each case, consistent with the

      calculations required to be made hereunder.  Within two years after

      the Termination of Employment, the Accounting Firm shall review the

      determination made by it pursuant to the preceding paragraph.  In

      the event that the Accounting Firm determines that an Overpayment

      has been made, any such Overpayment shall be treated for all

      purposes as a loan to Employee which Employee shall repay to the

      Company together with interest at the applicable Federal rate

      provided for in Section 7872(f)(2) of the Code (the "Federal Rate");

      provided, however, that no amount shall be payable by Employee to

      the Company if and to the extent such payment would not reduce the

      amount which is subject to taxation under Section 4999 of the Code. 

      In the event that the Accounting Firm determines that an

      Underpayment has occurred, any such Underpayment shall be promptly

      paid by the Company to or for the benefit of Employee together with

      interest at the Federal Rate.

           (d)  All of the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm in

      performing the determinations referred to in subsections (b) and (c)

      above shall be borne solely by the Company.  The Company agrees to

      indemnify and hold harmless the Accounting Firm of and from any and
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 177

      all claims, damages and expenses resulting from or relating to its

      determinations pursuant to subsections (b) and (c) above, except for

      claims, damages or expenses resulting from the gross negligence or

      willful misconduct of the Accounting Firm.

           6.11.  Settlement of All Disputes. 

           (a)  In the event of any dispute, controversy or claim arising

      out of or relating to any provision of this Section 6 or Employee's

      Termination upon a Change in Control, the Company shall appoint as

      the sole and exclusive arbiter of such dispute, controversy or

      claim, a committee composed of two persons who were members of the

      Board at any time within five years prior to the Change of Control

      (which persons may, but need not be, directors of the Company at the

      time of such dispute, controversy or claim); provided, however, that

      no person shall be eligible to serve thereon who (i) is at the

      Termination Date, or shall have been at any time within one year

      prior thereto, an executive officer of the Company, or (ii) shall be

      or have been at any time related in any manner to or otherwise

      affiliated with, or was first nominated by, the corporation, Person

      or group whose acquisition of shares of Common Stock of the Company

      has given rise to a Change of Control.  The decision of such

      committee and the award of any monetary judgment or other relief by

      such committee shall be final and binding upon Employee and the

      Company, and shall not be subject to appeal.  Judgment may be

      entered upon the decision and award of such committee by Employee or

      the Company in any court of competent jurisdiction.  The Company

      shall pay the persons selected pursuant to this subsection a

      reasonable fee for their services, and shall reimburse such persons

      for their expenses incurred in this capacity.  In addition, the
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 178

      Company shall, to the maximum extent permitted by law, indemnify and

      hold harmless such persons of and from any and all claims, damages

      or expenses of any nature whatsoever relating to or arising from

      their activities in this capacity.

           (b)  In the event that the Company shall be unable to appoint

      the committee referred to in (a) above after good faith efforts to

      do so, or in the event that such committee cannot reach a unanimous

      agreement, any remaining dispute, controversy or claim arising out

      of or relating to any provision of this Agreement or Employee's

      Termination upon a Change of Control shall be settled by arbitration

      in the City of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, in accordance with the

      commercial arbitration rules then in effect of the American

      Arbitration Association, before a panel of three arbitrators, two of

      whom shall be selected by the Company and Employee, respectively,

      and the third of whom shall be selected by the other two

      arbitrators.  Each arbitrator selected as provided herein is

      required to be or have been a director or an executive officer of a

      corporation whose shares of common stock were listed during at least

      one year of such service on the New York Stock Exchange or the

      American Stock Exchange or quoted on the National Association of

      Securities Dealers Automated Quotations System.  Any award entered

      by the arbitrators shall be final, binding and nonappealable and

      judgment may be entered thereon by any party in accordance with

      applicable law in any court of competent jurisdiction.  This

      arbitration provision shall be specifically enforceable.  The fees

      of the American Arbitration Association and the arbitrators and any
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 179

      expenses relating to the conduct of the arbitration shall be paid by

      the Company.

           (c)  The party or parties challenging the right of Employee to

      the benefits of this Agreement shall in all circumstances have the

      burden of proof.

           6.12.  Successor Company.  The Company shall require any

      successor or successors (whether direct or indirect, by purchase,

      merger, consolidation, exchange or otherwise) to all or

      substantially all of the business or assets of the Company or its

      Affiliates as of the date hereof, by agreement in form and substance

      satisfactory to Employee, to acknowledge expressly that this

      Agreement is binding upon and enforceable against the Company in

      accordance with the terms hereof, and to become jointly and

      severally obligated with the Company to perform this Agreement in

      the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be

      required to perform if no such succession or successions had taken

      place.  Failure of the Company to obtain such agreement prior to the

      effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of the

      Agreement.  As used in this Agreement, the Company shall mean the

      Company as hereinbefore defined and any such successor or successors

      to its business or assets (or that of its Affiliates as of the date

      hereof), jointly and severally.

           7.  Survival.  Notwithstanding the termination of the

      Employment Term or this Agreement, Employee's obligations under

      Sections 2 and 3 hereof shall, except to the extent otherwise

      provided herein, survive and remain in full force and effect for the
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 180

      periods therein provided, and the provisions for equitable relief

      against Employee in Section 4 hereof shall continue in force.

           8.   Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and

      interpreted under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania

      without giving effect to any conflict of laws provisions. 

           9.   Litigation Expenses.  Except as provided in Section 6.6

      above, in the event of a lawsuit by either party to enforce the

      provisions of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled

      to recover reasonable costs, expenses and attorney's fees from the

      other party.

           10.  Notices.  All notices and other communications required or

      permitted hereunder or necessary or convenient in connection

      herewith shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given

      when hand delivered or mailed by registered or certified mail, as

      follows (provided that notice of change of address shall be deemed

      given only when received):

           If to the Company, to:

                2600 One Logan Square                                      
                Philadelphia, PA 19103
                
           With a required copy to:
      
                Morgan, Lewis & Bockius
                2000 One Logan Square
                Philadelphia, PA  19103-6993
                Attention:  Robert J. Lichtenstein, Esquire
    
           If to Employee, to:
     
                Charles R. Ward
                53 Colonial Road
                Havertown, PA 19083
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 181
    
      or to such other names or addresses as the Company or Employee, as

      the case may be, shall designate by notice to each other person

      entitled to receive notices in the manner specified in this Section.

           11.  Contents of Agreement; Amendment and Assignment.

           (a)  This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and sets

      forth the entire understanding among the parties hereto with respect

      to the subject matter hereof and cannot be changed, modified,

      extended or terminated except upon written amendment approved by the

      Board and executed on its behalf by a duly authorized officer.  

           (b)  Employee acknowledges that from time to time, the Company

      may establish, maintain and distribute employee manuals or handbooks

      or personnel policy manuals, and officers or other representatives

      of the Company may make written or oral statements relating to

      personnel policies and procedures.  Such manuals, handbooks and

      statements are intended only for general guidance.  No policies,

      procedures or statements of any nature by or on behalf of the

      Company (whether written or oral, and whether or not contained in

      any employee manual or handbook or personnel policy manual), and no

      acts or practices of any nature, shall be construed to modify this

      Agreement or to create express or implied obligations of any nature

      to Employee.

           (c)  All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be

      binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the

      respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives,

      successors and assigns of the parties hereto, except that the duties

      and responsibilities of Employee hereunder are of a personal nature
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 182

      and shall not be assignable or delegatable in whole or in part by

      Employee.

           12.  Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement or

      application thereof to anyone or under any circumstances is

      adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such

      invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision

      or application of this Agreement which can be given effect without

      the invalid or unenforceable provision or application and shall not

      invalidate or render unenforceable such provision or application in

      any other jurisdiction.

           13.  Remedies Cumulative; No Waiver.  No remedy conferred upon

      the Company by this Agreement is intended to be exclusive of any

      other remedy, and each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and

      shall be in addition to any other remedy given hereunder or now or

      hereafter existing at law or in equity.  No delay or omission by the

      Company in exercising any right, remedy or power hereunder or

      existing at law or in equity shall be construed as a waiver thereof,

      and any such right, remedy or power may be exercised by the Company

      from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient or

      necessary by the Company in its sole discretion.

           14.  Miscellaneous.  All section headings are for convenience

      only.  This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each

      of which is an original.  It shall not be necessary in marking proof

      of this Agreement or any counterpart hereof to produce or account

      for any of the other counterparts.
      
      
           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 183

      legally bound, have executed this Agreement on the date first above

      written.

                                        MARITRANS GENERAL PARTNER INC.
      Attest:
               [SEAL]

      /s/ John C. Newcomb               By /s/ Craig N. Johnson         
      ------------------------------       ---------------------------------
      Secretary                            Name: Craig N. Johnson      
                                           Title: President            
      Witness:

      /s/A. Charles Amentt              /s/Charles R. Ward             
      ------------------------------       ---------------------------------
                                           CHARLES R. WARD
<PAGE>


<PAGE>
<PAGE> 184

                                                           EXHIBIT 10.11

                            EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
      

           THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") entered into on

      October 5, 1993, by and between Maritrans General Partner Inc., a

      Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Brian J. Telford

      ("Employee").

           WHEREAS, Employee is presently employed by the Company as

      its President, Gulf Division; and

           WHEREAS, the Company and Employee desire to enter into a new

      agreement to provide for Employee's continued employment by the

      Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein,

      beginning as of April 1, 1993, the date of Employee's appointment

      to his current position;

           NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally

      bound, agree as follows:

           1.   Employment.  The Company hereby continues the

      employment of Employee, and Employee hereby accepts such

      employment and agrees to perform his duties and responsibilities

      hereunder, in accordance with the terms and conditions

      hereinafter set forth.  This Agreement shall supersede and

      replace the agreement entered into between Employee and Maritrans

      GP Inc., a predecessor of the Company, as of September 8, 1992,

      which shall be void as of the date hereof.

           1.1.  Employment Term.  The term of this Agreement (the

      "Employment Term") shall commence on April 1, 1993 and shall

      continue for an indefinite period until terminated in accordance

      with Section 5 or Section 6 hereof. 
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 185

           1.2.  Duties and Responsibilities.  During the Employment

      Term, Employee shall perform all duties and accept all

      responsibilities incident to such positions as are assigned to

      him by the Company's Chief Executive Officer or as otherwise may

      be assigned to him by the Company's Board of Directors (the

      "Board").

           1.3.  Extent of Service.  During the Employment Term,

      Employee agrees to use his best efforts to carry out his duties

      and responsibilities under Section 1.2 hereof and, consistent

      with the other provisions of this Agreement, to devote his full

      time, attention and energy thereto.  Except as provided in

      Section 3 hereof, the foregoing shall not be construed as

      preventing Employee from making minority investments in other

      businesses or enterprises provided that Employee agrees not to

      become engaged in any other business activity which may interfere

      with his ability to discharge his duties and responsibilities to

      the Company.  Employee further agrees not to work either on a

      part time or independent contracting basis for any other business

      or enterprise during the Employment Term without the prior

      written consent of the Board.

           1.4.  Base Salary.  

           (a)  For all the services rendered by Employee hereunder,

      the Company shall pay Employee the basic annual rate of

      compensation being paid to Employee as of the date hereof for

      each full year of the Employment Term ("Base Salary"), payable in

      installments at such times as the Company customarily pays its
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 186

      other executives (but in any event no less often than monthly). 

      Employee's Base Salary shall be subject to review and adjustment

      by the Company pursuant to its normal performance review policies

      for executives.  The Company shall be entitled to make proper

      withholdings from Employee's Base Salary (and all other payments

      of compensation under this Agreement) as required by law or

      agreed to by Employee.

           (b)  During the Employment Term, Employee shall also be (i)

      entitled to participate in such retirement, profit sharing,

      equity compensation, group insurance, medical and other fringe

      benefit plans, if any, as may be authorized from time to time by

      the Board in its sole discretion for executives of the Company,

      (ii) provided with reimbursement of expenses related to his

      employment by the Company on a basis similar to that which may be

      authorized from time to time by the Board in its sole discretion

      for executives of the Company generally, and (iii) entitled to

      vacation and holidays during the Employment Term in accordance

      with the Company's normal policy. 

           1.5.  Incentive Compensation.  In addition to the Base

      Salary set forth in Section 1.4 hereof, Employee shall

      participate in the Company's Executive Award Plan and such other

      annual or long-term incentive compensation plans (including stock

      option and stock grant plans), if any, for executives generally,

      as may be established from time to time by the Board in its sole

      discretion.  The terms and provisions of any such incentive
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 187

      compensation plan shall be determined in the sole discretion of

      the Board. 

         2.   Confidential Information.  Employee recognizes and 

      acknowledges that by reason of his employment by and service to the

      Company (both during the Employment Term and before or after it), he

      has had and will continue to have access to confidential information

      of the Company and its affiliates, including, without limitation,

      information and knowledge pertaining to products and services

      offered, innovations, designs, ideas, plans, trade secrets,

      proprietary information, distribution and sales methods and systems,

      sales and profit figures, customer and client lists, and

      relationships between the Company and its affiliates and other

      distributors, customers, clients, suppliers and others who have

      business dealings with the Company and its affiliates ("Confidential

      Information").  Employee acknowledges that such Confidential

      Information is a valuable and unique asset and covenants that he

      will not, either during or after the Employment Term, disclose any

      such Confidential Information to any person for any reason

      whatsoever without the prior written authorization of the Board,

      unless such information is in the public domain through no fault of

      Employee or except as may be required by law.

           3.   Non-Competition.

           (a)  During the Employment Term and for a period of one year

      thereafter, Employee will not, unless acting pursuant hereto or with

      the prior written consent of the Board or in the event of a

      termination for "cause" under Section 5.3(d), directly or
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 188

      indirectly, own, manage, operate, join, control, finance or

      participate in the ownership, management, operation, control or

      financing of, or be connected as an officer, director, employee,

      partner, principal, agent, representative, consultant or otherwise

      with or use or permit his name to be used in connection with, any

      business or enterprise engaged in a geographic area in which the

      Company or any of its affiliates is operating either during the

      Employment Term or on the date Employee's employment terminates, as

      applicable, presently on the East Coast of the United States or at

      any port in the Gulf of Mexico (whether or not such business is

      physically located within those areas) (the "Geographic Area"), in

      any business that is competitive to a business from which the

      Company or any of its affiliates derive at least five percent of its

      respective gross revenues either during the Employment Term or on

      the date Employee's employment terminates, as applicable.  It is

      recognized by Employee that the business of the Company and its

      affiliates and Employee's connection therewith is or will be

      involved in activity throughout the Geographic Area, and that more

      limited geographical limitations on this non-competition covenant

      are therefore not appropriate.

           (b)  The foregoing restriction shall not be construed to

      prohibit the ownership by Employee of less than one percent (1%) of

      any class of securities of any corporation which is engaged in any

      of the foregoing businesses having a class of securities registered

      pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, provided that such

      ownership represents a passive investment and that neither Employee

      nor any group of persons including Employee in any way, either

      directly or indirectly, manages or exercises control of any such
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 189

      corporation, guarantees any of its financial obligations, otherwise

      takes any part in its business, other than exercising his rights as

      a shareholder, or seeks to do any of the foregoing.

           4.   Equitable Relief.

           (a)  Employee acknowledges that the restrictions contained in

      Sections 2 and 3 hereof are reasonable and necessary to protect the

      legitimate interests of the Company and its affiliates, that the

      Company would not have entered into this Agreement in the absence of

      such restrictions, and that any violation of any provision of those

      Sections will result in irreparable injury to the Company.  Employee

      represents that his experience and capabilities are such that the

      restrictions contained in Section 3 hereof will not prevent Employee

      from obtaining employment or otherwise earning a living at the same

      general level of economic benefit as anticipated by this Agreement. 

      Employee further represents and acknowledges that (i) he has been

      advised by the Company to consult his own legal counsel in respect

      of this Agreement, and (ii) that he has had full opportunity, prior

      to execution of this Agreement, to review thoroughly this Agreement

      with his counsel.

           (b)  Employee agrees that the Company shall be entitled to

      preliminary and permanent injunctive relief, without the necessity

      of proving actual damages, as well as an equitable accounting of all

      earnings, profits and other benefits arising from any violation of

      Sections 2 or 3 hereof, which rights shall be cumulative and in

      addition to any other rights or remedies to which the Company may be

      entitled.  In the event that any of the provisions of Sections 2 or
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 190

      3 hereof should ever be adjudicated to exceed the time, geographic,

      service, or other limitations permitted by applicable law in any

      jurisdiction, then such provisions shall be deemed reformed in such

      jurisdiction to the maximum time, geographic, service, or other

      limitations permitted by applicable law.

           (c)  Employee irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agrees that

      any suit, action or other legal proceeding arising out of Section 2

      or 3 hereof, including without limitation, any action commenced by

      the Company for preliminary and permanent injunctive relief or other

      equitable relief, may be brought in the United States District Court

      for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania, or if such court does not

      have jurisdiction or will not accept jurisdiction, in any court of

      general jurisdiction in Philadelphia County, Pennsylvania, (ii)

      consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any such court in any

      such suit, action or proceeding, and (iii) waives any objection

      which Employee may have to the laying of venue of any such suit,

      action or proceeding in any such court.  Employee also irrevocably

      and unconditionally consents to the service of any process,

      pleadings, notices or other papers in a manner permitted by the

      notice provisions of Section 10 hereof.  

           (d)  Employee agrees that he will provide, and that the Company

      may similarly provide, a copy of Sections 2 and 3 hereof to any

      business or enterprise (i) which he may directly or indirectly own,

      manage, operate, finance, join, control or participate in the

      ownership, management, operation, financing, control or control of,

      or (ii) with which he may be connected with as an officer, director,
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 191

      employee, partner, principal, agent, representative, consultant or

      otherwise, or in connection with which he may use or permit his name

      to be used; provided, however, that this provision shall not apply

      in respect of Section 3 hereof after expiration of the time period

      set forth therein.

           5.   Termination.  The Employment Term shall terminate upon the

      occurrence of any one of the following events:

           5.1.  Disability.  The Company may terminate the Employment

      Term if Employee is unable fully to perform his duties and

      responsibilities hereunder to the full extent required by the Board

      by reason of illness, injury or incapacity for six consecutive

      months, or for more than six months in the aggregate during any

      period of twelve calendar months.  In such event, the Company shall

      have no further liability or obligation to Employee under this

      Agreement except for payments prescribed under any disability

      benefit plan which may be in effect for employees of the Company and

      in which he participated.  Employee agrees, in the event of any

      dispute under this Section 5.1, to submit to a physical examination

      by a licensed physician selected by the Board.

           5.2.  Death.  The Employment Term shall terminate in the event

      of Employee's death.  In such event, the Company shall pay to

      Employee's executors, legal representatives or administrators, as

      applicable, an amount equal to the installment of his Base Salary

      set forth in Section 1.4 hereof for the month in which he dies, and,

      thereafter, the Company shall have no further liability or

      obligation under this Agreement to his executors, legal
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 192

      representatives, administrators, heirs or assigns or any other

      person claiming under or through him; provided, however, that

      Employee's estate or designated beneficiaries shall be entitled to

      receive (i) the payments prescribed for such recipients under any

      death benefit plan which may be in effect for executives of the

      Company, generally, (ii) an amount equal to one year of Employee's

      Base Salary at the time of his death, and (iii) a pro rata portion

      of the incentive compensation, if any, as referred to in Section 1.5

      hereof, in respect of the year during which Employee died.

           5.3.  Cause.  The Company may terminate the Employment Term, at

      any time, for "cause" upon thirty days' written notice, in which

      event all liabilities and obligations of the Company under this

      Agreement shall cease, except for payment of Base Salary to the

      extent already accrued.  For purposes of this Agreement, Employee's

      employment may be terminated for "cause" if he (a) engages in gross

      misconduct, dishonesty, mismanagement, deliberate and premeditated

      acts against the interest of the Company, (b) materially fails to

      perform or observe any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement,

      (c) is convicted of a felony or (d) is adjudged by the Board not to

      be satisfactorily performing his duties.

           5.4.  Other Terminations.

           (a)  Employee may terminate the Employment Term upon thirty

      days prior written notice to the Company if the Company fails to

      fulfill any of the material terms and provisions hereof including

      the failure to pay Employee any amounts payable hereunder within ten

      business days after the same shall be due and payable (and has not

      cured any such failure by the end of the notice period).  In
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 193

      addition, the Company may remove Employee without cause from the

      position in which he is employed hereunder at any time upon written

      notice in which case the Employment Term shall end immediately upon

      the giving of such notice.  Upon any such termination or removal,

      Employee shall be entitled to receive, as liquidated damages for the

      failure of the Company to continue to employ Employee, only the

      amount due to Employee under the Company's then severance pay plan

      for employees.  No other payments or benefits shall be due under

      this Agreement to Employee and the Company shall have no further

      liability or obligation. 

           (b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Employee

      executes a written release, substantially in the form attached

      hereto as Exhibit A, but subject to such changes as counsel to the

      Company may recommend, of any and all claims against the Company and

      all related parties with respect to all matters arising out of

      Employee's employment by the Company (other than his entitlement

      under any employee benefit plan or program sponsored by the Company

      in which he participated and under which he has accrued a benefit),

      and the termination thereof, Employee shall receive, in lieu of the

      payment described in subsection (a) hereof, which Employee agrees to

      waive, (i) a lump sum payment equal to twelve months of Employee's

      Base Salary, (ii) a lump sum payment equal to incentive

      compensation, as referred to in Section 1.5 hereof, for such twelve

      month period at the target percentage level in effect for the year

      during which Employee terminates this Agreement in accordance

      herewith or is removed, and (iii)(A) outplacement services, (B)

      service credit, for purposes of determining the vesting of any stock
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 194

      options, performance units or other grants under any long term

      incentive plan of the Company, for an additional twelve months, (C)

      a lump sum payment equal to the amount of benefits he would have

      received under the Company's pension, profit sharing and savings

      plans for such twelve month period, (D) a monthly amount (together

      with a tax equalization payment) for twelve months equal to the

      premium due under the Company's health benefit plan and (E)

      continuation of life insurance and long term disability benefits for

      twelve months at the level in effect at the time of such termination

      or removal.  No other payments or benefits shall be due under this

      Agreement to Employee and the Company shall have no further

      liability or obligation. 

           (c)  Employee may voluntarily terminate the Employment Term

      upon thirty days' prior written notice for any reason;

      provided, however, that no further payments or benefits shall be due

      under this Agreement to Employee in that event and the Company shall

      have no further liability or obligation.

           5.5  No Mitigation. Employee shall not be required to mitigate

      the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this Section 5

      by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of

      any payment or benefit provided for herein be reduced by any

      compensation earned by other employment or otherwise.

           6.   Payments Upon a Change in Control.

           6.1.  Definitions.  For all purposes of this Section 6, the

      following terms shall have the meanings specified in this Section

      6.1 unless the context clearly otherwise requires:
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 195

           (a)  "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the respective

      meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules

      and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as

      amended (the "Exchange Act").

           (b)  "Base Compensation" shall mean the average of the total

      cash remuneration received by Employee in all capacities with the

      Company, and its Affiliates, as reported for Federal income tax

      purposes on Form W-2, and any and all salary reduction authorized

      amounts under any of the Company's benefit plans or programs, but

      excluding any amounts attributable to the exercise of stock options

      by Employee, for the five calendar years (or such number of actual

      full calendar years of employment, if less than five) immediately

      preceding the calendar year in which occurs a Change of Control.

           (c)  "Beneficial Owner" of any securities shall mean:

                (i)   that such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates

                or Associates, directly or indirectly, has the right to

                acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or

                only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement,

                arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing)

                or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange

                rights, rights, warrants or options, or otherwise;

                provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the

                "Beneficial Owner" of securities tendered pursuant to a

                tender or exchange offer made by such Person or any of

                such Person's Affiliates or Associates until such tendered

                securities are accepted for payment, purchase or exchange;
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 196

                (ii)  that such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates

                or Associates, directly or indirectly, has the right to

                vote or dispose of or has "beneficial ownership" of (as

                determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and

                Regulations under the Exchange Act), including without

                limitation pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or

                understanding, whether or not in writing; provided,

                however, that a Person shall not be deemed the "Beneficial

                Owner" of any security under this subsection (ii) as a

                result of an oral or written agreement, arrangement or

                understanding to vote such security if such agreement,

                arrangement or understanding (A) arises solely from a

                revocable proxy given in response to a public proxy or

                consent solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance

                with, the applicable provisions of the General Rules and

                Regulations under the Exchange Act, and (B) is not then

                reportable by such Person on Schedule 13D under the

                Exchange Act (or any comparable or successor report); or

                (iii) where voting securities are beneficially owned,

                directly or indirectly, by any other Person (or any

                Affiliate or Associate thereof) with which such Person (or

                any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates) has any

                agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in

                writing) for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting

                (except pursuant to a revocable proxy as described in the
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 197

                proviso to subsection (ii) above) or disposing of any

                voting securities of the Company; 

           provided, however, that nothing in this subsection (c) shall

           cause a Person engaged in business as an underwriter of

           securities to be the "Beneficial Owner" of any securities

           acquired through such Person's participation in good faith in a

           firm commitment underwriting until the expiration of forty days

           after the date of such acquisition.

           (d)  "Change of Control" shall be deemed to have taken place if

                (i) any Person (except the Company or any employee benefit

                plan of the Company or of any Affiliate, any Person or

                entity organized, appointed or established by the Company

                for or pursuant to the terms of any such employee benefit

                plan), together with all Affiliates and Associates of such

                Person, shall become the Beneficial Owner in the aggregate

                of 20% or more of the common stock then outstanding of

                Maritrans Inc., the parent of the Company); provided,

                however, that no "Change of Control" shall be deemed to

                occur during any period in which any such Person, and its

                Affiliates and Associates, are bound by the terms of a

                standstill agreement under which such parties have agreed

                not to acquire more than 30% of the Common Stock of

                Maritrans Inc. then outstanding or to solicit proxies, or

                (ii) during any twenty-four month period, individuals who

                at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of

                Directors of Maritrans Inc. cease for any reason to
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 198

                constitute a majority thereof, unless the election, or the

                nomination for election by the shareholders of Maritrans

                Inc., of at least seventy-five percent of the directors

                who were not directors at the beginning of such period was

                approved by a vote of at least seventy-five percent of the

                directors in office at the time of such election or

                nomination who were directors at the beginning of such

                period.

           (e)  "Normal Retirement Date" shall mean the first day of the

      calendar month coincident with or next following Employee's 65th

      birthday.

           (f)  "Person" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation,

      partnership or other entity.

           (g)  "Termination Date" shall mean the date of receipt of a

      Notice of Termination of this Agreement or any later date specified

      therein, as the case may be other.

           (h)  "Termination of Employment" shall mean the termination of

      Employee's actual employment relationship with the Company.

           (i)  "Termination upon a Change of Control" shall mean a

      Termination of Employment upon or within one year after a Change of

      Control either:

                (i)   initiated by the Company for any reason other than

                (x) the Employee's disability, as described in Section 5.1

                hereof, (y) death, or (z) for "cause," as described in

                Section 5.3 hereof (other than in Section 5.3(d) hereof),
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 199

                or (ii) initiated by the Employee upon any of the

                following occurrences:

                     (A)  any failure of the Company to comply with

                and satisfy any of the terms of this Agreement;

                     (B)  any significant reduction by the Company of the

                authority, duties or responsibilities of Employee;

                     (C)  any removal by the Company of Employee from the

                employment grade, compensation level or officer or

                director positions which he holds as of the effective date

                hereof;

                     (D)  the requirement that Employee undertake business

                travel to an extent substantially greater than is

                reasonable and customary for the position he holds

                pursuant hereto.

           6.2.  Notice of Termination.  Any Termination upon a Change of

      Control shall be communicated by a Notice of Termination to the

      other party hereto given in accordance with Section 10 hereof.  For

      purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" means a

      written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination

      provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) briefly summarizes the

      facts and circumstances deemed to provide a basis for a Termination

      of Employment and the applicable provision hereof, and (iii) if the

      Termination Date is other than the date of receipt of such notice,

      specifies the Termination Date (which date shall not be more than 15

      days after the giving of such notice).

           6.3.  Severance Compensation upon Termination.

           (a)  Subject to adjustment as provided in paragraph (b) below,

      in the event of Employee's Termination upon a Change of Control, the
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 200

      Company shall pay to Employee, within fifteen days after the

      Termination Date (or as soon as practicable thereafter in the event

      that the procedures set forth in Section 6.10(b) hereof cannot be

      completed within 15 days), in lieu of any other payments required

      under any other Section of this Agreement, an amount in cash equal

      to 2.99 multiplied by his Base Compensation.

           (b)  In the event Employee's Normal Retirement Date would occur

      prior to twenty-four months after the Termination Date, the

      aggregate cash amount determined as set forth in (a) above shall be

      reduced by multiplying it by a fraction, the numerator of which

      shall be the number of days from the Termination Date to Employee's

      Normal Retirement Date and the denominator of which shall be 730.

           6.4.  Other Payments.  In the event of Employee's Termination

      upon a Change of Control, the Company shall also pay to Employee

      within fifteen days after the Termination Date, to the extent not

      theretofore paid, Employee's Base Salary through the Termination

      Date and a further amount equal to Employee's Base Salary in lieu of

      his unused vacation pay, if any, both calculated at the rate in

      effect on the Termination Date or, if higher, at the highest rate in

      effect at any time within the 90-day period preceding the

      Termination Date;

           6.5.  Termination of Non-Competition Requirements. In the event

      of a Termination upon a Change of Control, any non-competition

      agreements hereunder or otherwise executed by Employee, or any non-

      competition provisions binding on Employee in connection with any

      employee bonus, benefit, incentive or other plan or program provided
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 201

      by the Company or any Affiliate, shall immediately terminate;

      provided, however, that this provision shall not terminate or

      otherwise modify the confidentiality provisions contained in Section

      2 hereof.

           6.6.  Enforcement.

           (a)  In the event that the Company shall fail or refuse to make

      payment of any amounts due Employee hereunder within the appropriate

      time period, the Company shall pay to Employee, in addition to the

      payment of any other sums provided in this Agreement, interest,

      compounded daily, on any amount remaining unpaid from the date

      payment is required until paid to Employee, at the rate from time to

      time announced by Mellon Bank (East) as its "prime rate" plus 2%,

      each change in such rate to take effect on the effective date of the

      change in such prime rate.

           (b)  It is the intent of the parties that Employee not be

      required to incur any expenses associated with the enforcement of

      his rights under this Agreement by arbitration, litigation or other

      legal action because the cost and expense thereof would

      substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to

      Employee hereunder.  Accordingly, the Company shall pay Employee on

      demand the amount necessary to reimburse Employee in full for all

      expenses (including all attorneys' fees and legal expenses) incurred

      by Employee in enforcing any of the obligations of the Company under

      this Section.

           6.7.  No Mitigation.  Employee shall not be required to

      mitigate the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this

      Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 202

      amount of any payment or benefit provided for herein be reduced by

      any compensation earned by other employment or otherwise.   

           6.8.  Non-Exclusivity of Rights.  Nothing in this Agreement

      shall prevent or limit Employee's continuing or future participation

      in or rights under any benefit, bonus, incentive or other plan or

      program provided by the Company or any Affiliate and for which

      Employee may qualify; provided, however, that if Employee becomes

      entitled to and receives all of the payments provided for in this

      Agreement, Employee agrees to waive his right to receive payments

      under any severance plan or similar program applicable to all

      employees of the Company.

           6.9.  No Set-Off.  The Company's obligation to make the

      payments provided for in this Section and otherwise to perform its

      obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances,

      including, without limitation, any set-off, counterclaim,

      recoupment, defense or other right which the Company may have

      against Employee or others.

            6.10.  Certain Reduction of Payments. 

           (a)  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary

      notwithstanding, in the event that it shall be determined that any

      payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of

      Employee, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable

      pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (a "Payment"),

      would constitute an "excess parachute payment" within the meaning of

      Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the

      "Code"), and that it would be economically advantageous to Employee

      to reduce the Payment to avoid or reduce the taxation of excess
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 203

      parachute payments under Section 4999 of the Code, the aggregate

      present value of amounts payable or distributable to or for the

      benefit of Employee pursuant to this Agreement (such payments or

      distributions pursuant to this Agreement are hereinafter referred to

      as "Agreement Payments") shall be reduced (but not below zero) to

      the Reduced Amount.  The "Reduced Amount" shall be an amount

      expressed in present value which maximizes the aggregate present

      value of Agreement Payments without causing any Payment to be

      subject to the taxation under Section 4999 of the Code.  For

      purposes of this Section 6, present value shall be determined in

      accordance with Section 280G(d)(4) of the Code.

           (b)  All determinations to be made under this Section 6 shall

      be made by Ernst & Young (or the Company's independent public

      accountant immediately prior to the Change of Control if other than

      Ernst & Young) (the "Accounting Firm"), which firm shall provide its

      determinations and any supporting calculations both to the Company

      and Employee within 10 days of the Termination Date.  Any such

      determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the

      Company and Employee.  Employee shall in his sole discretion

      determine which and how much of the Agreement Payments shall be

      eliminated or reduced consistent with the requirements of this

      Section 6.  Within five days after Employee's determination, the

      Company shall pay (or cause to be paid) or distribute (or cause to

      be distributed) to or for the benefit of Employee such amounts as

      are then due to Employee under this Agreement.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 204

           (c)  As a result of the uncertainty in the application of

      Section 280G of the Code at the time of the initial determination by

      the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Agreement

      Payments, as the case may be, will have been made by the Company

      which should not have been made ("Overpayment") or that additional

      Agreement Payments which have not been made by the Company could

      have been made ("Underpayment"), in each case, consistent with the

      calculations required to be made hereunder.  Within two years after

      the Termination of Employment, the Accounting Firm shall review the

      determination made by it pursuant to the preceding paragraph.  In

      the event that the Accounting Firm determines that an Overpayment

      has been made, any such Overpayment shall be treated for all

      purposes as a loan to Employee which Employee shall repay to the

      Company together with interest at the applicable Federal rate

      provided for in Section 7872(f)(2) of the Code (the "Federal Rate");

      provided, however, that no amount shall be payable by Employee to

      the Company if and to the extent such payment would not reduce the

      amount which is subject to taxation under Section 4999 of the Code. 

      In the event that the Accounting Firm determines that an

      Underpayment has occurred, any such Underpayment shall be promptly

      paid by the Company to or for the benefit of Employee together with

      interest at the Federal Rate.

           (d)  All of the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm in

      performing the determinations referred to in subsections (b) and (c)

      above shall be borne solely by the Company.  The Company agrees to

      indemnify and hold harmless the Accounting Firm of and from any and
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 205

      all claims, damages and expenses resulting from or relating to its

      determinations pursuant to subsections (b) and (c) above, except for

      claims, damages or expenses resulting from the gross negligence or

      willful misconduct of the Accounting Firm.

           6.11.  Settlement of All Disputes. 

           (a)  In the event of any dispute, controversy or claim arising

      out of or relating to any provision of this Section 6 or Employee's

      Termination upon a Change in Control, the Company shall appoint as

      the sole and exclusive arbiter of such dispute, controversy or

      claim, a committee composed of two persons who were members of the

      Board at any time within five years prior to the Change of Control

      (which persons may, but need not be, directors of the Company at the

      time of such dispute, controversy or claim); provided, however, that

      no person shall be eligible to serve thereon who (i) is at the

      Termination Date, or shall have been at any time within one year

      prior thereto, an executive officer of the Company, or (ii) shall be

      or have been at any time related in any manner to or otherwise

      affiliated with, or was first nominated by, the corporation, Person

      or group whose acquisition of shares of Common Stock of the Company

      has given rise to a Change of Control.  The decision of such

      committee and the award of any monetary judgment or other relief by

      such committee shall be final and binding upon Employee and the

      Company, and shall not be subject to appeal.  Judgment may be

      entered upon the decision and award of such committee by Employee or

      the Company in any court of competent jurisdiction.  The Company

      shall pay the persons selected pursuant to this subsection a

      reasonable fee for their services, and shall reimburse such persons

      for their expenses incurred in this capacity.  In addition, the
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 206

      Company shall, to the maximum extent permitted by law, indemnify and

      hold harmless such persons of and from any and all claims, damages

      or expenses of any nature whatsoever relating to or arising from

      their activities in this capacity.

           (b)  In the event that the Company shall be unable to appoint

      the committee referred to in (a) above after good faith efforts to

      do so, or in the event that such committee cannot reach a unanimous

      agreement, any remaining dispute, controversy or claim arising out

      of or relating to any provision of this Agreement or Employee's

      Termination upon a Change of Control shall be settled by arbitration

      in the City of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, in accordance with the

      commercial arbitration rules then in effect of the American

      Arbitration Association, before a panel of three arbitrators, two of

      whom shall be selected by the Company and Employee, respectively,

      and the third of whom shall be selected by the other two

      arbitrators.  Each arbitrator selected as provided herein is

      required to be or have been a director or an executive officer of a

      corporation whose shares of common stock were listed during at least

      one year of such service on the New York Stock Exchange or the

      American Stock Exchange or quoted on the National Association of

      Securities Dealers Automated Quotations System.  Any award entered

      by the arbitrators shall be final, binding and nonappealable and

      judgment may be entered thereon by any party in accordance with

      applicable law in any court of competent jurisdiction.  This

      arbitration provision shall be specifically enforceable.  The fees

      of the American Arbitration Association and the arbitrators and any
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 207

      expenses relating to the conduct of the arbitration shall be paid by

      the Company.

           (c)  The party or parties challenging the right of Employee to

      the benefits of this Agreement shall in all circumstances have the

      burden of proof.

           6.12.  Successor Company.  The Company shall require any

      successor or successors (whether direct or indirect, by purchase,

      merger, consolidation, exchange or otherwise) to all or

      substantially all of the business or assets of the Company or its

      Affiliates as of the date hereof, by agreement in form and substance

      satisfactory to Employee, to acknowledge expressly that this

      Agreement is binding upon and enforceable against the Company in

      accordance with the terms hereof, and to become jointly and

      severally obligated with the Company to perform this Agreement in

      the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be

      required to perform if no such succession or successions had taken

      place.  Failure of the Company to obtain such agreement prior to the

      effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of the

      Agreement.  As used in this Agreement, the Company shall mean the

      Company as hereinbefore defined and any such successor or successors

      to its business or assets (or that of its Affiliates as of the date

      hereof), jointly and severally.

           7.  Survival.  Notwithstanding the termination of the

      Employment Term or this Agreement, Employee's obligations under

      Sections 2 and 3 hereof shall, except to the extent otherwise

      provided herein, survive and remain in full force and effect for the
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 208

      periods therein provided, and the provisions for equitable relief

      against Employee in Section 4 hereof shall continue in force.

           8.   Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and

      interpreted under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania

      without giving effect to any conflict of laws provisions. 

           9.   Litigation Expenses.  Except as provided in Section 6.6

      above, in the event of a lawsuit by either party to enforce the

      provisions of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled

      to recover reasonable costs, expenses and attorney's fees from the

      other party.

           10.  Notices.  All notices and other communications required or

      permitted hereunder or necessary or convenient in connection

      herewith shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given

      when hand delivered or mailed by registered or certified mail, as

      follows (provided that notice of change of address shall be deemed

      given only when received):

           If to the Company, to:

                2600 One Logan Square                                      
                Philadelphia, PA 19103
                
           With a required copy to:
     
                Morgan, Lewis & Bockius
                2000 One Logan Square
                Philadelphia, PA  19103-6993
                Attention:  Robert J. Lichtenstein, Esquire
   
           If to Employee, to:
     
                Brian J. Telford
                5102 E. Longboat Blvd.
                Tampa, Florida 33615
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 209
      
      or to such other names or addresses as the Company or Employee, as

      the case may be, shall designate by notice to each other person

      entitled to receive notices in the manner specified in this Section.

           11.  Contents of Agreement; Amendment and Assignment.

           (a)  This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and sets

      forth the entire understanding among the parties hereto with respect

      to the subject matter hereof and cannot be changed, modified,

      extended or terminated except upon written amendment approved by the

      Board and executed on its behalf by a duly authorized officer.  

           (b)  Employee acknowledges that from time to time, the Company

      may establish, maintain and distribute employee manuals or handbooks

      or personnel policy manuals, and officers or other representatives

      of the Company may make written or oral statements relating to

      personnel policies and procedures.  Such manuals, handbooks and

      statements are intended only for general guidance.  No policies,

      procedures or statements of any nature by or on behalf of the

      Company (whether written or oral, and whether or not contained in

      any employee manual or handbook or personnel policy manual), and no

      acts or practices of any nature, shall be construed to modify this

      Agreement or to create express or implied obligations of any nature

      to Employee.

           (c)  All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be

      binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the

      respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives,

      successors and assigns of the parties hereto, except that the duties

      and responsibilities of Employee hereunder are of a personal nature
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 210

      and shall not be assignable or delegatable in whole or in part by

      Employee.

           12.  Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement or

      application thereof to anyone or under any circumstances is

      adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such

      invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision

      or application of this Agreement which can be given effect without

      the invalid or unenforceable provision or application and shall not

      invalidate or render unenforceable such provision or application in

      any other jurisdiction.

           13.  Remedies Cumulative; No Waiver.  No remedy conferred upon

      the Company by this Agreement is intended to be exclusive of any

      other remedy, and each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and

      shall be in addition to any other remedy given hereunder or now or

      hereafter existing at law or in equity.  No delay or omission by the

      Company in exercising any right, remedy or power hereunder or

      existing at law or in equity shall be construed as a waiver thereof,

      and any such right, remedy or power may be exercised by the Company

      from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient or

      necessary by the Company in its sole discretion.

           14.  Miscellaneous.  All section headings are for convenience

      only.  This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each

      of which is an original.  It shall not be necessary in marking proof

      of this Agreement or any counterpart hereof to produce or account

      for any of the other counterparts.
      
      

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 211

      legally bound, have executed this Agreement on the date first above

      written.

                                        MARITRANS GENERAL PARTNER INC.

      Attest:
               [SEAL]

      /s/ John C. Newcomb               By /s/ Craig N. Johnson         
      ------------------------------       -------------------------------
      Secretary                            Name: Craig N. Johnson      
                                           Title: President            
      Witness:

      /s/ Jimmie Miller                    /s/ Brian J. Telford            
      ------------------------------       -------------------------------
                                           BRIAN J. TELFORD
<PAGE>


<PAGE>
<PAGE> 212

                                                           EXHIBIT 10.12

                            EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
      

           THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") entered into on

      October 5, 1993, by and between Maritrans General Partner Inc., a

      Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Edward R. Sheridan

      ("Employee").

           WHEREAS, Employee is presently employed by the Company as

      its President, Distribution Services Division; and

           WHEREAS, the Company and Employee desire to enter into a new

      agreement to provide for Employee's continued employment by the

      Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein,

      beginning as of April 1, 1993, the date of Employee's appointment

      to his current position;

           NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally

      bound, agree as follows:

           1.   Employment.  The Company hereby continues the

      employment of Employee, and Employee hereby accepts such

      employment and agrees to perform his duties and responsibilities

      hereunder, in accordance with the terms and conditions

      hereinafter set forth.  This Agreement shall supersede and

      replace the agreement entered into between Employee and Maritrans

      GP Inc., a predecessor of the Company, as of February 1, 1993,

      which shall be void as of the date hereof.

           1.1.  Employment Term.  The term of this Agreement (the

      "Employment Term") shall commence on April 1, 1993 and shall

      continue for an indefinite period until terminated in accordance

      with Section 5 or Section 6 hereof. 
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 213

           1.2.  Duties and Responsibilities.  During the Employment

      Term, Employee shall perform all duties and accept all

      responsibilities incident to such positions as are assigned to

      him by the Company's Chief Executive Officer or as otherwise may

      be assigned to him by the Company's Board of Directors (the

      "Board").

           1.3.  Extent of Service.  During the Employment Term,

      Employee agrees to use his best efforts to carry out his duties

      and responsibilities under Section 1.2 hereof and, consistent

      with the other provisions of this Agreement, to devote his full

      time, attention and energy thereto.  Except as provided in

      Section 3 hereof, the foregoing shall not be construed as

      preventing Employee from making minority investments in other

      businesses or enterprises provided that Employee agrees not to

      become engaged in any other business activity which may interfere

      with his ability to discharge his duties and responsibilities to

      the Company.  Employee further agrees not to work either on a

      part time or independent contracting basis for any other business

      or enterprise during the Employment Term without the prior

      written consent of the Board.

           1.4.  Base Salary.  

           (a)  For all the services rendered by Employee hereunder,

      the Company shall pay Employee the basic annual rate of $160,000,

      for each full year of the Employment Term ("Base Salary"),

      payable in installments at such times as the Company customarily

      pays its other executives (but in any event no less often than
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 214

      monthly).  Employee's Base Salary shall be subject to review and

      adjustment by the Company, commencing in 1994, pursuant to its

      normal performance review policies for executives.  The Company

      shall be entitled to make proper withholdings from Employee's

      Base Salary (and all other payments of compensation under this

      Agreement) as required by law or agreed to by Employee.

           (b)  During the Employment Term, Employee shall also be (i)

      entitled to participate in such retirement, profit sharing,

      equity compensation, group insurance, medical and other fringe

      benefit plans, if any, as may be authorized from time to time by

      the Board in its sole discretion for executives of the Company,

      (ii) provided with reimbursement of expenses related to his

      employment by the Company on a basis similar to that which may be

      authorized from time to time by the Board in its sole discretion

      for executives of the Company generally, and (iii) entitled to

      vacation and holidays during the Employment Term in accordance

      with the Company's normal policy. 

           1.5.  Incentive Compensation.  In addition to the Base

      Salary set forth in Section 1.4 hereof, Employee shall

      participate in the Company's Executive Award Plan and such other

      annual or long-term incentive compensation plans (including stock

      option and stock grant plans), if any, for executives generally,

      as may be established from time to time by the Board in its sole

      discretion.  The terms and provisions of any such incentive

      compensation plan shall be determined in the sole discretion of

      the Board. 
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 215

           1.6   Supplemental Pension.   Notwithstanding anything in

      this Agreement to the contrary, in addition to the benefit

      programs set forth in Section 1.4(b) hereof, Employee shall be

      entitled to a supplemental pension (the "Supplemental Pension")

      equal to (i) the after-tax, single life benefit he would have

      received under the Star Enterprises Retirement Plan (the "Star

      Plan"), as in effect on February 1, 1993, had he remained a

      participant in the Star Plan until the date of his retirement or

      termination of employment from the Company for any other reason

      (the "Benefit Date") less (ii) the sum of the single life

      benefits (a) actually due from the Star Plan and (b) actually due

      from the Company's Retirement Plan, both calculated on the

      Benefit Date using the actuarial assumptions employed by the

      company in providing benefits under its Retirement Plan.  The

      Company shall secure the payment to Employee of the Supplemental

      Pension by contributing amounts necessary to fund such Pension,

      as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, to the

      Maritrans Operating Partners L.P. Excess Benefit Trust Fund (the

      "Trust Fund") such that the Trust Fund will hold at least 85% of

      the estimated present value of such Pension by the Benefit Date. 

      Employee shall be paid the Supplemental Pension in lump sum

      within 60 days following the Benefit Date.

         2.   Confidential Information.  Employee recognizes and 

      acknowledges that by reason of his employment by and service to the

      Company (both during the Employment Term and before or after it), he

      has had and will continue to have access to confidential information
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 216

      of the Company and its affiliates, including, without limitation,

      information and knowledge pertaining to products and services

      offered, innovations, designs, ideas, plans, trade secrets,

      proprietary information, distribution and sales methods and systems,

      sales and profit figures, customer and client lists, and

      relationships between the Company and its affiliates and other

      distributors, customers, clients, suppliers and others who have

      business dealings with the Company and its affiliates ("Confidential

      Information").  Employee acknowledges that such Confidential

      Information is a valuable and unique asset and covenants that he

      will not, either during or after the Employment Term, disclose any

      such Confidential Information to any person for any reason

      whatsoever without the prior written authorization of the Board,

      unless such information is in the public domain through no fault of

      Employee or except as may be required by law.

           3.   Non-Competition.

           (a)  During the Employment Term and for a period of one year

      thereafter, Employee will not, unless acting pursuant hereto or with

      the prior written consent of the Board or in the event of a

      termination for "cause" under Section 5.3(d), directly or

      indirectly, own, manage, operate, join, control, finance or

      participate in the ownership, management, operation, control or

      financing of, or be connected as an officer, director, employee,

      partner, principal, agent, representative, consultant or otherwise

      with or use or permit his name to be used in connection with, any

      business or enterprise engaged in a geographic area in which the
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 217

      Company or any of its affiliates is operating either during the

      Employment Term or on the date Employee's employment terminates, as

      applicable, presently on the East Coast of the United States or at

      any port in the Gulf of Mexico (whether or not such business is

      physically located within those areas) (the "Geographic Area"), in

      any business that is competitive to a business from which the

      Company or any of its affiliates derive at least five percent of its

      respective gross revenues either during the Employment Term or on

      the date Employee's employment terminates, as applicable.  It is

      recognized by Employee that the business of the Company and its

      affiliates and Employee's connection therewith is or will be

      involved in activity throughout the Geographic Area, and that more

      limited geographical limitations on this non-competition covenant

      are therefore not appropriate.

           (b)  The foregoing restriction shall not be construed to

      prohibit the ownership by Employee of less than one percent (1%) of

      any class of securities of any corporation which is engaged in any

      of the foregoing businesses having a class of securities registered

      pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, provided that such

      ownership represents a passive investment and that neither Employee

      nor any group of persons including Employee in any way, either

      directly or indirectly, manages or exercises control of any such

      corporation, guarantees any of its financial obligations, otherwise

      takes any part in its business, other than exercising his rights as

      a shareholder, or seeks to do any of the foregoing.

           4.   Equitable Relief.

           (a)  Employee acknowledges that the restrictions contained in

      Sections 2 and 3 hereof are reasonable and necessary to protect the
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 218

      legitimate interests of the Company and its affiliates, that the

      Company would not have entered into this Agreement in the absence of

      such restrictions, and that any violation of any provision of those

      Sections will result in irreparable injury to the Company.  Employee

      represents that his experience and capabilities are such that the

      restrictions contained in Section 3 hereof will not prevent Employee

      from obtaining employment or otherwise earning a living at the same

      general level of economic benefit as anticipated by this Agreement. 

      Employee further represents and acknowledges that (i) he has been

      advised by the Company to consult his own legal counsel in respect

      of this Agreement, and (ii) that he has had full opportunity, prior

      to execution of this Agreement, to review thoroughly this Agreement

      with his counsel.

           (b)  Employee agrees that the Company shall be entitled to

      preliminary and permanent injunctive relief, without the necessity

      of proving actual damages, as well as an equitable accounting of all

      earnings, profits and other benefits arising from any violation of

      Sections 2 or 3 hereof, which rights shall be cumulative and in

      addition to any other rights or remedies to which the Company may be

      entitled.  In the event that any of the provisions of Sections 2 or

      3 hereof should ever be adjudicated to exceed the time, geographic,

      service, or other limitations permitted by applicable law in any

      jurisdiction, then such provisions shall be deemed reformed in such

      jurisdiction to the maximum time, geographic, service, or other

      limitations permitted by applicable law.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 219

           (c)  Employee irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agrees that

      any suit, action or other legal proceeding arising out of Section 2

      or 3 hereof, including without limitation, any action commenced by

      the Company for preliminary and permanent injunctive relief or other

      equitable relief, may be brought in the United States District Court

      for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania, or if such court does not

      have jurisdiction or will not accept jurisdiction, in any court of

      general jurisdiction in Philadelphia County, Pennsylvania, (ii)

      consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any such court in any

      such suit, action or proceeding, and (iii) waives any objection

      which Employee may have to the laying of venue of any such suit,

      action or proceeding in any such court.  Employee also irrevocably

      and unconditionally consents to the service of any process,

      pleadings, notices or other papers in a manner permitted by the

      notice provisions of Section 10 hereof.  

           (d)  Employee agrees that he will provide, and that the Company

      may similarly provide, a copy of Sections 2 and 3 hereof to any

      business or enterprise (i) which he may directly or indirectly own,

      manage, operate, finance, join, control or participate in the

      ownership, management, operation, financing, control or control of,

      or (ii) with which he may be connected with as an officer, director,

      employee, partner, principal, agent, representative, consultant or

      otherwise, or in connection with which he may use or permit his name

      to be used; provided, however, that this provision shall not apply

      in respect of Section 3 hereof after expiration of the time period

      set forth therein.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 220

           5.   Termination.  The Employment Term shall terminate upon the

      occurrence of any one of the following events:

           5.1.  Disability.  The Company may terminate the Employment

      Term if Employee is unable fully to perform his duties and

      responsibilities hereunder to the full extent required by the Board

      by reason of illness, injury or incapacity for six consecutive

      months, or for more than six months in the aggregate during any

      period of twelve calendar months.  In such event, the Company shall

      have no further liability or obligation to Employee under this

      Agreement except for payments prescribed under any disability

      benefit plan which may be in effect for employees of the Company and

      in which he participated.  Employee agrees, in the event of any

      dispute under this Section 5.1, to submit to a physical examination

      by a licensed physician selected by the Board.

           5.2.  Death.  The Employment Term shall terminate in the event

      of Employee's death.  In such event, the Company shall pay to

      Employee's executors, legal representatives or administrators, as

      applicable, an amount equal to the installment of his Base Salary

      set forth in Section 1.4 hereof for the month in which he dies, and,

      thereafter, the Company shall have no further liability or

      obligation under this Agreement to his executors, legal

      representatives, administrators, heirs or assigns or any other

      person claiming under or through him; provided, however, that

      Employee's estate or designated beneficiaries shall be entitled to

      receive (i) the payments prescribed for such recipients under any

      death benefit plan which may be in effect for executives of the
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 221

      Company, generally, (ii) an amount equal to one year of Employee's

      Base Salary at the time of his death, (iii) a pro rata portion of

      the incentive compensation, if any, as referred to in Section 1.5

      hereof, in respect of the year during which Employee died, and (iv)

      the Supplemental Pension.

           5.3.  Cause.  The Company may terminate the Employment Term, at

      any time, for "cause" upon thirty days' written notice, in which

      event all liabilities and obligations of the Company under this

      Agreement shall cease, except for payment of Base Salary to the

      extent already accrued and the Supplemental Pension.  For purposes

      of this Agreement, Employee's employment may be terminated for

      "cause" if he (a) engages in gross misconduct, dishonesty,

      mismanagement, deliberate and premeditated acts against the interest

      of the Company, (b) materially fails to perform or observe any of

      the terms or provisions of this Agreement, (c) is convicted of a

      felony or (d) is adjudged by the Board not to be satisfactorily

      performing his duties.

           5.4.  Other Terminations.

           (a)  Employee may terminate the Employment Term upon thirty

      days prior written notice to the Company if the Company fails to

      fulfill any of the material terms and provisions hereof including

      the failure to pay Employee any amounts payable hereunder within ten

      business days after the same shall be due and payable (and has not

      cured any such failure by the end of the notice period).  In

      addition, the Company may remove Employee without cause from the

      position in which he is employed hereunder at any time upon written

      notice in which case the Employment Term shall end immediately upon
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 222

      the giving of such notice.  Upon any such termination or removal,

      Employee shall be entitled to receive, as liquidated damages for the

      failure of the Company to continue to employ Employee, only the

      amount due to Employee under the Company's then severance pay plan

      for employees.  No other payments or benefits shall be due under

      this Agreement to Employee and the Company shall have no further

      liability or obligation except for the payment of the Supplemental

      Pension. 

           (b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Employee

      executes a written release, substantially in the form attached

      hereto as Exhibit A, but subject to such changes as counsel to the

      Company may recommend, of any and all claims against the Company and

      all related parties with respect to all matters arising out of

      Employee's employment by the Company (other than his entitlement

      under any employee benefit plan or program sponsored by the Company

      in which he participated and under which he has accrued a benefit),

      and the termination thereof, Employee shall receive, in lieu of the

      payment described in subsection (a) hereof, which Employee agrees to

      waive, (i) a lump sum payment equal to twelve months of Employee's

      Base Salary, (ii) a lump sum payment equal to incentive

      compensation, as referred to in Section 1.5 hereof, for such twelve

      month period at the target percentage level in effect for the year

      during which Employee terminates this Agreement in accordance

      herewith or is removed, and (iii)(A) outplacement services, (B)

      service credit, for purposes of determining the vesting of any stock

      options, performance units or other grants under any long term

      incentive plan of the Company, for an additional twelve months, (C)
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 223

      a lump sum payment equal to the amount of benefits he would have

      received under the Company's pension, profit sharing and savings

      plans for such twelve month period, (D) a monthly amount (together

      with a tax equalization payment) for twelve months equal to the

      premium due under the Company's health benefit plan, (E) the

      continuation of life insurance and long term disability benefits for

      twelve months at the level in effect at the time of such termination

      or removal, and (F) the Supplemental Pension.  No other payments or

      benefits shall be due under this Agreement to Employee and the

      Company shall have no further liability or obligation. 

           (c)  Employee may voluntarily terminate the Employment Term

      upon thirty days' prior written notice for any reason;

      provided, however, that no further payments or benefits shall be due

      under this Agreement to Employee in that event, except the

      Supplemental Pension, and the Company shall have no further

      liability or obligation.

           5.5  No Mitigation. Employee shall not be required to mitigate

      the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this Section 5

      by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of

      any payment or benefit provided for herein be reduced by any

      compensation earned by other employment or otherwise.

           6.   Payments Upon a Change in Control.

           6.1.  Definitions.  For all purposes of this Section 6, the

      following terms shall have the meanings specified in this Section

      6.1 unless the context clearly otherwise requires:

           (a)  "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the respective

      meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 224

      and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as

      amended (the "Exchange Act").

           (b)  "Base Compensation" shall mean the average of the total

      cash remuneration received by Employee in all capacities with the

      Company, and its Affiliates, as reported for Federal income tax

      purposes on Form W-2, and any and all salary reduction authorized

      amounts under any of the Company's benefit plans or programs, but

      excluding any amounts attributable to the exercise of stock options

      by Employee, for the five calendar years (or such number of actual

      full calendar years of employment, if less than five) immediately

      preceding the calendar year in which occurs a Change of Control.

           (c)  "Beneficial Owner" of any securities shall mean:

                (i)   that such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates

                or Associates, directly or indirectly, has the right to

                acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or

                only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement,

                arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing)

                or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange

                rights, rights, warrants or options, or otherwise;

                provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the

                "Beneficial Owner" of securities tendered pursuant to a

                tender or exchange offer made by such Person or any of

                such Person's Affiliates or Associates until such tendered

                securities are accepted for payment, purchase or exchange;

                (ii)  that such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates

                or Associates, directly or indirectly, has the right to

                vote or dispose of or has "beneficial ownership" of (as
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 225

                determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and

                Regulations under the Exchange Act), including without

                limitation pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or

                understanding, whether or not in writing; provided,

                however, that a Person shall not be deemed the "Beneficial

                Owner" of any security under this subsection (ii) as a

                result of an oral or written agreement, arrangement or

                understanding to vote such security if such agreement,

                arrangement or understanding (A) arises solely from a

                revocable proxy given in response to a public proxy or

                consent solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance

                with, the applicable provisions of the General Rules and

                Regulations under the Exchange Act, and (B) is not then

                reportable by such Person on Schedule 13D under the

                Exchange Act (or any comparable or successor report); or

                (iii) where voting securities are beneficially owned,

                directly or indirectly, by any other Person (or any

                Affiliate or Associate thereof) with which such Person (or

                any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates) has any

                agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in

                writing) for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting

                (except pursuant to a revocable proxy as described in the

                proviso to subsection (ii) above) or disposing of any

                voting securities of the Company; 
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 226

           provided, however, that nothing in this subsection (c) shall

           cause a Person engaged in business as an underwriter of

           securities to be the "Beneficial Owner" of any securities

           acquired through such Person's participation in good faith in a

           firm commitment underwriting until the expiration of forty days

           after the date of such acquisition.

           (d)  "Change of Control" shall be deemed to have taken place if

                (i) any Person (except the Company or any employee benefit

                plan of the Company or of any Affiliate, any Person or

                entity organized, appointed or established by the Company

                for or pursuant to the terms of any such employee benefit

                plan), together with all Affiliates and Associates of such

                Person, shall become the Beneficial Owner in the aggregate

                of 20% or more of the common stock then outstanding of

                Maritrans Inc., the parent of the Company); provided,

                however, that no "Change of Control" shall be deemed to

                occur during any period in which any such Person, and its

                Affiliates and Associates, are bound by the terms of a

                standstill agreement under which such parties have agreed

                not to acquire more than 30% of the Common Stock of

                Maritrans Inc. then outstanding or to solicit proxies, or

                (ii) during any twenty-four month period, individuals who

                at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of

                Directors of Maritrans Inc. cease for any reason to

                constitute a majority thereof, unless the election, or the

                nomination for election by the shareholders of Maritrans
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 227

                Inc., of at least seventy-five percent of the directors

                who were not directors at the beginning of such period was

                approved by a vote of at least seventy-five percent of the

                directors in office at the time of such election or

                nomination who were directors at the beginning of such

                period.

           (e)  "Normal Retirement Date" shall mean the first day of the

      calendar month coincident with or next following Employee's 65th

      birthday.

           (f)  "Person" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation,

      partnership or other entity.

           (g)  "Termination Date" shall mean the date of receipt of a

      Notice of Termination of this Agreement or any later date specified

      therein, as the case may be other.

           (h)  "Termination of Employment" shall mean the termination of

      Employee's actual employment relationship with the Company.

           (i)  "Termination upon a Change of Control" shall mean a

      Termination of Employment upon or within one year after a Change of

      Control either:

                (i)   initiated by the Company for any reason other than

                (x) the Employee's disability, as described in Section 5.1

                hereof, (y) death, or (z) for "cause," as described in

                Section 5.3 hereof (other than in Section 5.3(d) hereof),

                or (ii) initiated by the Employee upon any of the

                following occurrences:
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 228

                     (A)  any failure of the Company to comply with

                and satisfy any of the terms of this Agreement;

                     (B)  any significant reduction by the Company of the

                authority, duties or responsibilities of Employee;

                     (C)  any removal by the Company of Employee from the

                employment grade, compensation level or officer or

                director positions which he holds as of the effective date

                hereof;

                     (D)  the requirement that Employee undertake business

                travel to an extent substantially greater than is

                reasonable and customary for the position he holds

                pursuant hereto.

           6.2.  Notice of Termination.  Any Termination upon a Change of

      Control shall be communicated by a Notice of Termination to the

      other party hereto given in accordance with Section 10 hereof.  For

      purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" means a

      written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination

      provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) briefly summarizes the

      facts and circumstances deemed to provide a basis for a Termination

      of Employment and the applicable provision hereof, and (iii) if the

      Termination Date is other than the date of receipt of such notice,

      specifies the Termination Date (which date shall not be more than 15

      days after the giving of such notice).

           6.3.  Severance Compensation upon Termination.

           (a)  Subject to adjustment as provided in paragraph (b) below,

      in the event of Employee's Termination upon a Change of Control, the

      Company shall pay to Employee, within fifteen days after the

      Termination Date (or as soon as practicable thereafter in the event
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 229

      that the procedures set forth in Section 6.10(b) hereof cannot be

      completed within 15 days), in lieu of any other payments required

      under any other Section of this Agreement, other than the

      Supplemental Pension, an amount in cash equal to 2.99 multiplied by

      his Base Compensation.

           (b)  In the event Employee's Normal Retirement Date would occur

      prior to twenty-four months after the Termination Date, the

      aggregate cash amount determined as set forth in (a) above shall be

      reduced by multiplying it by a fraction, the numerator of which

      shall be the number of days from the Termination Date to Employee's

      Normal Retirement Date and the denominator of which shall be 730.

           6.4.  Other Payments.  In the event of Employee's Termination

      upon a Change of Control, the Company shall also pay to Employee

      within fifteen days after the Termination Date, to the extent not

      theretofore paid, Employee's Base Salary through the Termination

      Date and a further amount equal to Employee's Base Salary in lieu of

      his unused vacation pay, if any, both calculated at the rate in

      effect on the Termination Date or, if higher, at the highest rate in

      effect at any time within the 90-day period preceding the

      Termination Date;

           6.5.  Termination of Non-Competition Requirements. In the event

      of a Termination upon a Change of Control, any non-competition

      agreements hereunder or otherwise executed by Employee, or any non-

      competition provisions binding on Employee in connection with any

      employee bonus, benefit, incentive or other plan or program provided

      by the Company or any Affiliate, shall immediately terminate;
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 230

      provided, however, that this provision shall not terminate or

      otherwise modify the confidentiality provisions contained in Section

      2 hereof.

           6.6.  Enforcement.

           (a)  In the event that the Company shall fail or refuse to make

      payment of any amounts due Employee hereunder within the appropriate

      time period, the Company shall pay to Employee, in addition to the

      payment of any other sums provided in this Agreement, interest,

      compounded daily, on any amount remaining unpaid from the date

      payment is required until paid to Employee, at the rate from time to

      time announced by Mellon Bank (East) as its "prime rate" plus 2%,

      each change in such rate to take effect on the effective date of the

      change in such prime rate.

           (b)  It is the intent of the parties that Employee not be

      required to incur any expenses associated with the enforcement of

      his rights under this Agreement by arbitration, litigation or other

      legal action because the cost and expense thereof would

      substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to

      Employee hereunder.  Accordingly, the Company shall pay Employee on

      demand the amount necessary to reimburse Employee in full for all

      expenses (including all attorneys' fees and legal expenses) incurred

      by Employee in enforcing any of the obligations of the Company under

      this Section.

           6.7.  No Mitigation.  Employee shall not be required to

      mitigate the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this

      Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 231

      amount of any payment or benefit provided for herein be reduced by

      any compensation earned by other employment or otherwise.   

           6.8.  Non-Exclusivity of Rights.  Nothing in this Agreement

      shall prevent or limit Employee's continuing or future participation

      in or rights under any benefit, bonus, incentive or other plan or

      program provided by the Company or any Affiliate and for which

      Employee may qualify; provided, however, that if Employee becomes

      entitled to and receives all of the payments provided for in this

      Agreement, Employee agrees to waive his right to receive payments

      under any severance plan or similar program applicable to all

      employees of the Company.

           6.9.  No Set-Off.  The Company's obligation to make the

      payments provided for in this Section and otherwise to perform its

      obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances,

      including, without limitation, any set-off, counterclaim,

      recoupment, defense or other right which the Company may have

      against Employee or others.

            6.10.  Certain Reduction of Payments. 

           (a)  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary

      notwithstanding, in the event that it shall be determined that any

      payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of

      Employee, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable

      pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (a "Payment"),

      would constitute an "excess parachute payment" within the meaning of

      Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the

      "Code"), and that it would be economically advantageous to Employee

      to reduce the Payment to avoid or reduce the taxation of excess
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 232

      parachute payments under Section 4999 of the Code, the aggregate

      present value of amounts payable or distributable to or for the

      benefit of Employee pursuant to this Agreement (such payments or

      distributions pursuant to this Agreement are hereinafter referred to

      as "Agreement Payments") shall be reduced (but not below zero) to

      the Reduced Amount.  The "Reduced Amount" shall be an amount

      expressed in present value which maximizes the aggregate present

      value of Agreement Payments without causing any Payment to be

      subject to the taxation under Section 4999 of the Code.  For

      purposes of this Section 6, present value shall be determined in

      accordance with Section 280G(d)(4) of the Code.

           (b)  All determinations to be made under this Section 6 shall

      be made by Ernst & Young (or the Company's independent public

      accountant immediately prior to the Change of Control if other than

      Ernst & Young) (the "Accounting Firm"), which firm shall provide its

      determinations and any supporting calculations both to the Company

      and Employee within 10 days of the Termination Date.  Any such

      determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the

      Company and Employee.  Employee shall in his sole discretion

      determine which and how much of the Agreement Payments shall be

      eliminated or reduced consistent with the requirements of this

      Section 6.  Within five days after Employee's determination, the

      Company shall pay (or cause to be paid) or distribute (or cause to

      be distributed) to or for the benefit of Employee such amounts as

      are then due to Employee under this Agreement.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 233

           (c)  As a result of the uncertainty in the application of

      Section 280G of the Code at the time of the initial determination by

      the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Agreement

      Payments, as the case may be, will have been made by the Company

      which should not have been made ("Overpayment") or that additional

      Agreement Payments which have not been made by the Company could

      have been made ("Underpayment"), in each case, consistent with the

      calculations required to be made hereunder.  Within two years after

      the Termination of Employment, the Accounting Firm shall review the

      determination made by it pursuant to the preceding paragraph.  In

      the event that the Accounting Firm determines that an Overpayment

      has been made, any such Overpayment shall be treated for all

      purposes as a loan to Employee which Employee shall repay to the

      Company together with interest at the applicable Federal rate

      provided for in Section 7872(f)(2) of the Code (the "Federal Rate");

      provided, however, that no amount shall be payable by Employee to

      the Company if and to the extent such payment would not reduce the

      amount which is subject to taxation under Section 4999 of the Code. 

      In the event that the Accounting Firm determines that an

      Underpayment has occurred, any such Underpayment shall be promptly

      paid by the Company to or for the benefit of Employee together with

      interest at the Federal Rate.

           (d)  All of the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm in

      performing the determinations referred to in subsections (b) and (c)

      above shall be borne solely by the Company.  The Company agrees to

      indemnify and hold harmless the Accounting Firm of and from any and
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 234

      all claims, damages and expenses resulting from or relating to its

      determinations pursuant to subsections (b) and (c) above, except for

      claims, damages or expenses resulting from the gross negligence or

      willful misconduct of the Accounting Firm.

           6.11.  Settlement of All Disputes. 

           (a)  In the event of any dispute, controversy or claim arising

      out of or relating to any provision of this Section 6 or Employee's

      Termination upon a Change in Control, the Company shall appoint as

      the sole and exclusive arbiter of such dispute, controversy or

      claim, a committee composed of two persons who were members of the

      Board at any time within five years prior to the Change of Control

      (which persons may, but need not be, directors of the Company at the

      time of such dispute, controversy or claim); provided, however, that

      no person shall be eligible to serve thereon who (i) is at the

      Termination Date, or shall have been at any time within one year

      prior thereto, an executive officer of the Company, or (ii) shall be

      or have been at any time related in any manner to or otherwise

      affiliated with, or was first nominated by, the corporation, Person

      or group whose acquisition of shares of Common Stock of the Company

      has given rise to a Change of Control.  The decision of such

      committee and the award of any monetary judgment or other relief by

      such committee shall be final and binding upon Employee and the

      Company, and shall not be subject to appeal.  Judgment may be

      entered upon the decision and award of such committee by Employee or

      the Company in any court of competent jurisdiction.  The Company

      shall pay the persons selected pursuant to this subsection a

      reasonable fee for their services, and shall reimburse such persons

      for their expenses incurred in this capacity.  In addition, the
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 235

      Company shall, to the maximum extent permitted by law, indemnify and

      hold harmless such persons of and from any and all claims, damages

      or expenses of any nature whatsoever relating to or arising from

      their activities in this capacity.

           (b)  In the event that the Company shall be unable to appoint

      the committee referred to in (a) above after good faith efforts to

      do so, or in the event that such committee cannot reach a unanimous

      agreement, any remaining dispute, controversy or claim arising out

      of or relating to any provision of this Agreement or Employee's

      Termination upon a Change of Control shall be settled by arbitration

      in the City of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, in accordance with the

      commercial arbitration rules then in effect of the American

      Arbitration Association, before a panel of three arbitrators, two of

      whom shall be selected by the Company and Employee, respectively,

      and the third of whom shall be selected by the other two

      arbitrators.  Each arbitrator selected as provided herein is

      required to be or have been a director or an executive officer of a

      corporation whose shares of common stock were listed during at least

      one year of such service on the New York Stock Exchange or the

      American Stock Exchange or quoted on the National Association of

      Securities Dealers Automated Quotations System.  Any award entered

      by the arbitrators shall be final, binding and nonappealable and

      judgment may be entered thereon by any party in accordance with

      applicable law in any court of competent jurisdiction.  This

      arbitration provision shall be specifically enforceable.  The fees

      of the American Arbitration Association and the arbitrators and any
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 236

      expenses relating to the conduct of the arbitration shall be paid by

      the Company.

           (c)  The party or parties challenging the right of Employee to

      the benefits of this Agreement shall in all circumstances have the

      burden of proof.

           6.12.  Successor Company.  The Company shall require any

      successor or successors (whether direct or indirect, by purchase,

      merger, consolidation, exchange or otherwise) to all or

      substantially all of the business or assets of the Company or its

      Affiliates as of the date hereof, by agreement in form and substance

      satisfactory to Employee, to acknowledge expressly that this

      Agreement is binding upon and enforceable against the Company in

      accordance with the terms hereof, and to become jointly and

      severally obligated with the Company to perform this Agreement in

      the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be

      required to perform if no such succession or successions had taken

      place.  Failure of the Company to obtain such agreement prior to the

      effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of the

      Agreement.  As used in this Agreement, the Company shall mean the

      Company as hereinbefore defined and any such successor or successors

      to its business or assets (or that of its Affiliates as of the date

      hereof), jointly and severally.

           7.  Survival.  Notwithstanding the termination of the

      Employment Term or this Agreement, Employee's obligations under

      Sections 2 and 3 hereof shall, except to the extent otherwise

      provided herein, survive and remain in full force and effect for the
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 237

      periods therein provided, and the provisions for equitable relief

      against Employee in Section 4 hereof shall continue in force.

           8.   Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and

      interpreted under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania

      without giving effect to any conflict of laws provisions. 

           9.   Litigation Expenses.  Except as provided in Section 6.6

      above, in the event of a lawsuit by either party to enforce the

      provisions of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled

      to recover reasonable costs, expenses and attorney's fees from the

      other party.

           10.  Notices.  All notices and other communications required or

      permitted hereunder or necessary or convenient in connection

      herewith shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given

      when hand delivered or mailed by registered or certified mail, as

      follows (provided that notice of change of address shall be deemed

      given only when received):

           If to the Company, to:

                2600 One Logan Square                                      
                Philadelphia, PA 19103
                
           With a required copy to:
      
                Morgan, Lewis & Bockius
                2000 One Logan Square
                Philadelphia, PA  19103-6993
                Attention:  Robert J. Lichtenstein, Esquire
      
           If to Employee, to:
      
                Edward R. Sheridan
                2106 Pecan Trail
                Richmond, Texas 77469
   
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 238

      or to such other names or addresses as the Company or Employee, as

      the case may be, shall designate by notice to each other person

      entitled to receive notices in the manner specified in this Section.

           11.  Contents of Agreement; Amendment and Assignment.

           (a)  This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and sets

      forth the entire understanding among the parties hereto with respect

      to the subject matter hereof and cannot be changed, modified,

      extended or terminated except upon written amendment approved by the

      Board and executed on its behalf by a duly authorized officer.  

           (b)  Employee acknowledges that from time to time, the Company

      may establish, maintain and distribute employee manuals or handbooks

      or personnel policy manuals, and officers or other representatives

      of the Company may make written or oral statements relating to

      personnel policies and procedures.  Such manuals, handbooks and

      statements are intended only for general guidance.  No policies,

      procedures or statements of any nature by or on behalf of the

      Company (whether written or oral, and whether or not contained in

      any employee manual or handbook or personnel policy manual), and no

      acts or practices of any nature, shall be construed to modify this

      Agreement or to create express or implied obligations of any nature

      to Employee.

           (c)  All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be

      binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the

      respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives,

      successors and assigns of the parties hereto, except that the duties

      and responsibilities of Employee hereunder are of a personal nature
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 239

      and shall not be assignable or delegatable in whole or in part by

      Employee.

           12.  Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement or

      application thereof to anyone or under any circumstances is

      adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such

      invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision

      or application of this Agreement which can be given effect without

      the invalid or unenforceable provision or application and shall not

      invalidate or render unenforceable such provision or application in

      any other jurisdiction.

           13.  Remedies Cumulative; No Waiver.  No remedy conferred upon

      the Company by this Agreement is intended to be exclusive of any

      other remedy, and each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and

      shall be in addition to any other remedy given hereunder or now or

      hereafter existing at law or in equity.  No delay or omission by the

      Company in exercising any right, remedy or power hereunder or

      existing at law or in equity shall be construed as a waiver thereof,

      and any such right, remedy or power may be exercised by the Company

      from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient or

      necessary by the Company in its sole discretion.

           14.  Miscellaneous.  All section headings are for convenience

      only.  This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each

      of which is an original.  It shall not be necessary in marking proof

      of this Agreement or any counterpart hereof to produce or account

      for any of the other counterparts.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 240

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be

      legally bound, have executed this Agreement on the date first above

      written.

                                        MARITRANS GENERAL PARTNER INC.
      Attest:
               [SEAL]

      /s/ John C. Newcomb               By /s/ Craig N. Johnson         
      ------------------------------       -----------------------------
      Secretary                            Name: Craig N. Johnson      
                                           Title: President            

      Witness:

      /s/ Jill Cathleen Lott               /s/ Edward R. Sheridan          
      ------------------------------       -----------------------------
                                           EDWARD R. SHERIDAN
<PAGE>


<PAGE>
<PAGE> 241

                                                           EXHIBIT 10.13











                  PROFIT SHARING AND SAVINGS PLAN

                                 OF

                           MARITRANS INC.



                     (as amended and restated
  
                   effective November 1, 1993)


<PAGE>
<PAGE> 242

                       TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                  Page
                                                                  ----

      ARTICLE     I       Adoption of Plan . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

      ARTICLE    II       Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3

      ARTICLE   III       Eligibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21

      ARTICLE    IV       Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24

      ARTICLE     V       Allocations of Contributions and
                            Valuations . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
      
      ARTICLE    VI       Investment Directions. . . . . . . . . .  40
      
      ARTICLE    VII      Retirement Benefits. . . . . . . . . . .  45
      
      ARTICLE   VIII      Disability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48
      
      ARTICLE     IX      Death Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50
      
      ARTICLE      X      Vested Benefits Upon Termination
                            of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52

      ARTICLE     XI      Distribution of Benefits . . . . . . . .  55

      ARTICLE    XII      Life Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61

      ARTICLE    XIII     Withdrawals and Loans. . . . . . . . . .  64

      ARTICLE     XIV     Special Provisions for Top-Heavy
                            Plans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71

      ARTICLE    XV       Administration and Fiduciary
                            Responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . .  76

      ARTICLE    XVI      Amendment of Plan. . . . . . . . . . . .  81

      ARTICLE    XVII     Termination of Plan. . . . . . . . . . .  83

      ARTICLE   XVIII     Miscellaneous. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  84

      SCHEDULE      A     Provisions pertaining to Tank
                            Cleaning Inc. Participants . .  . . . . 87
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 243

                             ARTICLE I

                          ADOPTION OF PLAN


               Sonat Marine Inc. adopted the Performance Retirement Plan

      of Sonat Marine Inc. (the "Plan") for the benefit of its eligible

      employees effective January 1, 1985.  The Plan continued the

      benefits provided under the revised Profit Sharing Plan of IOT

      Corporation and Subsidiary Corporations.  As a result of the

      purchase of the assets of the Sonat Marine Group by Maritrans

      Operating Partners L.P., sponsorship of the Plan was transferred to

      Maritrans GP Inc. effective April 14, 1987.  The Plan is now known

      as the Profit Sharing Plan of Maritrans GP Inc.  

               The Plan was amended and restated in its entirety,

      effective January 1, 1988, to incorporate all amendments and to

      comply with the Tax Reform Act of 1986 and the Omnibus Budget

      Reconciliation Act of 1986.  

               Effective April 1, 1993, in connection with a change in

      business structure, the sponsorship of the Plan was transferred to

      Maritrans Inc. and the name of the Plan was changed to the Profit

      Sharing Plan of Maritrans Inc.

               The Plan is now amended and restated in its entirety,

      effective November 1, 1993, to reflect the merger of the Maritrans

      Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan (the "Savings Plan") with and into the

      Plan.  As a result of the merger, the Plan name is changed to the

      Profit Sharing and Savings Plan of Maritrans Inc.  Except as

      otherwise provided herein or required by law the Plan, as amended

      and restated, shall apply only to an employee who terminates
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 244

      employment on or after November 1, 1993.  The rights and benefits,

      if any, of other former employees shall be determined in accordance

      with the provisions of the Plan as it existed prior to such date.  
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 245

                              ARTICLE II

                             DEFINITIONS

               Whenever used herein the following words and phrases shall

      have the meaning set forth below unless a different meaning is

      plainly required by the context.  The singular shall include or

      mean the plural and the masculine pronoun shall include or mean the

      feminine pronoun, where applicable.  

               Section 2.1. "Account" shall mean the accounts maintained

      under the Plan for each Participant which represent the

      Participant's interest in the Fund.  The term "Account" shall

      refer, as the context indicates, to any or all of the following: 

               "Employer Contribution Account" -- The Account to which

      are credited Employer Contributions allocated to a Participant,

      adjustments for withdrawals and distributions, and earnings, losses

      and expenses attributable thereto.

               "Salary Reduction Contribution Account" -- the Account to

      which are credited Participant contributions allocated to a

      Participant, adjustments for withdrawals and distributions, and the

      earnings, losses and expenses attributable thereto.

               "Profit Sharing Plan Rollover Account" -- the Account to

      which are credited a Participant's rollover contributions pursuant

      to Section 4.8 of the Plan.

               "Savings Plan Rollover Account" -- The Account to which

      are credited a Participant's rollover contributions pursuant to

      Section 4.9 of the Plan.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 246

               Section 2.2.  "Affiliated Company" shall mean any cor-

      poration which is included within a controlled group of corpora-

      tions (within which the Company is also included), as determined

      under Section 1563(a) of the Code, without regard to Sections

      1563(a)(4) and (e)(3)(C) of the Code; provided, however, that for

      the purposes of Sections 5.4 and 5.5 herein, such determination

      under Section 1563(a) of the Code shall be made by substituting the

      phrase "more than 50 percent" for the phrase "at least 80 percent"

      each place it appears in Section 1563(a)(l) of the Code.  

               Section 2.3.  "Anniversary Date" shall mean the first day

      of each Plan Year during which the Plan is in effect.  

               Section 2.4.  "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of

      the Company.  

               Section 2.5.  "Break in Service" shall mean any 12-

      consecutive month period beginning on an Employee's Date of

      Severance and each anniversary thereof during which an Employee

      fails to perform an Hour of Service.  An Employee who is absent

      from work for maternity or paternity reasons shall not be treated

      as having incurred a Break in Service during the twelve month

      period beginning on the first anniversary of the first date of such

      absence.  For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for

      maternity or paternity reasons means an absence (a) by reason of

      the pregnancy of the Employee, (b) by reason of a birth of a child

      of the Employee, (c) by reason of the placement of a child with the

      Employee in connection with the adoption of such child by the

      Employee, or (d) for purposes of caring for such child for a period
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 247

      beginning immediately following such birth or placement.  In order

      for this paragraph to apply, an Employee shall provide to the

      Committee, in the form and manner prescribed by the Committee,

      information establishing (a) that the absence from work is for

      reasons set forth in this paragraph, and (b) the number of days for

      which there was such an absence.  Nothing in this Section shall be

      interpreted as an expansion or modification of any policy of the

      Employer regarding maternity and paternity leave.

               Section 2.6.  "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code

      of 1986, as amended.

               Section 2.7.  "Committee" shall mean the Committee ap-

      pointed by the Board to assist in administration of the Plan in

      accordance with Article XIV.  

               Section 2.8.  "Common Stock" shall mean the common stock

      of Maritrans Inc. without any rights that may have been issued with

      respect thereto.  

               Section 2.9.  "Company" shall mean Maritrans Inc., a

      Delaware corporation with its principal office in Philadelphia,

      Pennsylvania.  

               Section 2.10.  "Compensation" for a salaried Employee

      shall mean the basic salary paid by the Employer or Participating

      Employer to an Employee during the portion of a Plan Year in which

      he is eligible to participate in the Plan.  For an hourly paid

      Employee, "Compensation" shall mean the regular hourly rate of

      compensation paid to him multiplied by his Hours of Service during

      the portion of any Plan Year in which he is eligible to participate
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 248

      in the Plan up to 2080 Hours.  Compensation shall include bonuses

      and overtime pay, but shall not include commissions, fringe

      benefits or severance pay.  In the case of a seagoing supervisor,

      Compensation shall include premium pay.  Compensation shall also

      include all amounts which the Participant elects to defer under the

      provisions of a cash or deferred arrangement maintained by the

      Employer.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of Section

      5.1, Compensation shall mean all remuneration which is required to

      be reported as wages on the Participant's Form W-2 for the Plan

      Year and, unless the Employer elects otherwise, the Participant

      elects to defer under the provisions of a cash or deferred

      arrangement maintained by the Employer.  Notwithstanding the

      foregoing, for purposes of determining the amount of a

      Participant's Salary Reduction Contribution pursuant to Section 4.5

      and limitations on a Participant's Salary Reduction Contribution

      pursuant to Section 5.3, Compensation shall mean a Participant's

      gross wages received from the Employer during the Plan Year prior

      to reduction for Contributions made hereunder.  Effective Jan-

      uary 1, 1989, Compensation in excess of $200,000 (adjusted to

      reflect any cost-of-living increases provided in accordance with

      section 415(d) of the Code) shall be disregarded.  In determining

      Compensation for purposes of this limitation, the rules of Code

      section 414(q)(6) shall apply, except that in applying such rules,

      the term "family" shall include only the Spouse of the employee and

      any lineal descendants who have not attained age 19 before the

      close of the Plan Year.  If as a result of the application of the
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 249

      rules of Code section 414(q)(6), the limitation is exceeded, then

      the limitation shall be prorated among the affected family members

      in proportion to each such family member's Compensation as

      determined under this Section prior to the application of this

      limitation.

               Section 2.11.  "Date of Employment" shall mean the first

      day on which an Employee performs an Hour of Service.  

               Section 2.12.  "Date of Reemployment" shall mean the first

      day on which an Employee performs an Hour of Service after

      incurring a Break in Service.  

               Section 2.13.  "Date of Severance" shall mean the earlier

      of:  

               (a)  the date on which an Employee quits, is discharged,

      retires or dies, or

               (b)  the first anniversary of an Employee's absence from

      Service for any reason other than quit, discharge, retirement or

      death.

               Section 2.14.  "Disability" shall mean a physical or

      mental condition that restricts the Participant's ability to work

      and qualifies him for disability benefits under the Social Security

      Act.  

               Section 2.15.  "Earliest Retirement Age" shall mean for

      purposes of Section 2.35 the earlier of (a) the date on which the

      Participant is entitled to a distribution under the Plan; or (b)

      the later of (i) the date the Participant attains age 50, or (ii)

      the earliest date on which, under the Plan, the Participant could
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 250

      elect to receive benefits if the Participant incurred a Date of

      Severance.  

               Section 2.16.  "Effective Date" shall mean January 1,

      1981.

               Section 2.17.  "Eligibility Computation Period" shall mean

      the 12-month period beginning on an Employee's Date of Employment

      or Date or Reemployment, whichever is applicable, and each anniver-

      sary thereof.

               Section 2.18.  "Employee" shall mean any person employed

      by the Employer.  However, no such person shall be considered an

      Employee under this Plan for any period during which his compen-

      sation and conditions of employment are the subject of agreement

      between the Employer, a Participating Employer or an Affiliated

      Company and a collective bargaining unit unless the agreement with

      such unit specifically provides for participation under the Plan. 

      In addition, no person whose duties are primarily seagoing shall be

      considered an Employee under this Plan; provided, however, that on

      or after August 15, 1984, any person who is a seagoing supervisor

      and who is not covered by a collective bargaining agreement shall

      be considered an Employee under this Plan as of August 15, 1984,

      or, if later, the date on which the collective bargaining agreement

      covering such seagoing supervisor expires.  Other categories of

      employees may be excluded from the definition of Employee only by

      specific direction set forth in the Adoption Agreement of a Par-

      ticipating Employer.  "Employee" shall not include any leased

      employees within the meaning of Section 414(n)(2) of the Code.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 251

               Section 2.19.  "Employer" shall mean the Company and each

      Participating Employer, either singularly or collectively, as

      required by the context.  

               Section 2.20.  "Employer Contributions" shall mean monies

      paid into the Fund on behalf of a Participant by the Employer in

      accordance with Article III.  

               Section 2.21.  "Entry Date" shall mean the first day of

      the month coinciding with or next following the day on which an

      Employee is eligible to become a Participant in accordance with

      Section 3.1.  

               Section 2.22.  "ERISA"  shall mean the Employee Retirement

      Income Security Act of 1974, as it may be amended from time to

      time.  

               Section 2.23.  "Fiduciary" shall mean the individuals,

      corporation or other entity which has consented to be responsible

      for administration of any part of the Plan including, but not

      limited to, the Employer, the Committee, the Plan Administrator,

      the Trustee and, if any, the Investment Advisor but only with

      respect to the specific responsibilities assigned to each as de-

      scribed in Article XV.  The term "Fiduciary" shall also include any

      other person properly authorized, in accordance with Committee

      rules, by any of the aforementioned persons to deal with Fund

      assets, for purposes of the Plan, but only with respect to the

      scope of the authority so delegated.  

               Section 2.24.  "415 Compensation" shall mean a Partici-

      pant's remuneration including wages, salaries, fees for pro-
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 252

      fessional services and other amounts received for personal services

      actually rendered in the course of employment with an Employer

      maintaining the Plan including overtime, bonuses, premium time,

      etc., but excluding the following:

               (a)  contributions made by the Employer to a deferred

      compensation plan which, without regard to section 415 of the Code,

      are not includable in the Participant's gross income for the

      taxable year in which contributed;

               (b)  Employer contributions made on behalf of a Par-

      ticipant to a simplified employee pension to the extent they are

      deductible by the Participant under section 219(b)(7) of the Code; 

               (c)  distributions from a deferred compensation plan

      (except from an unfunded non-qualified plan when includable in

      gross income);

               (d)  amounts realized from the exercise of a non-

      qualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or property) held

      by a Participant either becomes freely transferable or is no longer

      subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; 

               (e)  amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other

      disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; or

               (f)  other amounts which receive special tax benefits,

      such as premiums for group term life insurance (to the extent

      excludable from gross income) or Employer contributions towards the

      purchase of an annuity contract described in section 403(b) of the

      Code.  
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 253

               Section 2.25.  "Fund" shall mean the assets held by the

      Trustee from contributions made by the Employer and Participating

      Employers, including income, gains and losses thereon, as the

      source of benefits under this Plan.  

               Section 2.26.  "Highly Compensated Employee"  shall mean:

               (a)  each Employee who, with respect to the Employer or an

      Affiliated Company, performed services (an "Active Employee")

      during the Plan Year for which a determination is being made (the

      "Determination Year") and who during such Determination Year, or

      the preceding Determination Year,

                     (i) was at any time a five-percent owner (as defined

      in section 416(i) of the Code and the regulations issued

      thereunder);

                    (ii) received 415 Compensation in excess of $75,000

      (adjusted to reflect any cost of living increases provided in

      accordance with section 415(d) of the Code);

                    (iii) received 415 Compensation in excess of $50,000

      (adjusted to reflect any cost of living increases provided in

      accordance with section 415(d) of the Code) and was in the top

      twenty percent of Active Employees (based on 415 Compensation

      received) during such year; or

                    (iv) was an officer (as defined in section 416(i) of

      the Code and the regulations issued thereunder) and received 415

      Compensation greater than one hundred and fifty percent of the

      amount in effect under section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code for the

      calendar year in which a determination is made. 
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 254

      Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of paragraph (ii),

      (iii) or (iv) above shall not cause an Employee to be treated as a

      Highly Compensated Employee for the Determination Year of reference

      unless such Employee is one of the top 100 Active Employees (based

      on 415 Compensation received) during such Determination Year and

      was a Highly Compensated Employee in accordance with the provisions

      of paragraph (ii), (iii) or (iv) above for the preceding

      Determination Year (without regard to this sentence).  

               (b)  The determination of Highly Compensated Employee made

      pursuant to this Section shall be made in accordance with section

      414(q) of the Code and the regulations issued thereunder.  

               (c)  For purposes of this Section, the term "415 Com-

      pensation" shall include amounts deferred under a plan maintained

      by the Employer and qualified under section 401(k) of the Code.  

               Section 2.27.  "Hour of Service" shall mean 

               (a)  each hour for which an Employee is paid or entitled

      to payment for the performance of duties for the Employer or an

      Affiliated Company;  

               (b)  each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled

      to payment, by the Employer or an Affiliated Company on account of

      a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective

      of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to

      vacations, holiday, illness, incapacity (including Disability),

      layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence.  No more than

      501 Hours of Service shall be credited under this Section to any

      Employee on account of any single continuous period during which
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 255

      such Employee performs no duties (whether or not such period occurs

      in a single Plan Year).  For purposes of this Section, a payment

      shall be deemed to be made by or due from the Employer or an

      Affiliated Company regardless of whether such payment is made by or

      due from the Employer or an Affiliated Company directly or through,

      among others, a trust fund (other than the Fund), or insurer, to

      which the Employer or an Affiliated Company contributes or pays

      premiums and regardless of whether contributions made or due from

      such trust fund (other than the Fund), insurer or other entity are

      for the benefit of particular employees or are on behalf of a group

      of employees in the aggregate; and

               (c)  each hour for which back-pay, irrespective of miti-

      gation of damages, has either been awarded or agreed to by the

      Employer or an Affiliated Company.  In the event that the same

      hours could, by the terms of this Section, be credited under more

      than one paragraph of this Section, such hours shall be credited as

      provided in paragraph (a) or (b) only, whichever is applicable.  

               (d)  Hours of Service shall be credited pursuant to the

      provisions of 29 CFR 2530.200b-2(b) and (c), which are incorporated

      herein by reference.  Nothing in this Section shall be construed to

      deny an Employee credit for an Hour of Service if credit is

      required by federal statute other than the Employee Retirement

      Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.  In applying such other

      federal statutes, the nature and extent of such credit shall be

      governed by such other federal law.  
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 256

               (e)  For purposes of Sections 2.43(b), 3.1 and 5.1 only,

      Hours of Service shall be credited in accordance with paragraphs

      (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this Section.  For all other purposes of

      the Plan, Hours of Service shall be credited only in accordance

      with paragraph (a) of this Section.  

               Section 2.28.  "Investment Advisor" shall mean an adviser

      which is (a) registered under the "Investment Advisers Act of

      1940," (b) a bank, or (c) an insurance company qualified to perform

      investment services in more than one State, which is appointed by

      the Committee to render investment advice as provided in Article

      XIII hereof and which acknowledges in writing its status as a Fid-

      uciary under the Plan.  

               Section 2.29.  "Investment Fund" shall mean any one of the

      funds comprising the Fund, as designated from time to time by the

      Committee.

               Section 2.30.  "Merger Effective Date"  shall mean close

      of business November 1, 1993, the effective date of the merger of

      the Maritrans Inc. Savings Plan with and into the Plan.

               Section 2.31.  "Net Profits" shall mean the Employer's, or

      a Participating Employer's, net income for any fiscal year or its

      accumulated income from prior years determined in accordance with

      standard accounting practices regularly employed by the Employer,

      or Participating Employer, in maintaining its books of account.  In

      the case of a current year, Net Profits shall be determined without

      deduction for federal, state or local taxes based upon net income
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 257

      or for contributions made by the Employer, or Participating

      Employers, under this Plan.  

               Section 2.32.  "Non-Highly Compensated Employee" shall

      mean an Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.  

               Section 2.33.  "Normal Retirement Age" shall mean age 65. 

      "Normal Retirement Date" shall mean the first day of the month

      coinciding with or next following his attainment of his Normal

      Retirement Age.  

               Section 2.34.  "Participant" shall mean any Employee

      qualifying for participation in accordance with Article III

      hereof.  A person shall cease to be a Participant when he and any

      beneficiary of his no longer have rights to any benefits under the

      Plan.  

               Section 2.35.  "Participating Employer"  shall mean any

      Affiliated Company which is designated by the Board as a

      Participating Employer under the Plan and whose designation as such

      has become effective upon acceptance of such status by the Board of

      Directors of the Affiliated Company.  A Participating Employer may

      revoke its acceptance of such designation at any time, but until

      such acceptance has been revoked, all of the provisions of the Plan

      and amendments thereto shall apply to the Employees of the

      Participating Employer.  In the event the designation as a

      Participating Employer is revoked by the Board of Directors of such

      Participating Employer, the Plan shall be deemed terminated only as

      to such Participating Employer.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 258

               Section 2.36.  "Plan" shall mean the Profit Sharing and

      Savings Plan of Maritrans Inc., the Trust Agreement and the

      Resolution of the Board appointing the Plan Administrator,

      Committee and other Fiduciaries.  

               Section 2.37.  "Plan Administrator" shall mean the person

      appointed by the Board to administer the Plan in accordance with

      Article XV.  In the absence of such an appointment, the Employer

      shall be the Plan Administrator.  

               Section 2.38.  "Plan Year" shall mean the period from

      January 1 through December 31 for any year in which the Plan is in

      effect.  

               Section 2.39.  "Qualified Domestic Relations Order" shall

      mean a judgment, decree or order (including approval of a property

      settlement agreement) made pursuant to a state domestic relations

      law (including a community property law) which:

               (a)  relates to the provision of child support, alimony

      payments or marital property rights to a spouse, former spouse,

      child or other dependent of a Participant (the 'Alternate Payee');

               (b)  creates or recognizes the existence of the Alternate

      Payee's right to, or assigns to the Alternate Payee the right to,

      receive all or a portion of the benefits payable to a Participant

      under this Plan;

               (c)  specifies (i) the name and last known mailing address

      (if any) of the Participant and each Alternate Payee covered by the

      order, (ii) the amount or percentage of the Participant's Plan

      benefits to be paid to the Alternate Payee, or the manner in which
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 259

      such amount or percentage is to be determined, and (iii) the number

      of payments or the period to which the order applies and each plan

      to which the order relates; and

               (d)  does not require the Plan to (i) provide any type or

      form of benefit, or any option not otherwise provided under the

      Plan, (ii) provide increased benefits, or (iii) pay benefits to the

      Alternate Payee that are required to be paid to another Alternate

      Payee under a prior Qualified Domestic Relations Order. 

      Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Qualified Domestic Relations Order

      may provide that distribution commence on or after the date on

      which the Participant attains, or would have attained his Earliest

      Retirement Age regardless of whether the Participant has incurred

      a Date of Termination on that date, if the Order directs (i) that

      the payment of the benefits be determined as if the Participant had

      retired on the date on which payment is to begin under such Order,

      taking into account only the balance standing to the Participant's

      credit in his Accounts on such date, and (ii) that the payment be

      made in a form in which such benefits may be paid under the Plan to

      the Participant.

               Section 2.40.  "Required Distribution Date" shall mean the

      April 1 of the Plan Year following the later of (a) the Plan Year

      in which the Employee age 70 1/2, or (b) the Plan Year in which the

      Employee retires.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, clause (b) of the

      preceding sentence shall not apply in the case of an Employee who

      is a five-percent owner (as defined in Section 416 of the Code) at

      any time during the five-Plan-Year period ending in the Plan Year
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 260

      in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2.  In addition to the

      foregoing requirements, effective January 1, 1989, clause (b) shall

      not apply to any Participant unless the Participant had attained

      age 70 1/2 before January 1, 1988.  

               Section 2.41.  "Salary Reduction Contributions"  shall

      mean Basic Contributions and Deferred Bonus Contributions (as such

      terms are defined in Section 4.01) paid into the Fund for a

      Participant pursuant to Article IV, in a manner intended to satisfy

      the requirements of section 401(k) of the Code.

               Section 2.42. "Service" shall mean all periods of active

      employment with the Employer or an Affiliated Company commencing on

      the Employee's Date of Employment or Date of Reemployment,

      whichever is applicable, and ending on his Date of Severance. 

      Service shall also include all periods of Severance during which an

      Employee does not incur a Break in Service.  

               Section 2.43.  "Severance" shall mean the period of time

      commencing on an Employee's Date of Severance and ending on the

      date on which the Employee again performs an Hour of Service.  

               Section 2.44.  "Spouse" shall mean the husband or wife of

      a Participant who is married to that Participant on the date on

      which the payments to the Participant are to begin as provided in

      the Plan; provided, that a former spouse shall be treated as a

      Spouse to the extent required under a Qualified Domestic Relations

      Order.  
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 261

               Section 2.45.  "Stock" shall mean either Common Stock or

      rights or a combination of Common Stock and rights, as the case may

      be.

               Section 2.46.  "Stock Fund" shall mean an Investment Fund

      invested solely in Stock.  The availability of the Stock Fund as an

      Investment Fund shall be determined by the Committee, in its sole

      discretion.

               Section 2.47.  "Trust Agreement" shall mean the separate

      written agreement adopted as a part of the Plan which sets forth

      the provisions under which the Trustee shall manage the Fund.  

               Section 2.48.  "Trustee" shall mean the bank or trust

      company or the individuals designated by the Employer to administer

      the Fund in accordance with this Plan as provided herein.  

               Section 2.49.  "Valuation Date" shall mean June 30 and

      December 31 of each Plan Year on which the fair market value of the

      Fund shall be determined, as well as any other day on which the

      Committee determines that the fair market value of the Fund shall

      be calculated. 

               Section 2.50.  "Years of Service" shall mean the number of

      whole Years of an Employee's Service whether or not such years were

      completed consecutively.  

               (a)  For Eligibility Computation Periods ending after

      January 1, 1985, an Employee shall be credited with one Year of

      Service for each 12 months of Service he completes.  Less than

      whole year periods of Service, whether or not consecutive, shall be

      aggregated on the basis that 12 months of Service (30 days are
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 262

      deemed to be a month in the case of the aggregation of fractional

      months) equal one Year of Service.  

               (b)  For Eligibility Computation Periods completed prior

      to January 1, 1985, an Employee shall be credited with all of the

      Years of Service credited to him under the Plan as in effect on

      December 31, 1984.  

               (c)  If an Employee incurs a Date of Severance and, prior

      to the occurrence of a One Year Break in Service, the Employee

      performs an Hour of Service for the Employer or any Affiliated

      Company, Years of Service shall also include the period between the

      Date of Severance and the date on which such Hour of Service is

      performed.

               (d)  In the case of any Participant who has incurred a

      Date of Severance but who is reemployed after incurring five (5)

      consecutive One Year Breaks in Service, Years of Service after such

      five year period shall not be taken into account for the purposes

      of determining the vested interest attributable to Employer

      Contributions made before such five year period.

               (e)  In the case of a Participant who has incurred a Date

      of Severance and who does not have any vested interest in his

      Account at such Date, Years of Service before any consecutive One

      Year Breaks in Service shall not be taken into account in

      determining Years of Service after such Breaks if the number of

      consecutive One Year Breaks in Service equals or exceeds the

      greater of (i) five or (ii) the aggregate number of Years of

      Service prior to such Periods.  Such aggregate number of Years of
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 263

      Service shall be deemed not to include any Years of Service not

      required to be taken into account under this Section by reason of

      any prior One Year Break in Service.  For purposes of determining

      an Employee's eligibility to participate in the Plan under Section

      3.1, and his vested percentage under 10.1, Years of Service shall

      include all years of employment with the Employer or an Affiliated

      Company whether or not the employee qualified as an Employee during

      those years.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 264

                                ARTICLE III

                                ELIGIBILITY

               Section 3.1.  Eligibility to Participate - Employer

      Contributions.

               (a)  General Requirements -- All Employees who were Par-

      ticipants in the Plan prior to the Merger Effective Date shall con-

      tinue to participate herein.  All other Employees shall become

      Participants on the Entry Date coinciding with or next succeeding

      their completion of 1000 Hours of Service in an Eligibility Com-

      putation Period and attainment of age 21.  

               (b)  Participation -- Any Employee eligible to participate

      in the Plan shall automatically become a Participant as provided in

      subsection (a) and may not waive benefits provided pursuant to this

      Section 3.1 or elect not to participate in the Plan.  

               Section 3.2.  Eligibility to Participate - Salary

      Reduction Contributions.  All Employees who were Participants in

      the Plan prior to the Merger Effective Date shall continue to

      participate herein.  All other Employees shall become Participants

      on the Entry Date coinciding with or next following his Date of

      Employment. 

               Section 3.3.  Required Information.  All eligible in-

      dividuals must furnish the Committee with such information as it

      may reasonably request in accordance with the uniform procedures

      established by the Committee and announced to the Employees.

               Section 3.4.  Change of Job Classification and Transfers. 

      In the event a change of job classification or a transfer to an
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 265

      Affiliated Company results in a Participant no longer qualifying as

      an Employee, such employee shall cease to be a Participant as of

      the effective date of such change of job classification or

      transfer, but the employee shall not be deemed to have incurred a

      Date of Severance.  If the Affiliated Company maintains a qualified

      retirement plan which permits the transfer of a Participant's

      Accounts from this Plan to such plan, such Participant, upon

      written notice in the form and at the time prescribed by the

      Committee, may elect to have the value of his Accounts transferred

      to such other Plan; provided, however, that the Committee, in its

      sole discretion, may refuse to allow a transfer if such transfer

      would violate the provisions of Section 411(d)(6) of the Code and

      the regulations thereunder.  Any Employee who is or becomes

      represented by a collective bargaining agent shall remain eligible

      to participate in the Plan until a collective bargaining agreement

      is executed by the Employer and the collective bargaining agent of

      the Employee, unless such agreement specifically provides for

      participation in the Plan by such Employee.  Absent such express

      provision, such represented Employee shall cease to be eligible for

      participation in the Plan upon the execution of said agreement and

      thereafter until such time as a subsequent collective bargaining

      agreement expressly provides for participation in the Plan or the

      Employee is no longer represented by a collective bargaining agent. 

      From the date of said ineligibility, he shall not be treated as an

      Employee for the purpose of determining eligibility to participate

      in the Plan.  Should an employee again qualify as an Employee, he
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 266

      shall become a Participant as of the effective date of such

      change.  

               Section 3.5.  Re-entry.  If a Participant incurs a Break

      in Service and once again qualifies to participate in the Plan, he

      shall become a Participant on the first day following such Break in

      Service on which he performs an Hour of Service.  If a terminated

      Employee, who had qualified for participation hereunder, incurs a

      Break in Service prior to his Entry Date and is subsequently re-

      hired by the Employer, he shall become a Participant on the later

      of his Date of Reemployment or his Entry Date.  If a terminated

      Employee, who had not qualified for participation is subsequently

      rehired by the Employer, he shall be eligible to participate as

      provided in Section 3.l as if he had not been previously employed

      by the Employer.  
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 267

                                ARTICLE IV

                              CONTRIBUTIONS

               Section 4.1.  Contributions by Employer.  For each Plan

      Year, the Employer shall contribute to the Fund so much of its Net

      Profits as the Board may authorize and direct.  All such con-

      tributions shall be held and administered by the Trustee as a part

      of the Fund according to the terms of the Trust Agreement.  Not-

      withstanding any other provisions of this Section, Employer Con-

      tributions for any Plan Year shall not exceed the maximum amount

      deductible by the Employer for such Year under the provisions of

      section 404 of the Code.  Except as expressly provided herein,

      these Contributions shall be irrevocable.  All amounts contributed

      hereunder shall be conditioned on their deductibility.  

               Section 4.2.  Determination of Employer Contributions. 

      The Board shall determine the amount of any Employer Contributions

      to be made to the Fund under the terms of this Plan.  In de-

      termining such Contributions, the Board shall be entitled to rely

      upon computations of its Net Profits made by independent public

      accountants regularly employed by it or made by the Employer's

      comptroller or treasurer.  The determination shall be final and

      conclusive and shall not be subject to change as the result of any

      subsequent audit by the Internal Revenue Service or as the result

      of any subsequent adjustment of the Employer's books of account. 

      The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire into the amount of the

      Employer's annual Contribution or the method used in determining
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 268

      the amount of the Employer Contribution, but shall be accountable

      only for funds received by it.  

               Section 4.3.  Time and Payment of Employer Contributions. 

      Employer Contributions shall be determined as of the last day of

      each Plan Year.  Such amounts shall be paid over to the Trustees

      within the time prescribed by law, including any extensions of such

      time, for the filing of the Employer's federal income tax return

      for such year.  

               Section 4.4.  Form of Employer Contributions.  Employer

      Contributions may be in cash or property acceptable to the Trustee

      and the Committee valued at the fair market value thereof on the

      date of contribution.  

               Section 4.5.  Salary Reduction Contributions. 

      Participants are not required to make Salary Reduction

      Contributions hereunder.  Effective as of the Merger Effective

      Date,  a Participant may make a written election, in the manner

      prescribed by the Committee, to reduce Compensation and make Salary

      Reduction Contributions in accordance with the provisions of this

      Section, which election shall become effective on the Entry Date

      coinciding with or next following receipt of such election. 

      Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee, in its sole

      discretion, may unilaterally amend or revoke a Participant's

      election at any time, if the Committee determines that Salary

      Reduction Contributions to such Participant's Salary Reduction

      Contribution Account would otherwise exceed the limitations of

      Article V.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 269

               (a)  Basic and Deferred Bonus Contributions.  A

      Participant's Basic Contributions into the Fund shall be in the

      aggregate at the rate of 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9% or 10% (in

      whole percentages only) of the Compensation excluding bonuses

      otherwise payable to the Participant.  In addition, a Participant

      may make, by a separate written election, in the manner prescribed

      by the Committee, Deferred Bonus Contributions of not more than 10%

      of the annual bonus or incentive award otherwise payable to the

      Participant.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the

      contrary, a Participant's total Salary Reduction Contributions

      under the Plan together with elective deferrals (as defined in

      section 402(g) of the Code) under any other plan or arrangement

      maintained by the Employer or an Affiliated Company shall not

      exceed $7,000 (as adjusted in accordance with section 402(g) of the

      Code and the regulations issued thereunder) for any calendar year. 

      Furthermore, should a Participant claim that his Salary Reduction

      Contributions under the Plan (reduced by Salary Reduction

      Contributions previously distributed pursuant to Section 4.8 or

      returned to the Participant pursuant to Section 5.2(d)) when added

      to his other elective deferrals under any other plan or arrangement

      (whether or not maintained by the Employer or an Affiliated

      Company) exceed the limit imposed by section 402(g) of the Code for

      the calendar year in which the deferrals occurred, the Participant

      shall allocate to the Plan or to such other qualified cash or

      deferred arrangement the excess deferrals.  The Committee

      notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan shall distribute,
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 270

      by April 15 of the following calendar year, the amount of the

      Salary Reduction Contributions specified in the Participant's claim

      as of the end of the Plan Year plus income thereon and plus income

      thereon from the end of the Plan Year to the date of distribution. 

      The Participant's claim shall be in writing and should be submitted

      to the Committee no later than the March 1 following the calendar

      year in which such deferrals occurred.  Notwithstanding anything in

      this Section 4.5 to the contrary, a Participant shall be deemed to

      have made a claim for distribution of excess elective deferrals

      from the Plan to the extent that his Salary Reduction Contributions

      together with his elective deferrals under any other plan or

      arrangement maintained by the Employer or an Affiliated Company

      exceed the limit imposed by section 402(g) of the Code for the

      calendar year.

               (b)  Participant Written Agreement.  Amounts representing

      a Participant's Basic Contributions shall be deducted from payrolls

      pursuant to a salary reduction agreement between the Employer and

      the Participant, and such amounts shall, not less frequently than

      monthly, be paid into the Fund.  Amounts representing a

      Participant's Deferred Bonus Contributions shall be deducted from

      payrolls pursuant to a bonus deferral agreement between the

      Employer and the Participant, and such amounts shall, not more

      frequently than annually, be paid into the Fund.

               (c)  Suspension or Change in Rates of Basic Contributions. 

      A Participant may suspend or change the rate of his Basic

      Contributions by submitting a written request, in the manner and at
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 271

      the time prescribed by the Committee.  If a Participant suspends

      making Basic Contributions, he shall be allowed to resume making

      Basic Contributions on any Entry Date unless the Committee, in its

      sole discretion which shall be exercised in a uniform and

      nondiscriminatory manner, permits Basic Contributions to be resumed

      on an earlier date.  A Participant may change the rate at which he

      makes Basic Contributions as of any Entry Date by a written

      request, in the manner and at the time prescribed by the Committee;

      provided, however, that a Participant whose rate of Compensation is

      decreased may reduce such rate as of the effective date of such

      decrease.  All Basic Contributions by a Participant shall be

      suspended without any request on his part for any month in which he

      is on leave of absence without Compensation.  Such suspension shall

      continue until the first day of the month following the termination

      of such leave.

               (d)  Records.  All Salary Reduction Contributions

      transferred to the Trustee under the Plan shall be accompanied by

      written instructions from the Committee to the Trustee that: (a)

      identify the Participant on whose behalf the Salary Reduction

      Contribution is being made; and (b) direct the investment of the

      Salary Reduction Contribution in accordance with the Participant's

      investment directions pursuant to Article VI.

               Section 4.6.  Expenses of the Plan.  All normal expenses

      incurred in the operation and administration of the Plan, including

      the Trustee's compensation, shall be paid by the Employer, or at

      the election of the Employer such expenses shall be paid from the
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 272

      Fund.  However, extraordinary expenses incurred on behalf of a

      particular Participant shall, upon determination by the Committee,

      be charged against the Participant's Accounts.  

               Section 4.7.  Return of Contributions.  All Contributions

      under the Plan are conditioned upon the deductibility of such

      Contributions under Section 404 of the Code and, to the extent the

      deduction is disallowed, shall be returned to the Employer within

      one year after the disallowance of the deduction. The Employer

      shall pay amounts attributable to Salary Reduction Contributions

      thereby returned to it to the appropriate Participants as soon as

      practicable thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum

      amount which may be returned shall be the value of the Salary

      Reduction Contributions on the date they are returned.  In the

      event that, with respect to any Plan Year, the deductibility of all

      Contributions under the Plan by the Employer would be limited under

      section 404 of the Code, the Committee shall reduce the rate of

      Contribution which may be made to the Plan to the extent necessary

      to permit full utilization of the deduction from the prior year. 

      Contributions shall be held in trust for the exclusive benefit of

      Participants and their beneficiaries and may not, except as

      otherwise provided herein, revert to the Employer.  Notwithstanding

      the foregoing, if the Employer so directs, the Trustee shall return

      to the Employer that part of the Employer Contribution for any Plan

      Year which is made under a mistake of fact or which is conditioned

      on the deductibility of such Contribution, which deduction is

      subsequently disallowed.  The amount of such Contribution which may
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 273

      be returned to the Employer shall not exceed the excess of (a) the

      amount contributed over (b) the amount that would have been

      contributed if there had not occurred a mistake of fact or a

      mistake in determining the deduction.  Such amount must be returned

      to the Employer within one year from the date of such mistaken

      contribution or disallowance of deduction.  Earnings attributable

      to any excess Contribution may not be returned to the Employer but

      losses attributable thereto shall reduce the amount returned. 

      Further, if withdrawal of the amount attributable to the mistaken

      Contribution would cause the balance of any Participant's

      individual Account to be reduced to less than the balance which

      would have been in the Account had the mistaken amount not been

      contributed, then the amount to be returned to the Employer

      hereunder shall be limited so as to avoid such reduction.  

               Section 4.8.  Rollovers and Transfers from Qualified

      Plans.  With the approval of the Committee, an Employee (regardless

      of whether he has met the eligibility requirements of Article III)

      may deposit into a Profit Sharing Plan Rollover Account the entire

      amount of cash received as a distribution from another qualified

      trust forming a part of a plan described in section 401(a) of the

      Code or from an individual retirement program described in section

      408 of the Code, but only if the deposit qualifies as a tax-free

      rollover as defined in section 402 of the Code.  If the deposit

      does not qualify as a tax-free rollover, the deposit shall be

      refunded to the Employee.  In addition to the foregoing, and with

      the approval of the Committee, the Trustee may accept on behalf of
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 274

      any Employee an amount of cash or property transferred directly

      from another qualified trust forming part of a qualified plan

      described in section 401(a) of the Code and such amount of cash or

      property shall be deposited into a Rollover Account for such

      Employee.  The Committee shall have the right to refuse to accept

      the transferred amount if such receipt would cause this Plan to be

      subject to the provisions of sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the

      Code with respect to such Employee.  Rollovers and transferred

      amounts made in cash shall be invested in accordance with the

      provisions of Article VI.  To the extent that a rollover or

      transferred amount consists of property, and absent a direction by

      the Employee to liquidate such property and invest the proceeds in

      accordance with Article VI, the Trustee or Insurer shall hold the

      property as a separate Investment Fund hereunder.  An Employee who

      is not a Participant shall be treated as a Participant with respect

      to his Profit Sharing Plan Rollover Account for purposes of

      valuations, investments and distributions.

               Section 4.9.  Merger of Maritrans Inc. 401(k) Savings

      Plan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing Section 4.8, effective on the

      Merger Effective Date, all assets held under the Maritrans Inc.

      401(k) Savings Plan shall be transferred to the Fund and merged

      with the assets of the Plan.  All benefits payable after the Merger

      Effective Date from the Maritrans Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan shall be

      payable from the Fund under the Plan.  With respect to each

      Participant who has an account under the Maritrans Inc. 401(k)

      Savings Plan on the Merger Effective Date, the Participant's
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 275

      contribution account under such Savings Plan shall be transferred

      to his Salary Reduction Account under the Plan, and the

      Participant's rollover account under the Savings Plan shall be

      transferred to his Savings Plan Rollover Account under the Plan.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 276

                                ARTICLE V

              ALLOCATIONS OF CONTRIBUTIONS AND VALUATIONS

               Section 5.1.  Allocation of Employer Contributions. 

      Employer Contributions for each Plan Year shall be totaled and

      shall then be apportioned among and allocated to the Employer

      Contribution Account established and maintained by the Plan

      Administrator for each Participant.  The Employer Contribution

      Account of each Participant who completed 1,000 or more Hours of

      Service during the Plan Year for which the Employer Contribution is

      made shall receive an allocation of that Employer Contribution in

      the proportion that the Compensation of each such Participant bears

      to the total Compensation of all Participants for such Plan Year. 

      Allocation of the Employer Contributions shall be made immediately

      after appraisal of the Fund and allocation of gains and losses

      under Section 6.7.  

               Section 5.2.  Allocation of Salary Reduction

      Contributions.  Salary Reduction Contributions made for a

      Participant in respect of any Plan Year shall be allocated to his

      Salary Reduction Contribution Account and shall be invested in

      accordance with the provisions of Article VI.

               Section 5.3  Limitations on Salary Reduction

      Contributions.  For any Plan Year (a) that Salary Reduction

      Contributions under the Plan shall not be in excess of the

      limitations on deductions imposed under section 404(a)(3) of the

      Code; (b) the Plan shall satisfy the coverage requirements of
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 277

      section 410(b)(1) of the Code; (c) that the Plan shall satisfy the

      average deferral percentage test set forth in Section 5.3(a).

               (a)  Average Deferral Percentage Test.  Effective January

      1, 1987, the average deferral percentage for Highly Compensated

      Employees who are Participants in the Plan shall not exceed the

      greater of (i) or (ii) as follows:

                    (i)  The average deferral percentage for all

      Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees, multiplied

      by 1.25, or

                    (ii) The average deferral percentage for all

      Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees, multiplied

      by 2.0; provided that the average deferral percentage for Highly

      Compensated Employees who are Participants may not exceed the

      average deferral percentage for Participants who are Non-Highly

      Compensated Employees by more than two percentage points.

               (b)  Average Deferral Percentage.  For purposes of Section

      5.3(a), the term "average deferral percentage" as applied to a

      specified group of Participants shall mean the average of the

      ratios, calculated separately for each such Participant in such

      group of:

                    (i)  the amount of Salary Reduction Contributions,

      excluding any Salary Reduction Contributions in determining the

      deferral percentage described in the next paragraph that are

      distributed to an Employee who is not a Non-Highly Compensated

      Employee pursuant to a deemed claim for distribution under Section

      5.3(d)(ii) or returned to the Participant pursuant to Section
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 278

      5.3(d)(i), paid to the Plan on behalf of each such Participant for

      such Plan Year, to

                    (ii) the Participant's Compensation for such Plan

      Year.

          For the purposes of this Section, the deferral percentage of a

      Highly Compensated Employee who is a Participant under this Plan

      and who has made elective deferrals under any other qualified cash

      or deferred arrangement (excluding plans that are not permitted to

      be aggregated under Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(k)-1(b)(3)(ii)(B))

      maintained by the Employer or an Affiliated Company pursuant to

      section 401(k) of the Code shall be the sum of his deferral

      percentages under all such plans.

               (c)  Treatment of Family Members.  For purposes of

      Sections 5.3(a) and (c), if a Highly Compensated Employee is

      subject to the family aggregation rules of section 414(q)(6) of the

      Code because he is either a five-percent owner (as defined in

      section 416(i) of the Code and the regulations issued thereunder),

      or is one of the top 10 Highly Compensated Employees (based on 415

      Compensation received including Basic and Deferred Bonus

      Contributions hereunder) during the Plan Year of reference, the

      combined actual deferral (or contribution) ratio for the family

      group (which shall be treated as one Highly Compensated Employee)

      shall be the actual deferral (or contribution) ratio determined by

      combining the applicable Salary Reduction Contributions and

      Compensation of all of the eligible family members.  
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 279

               Any family member(s) included above shall not be

      considered a separate Tank Cleaning Inc. Participant in determining

      the average deferral percentage or average contribution percentage

      hereunder.  In addition, the Compensation, elective deferrals and

      matching contributions of each such family member shall not be

      taken into account in determining the average deferral percentage

      and average contribution percentage for the group of Tank Cleaning,

      Inc. Employees who are not Highly Compensated Employees.  For

      purposes of this paragraph, "family member" means, with respect to

      an Employee, such Employee's spouse and lineal ascendants and

      descendants and the spouses of such lineal ascendants and

      descendants, taking into account legal adoptions.

               (d)  Return of Excess Salary Reduction Contributions.  If

      the average deferral percentage for all Participants who are Highly

      Compensated Employees exceeds the amount specified in Sections

      5.3(a) for any Plan Year, the Salary Reduction Contributions for

      the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest deferral

      percentage shall be reduced so that his applicable percentage is

      reduced to the greater of:

                    (i) such percentage that enables the Plan to satisfy

      the applicable percentage test, or 

                    (ii) a percentage equal to the applicable percentage

      of the Highly Compensated Employee with the next highest

      percentage. 

               Such procedure shall be repeated until the applicable

      percentage test is satisfied.  Notwithstanding any other provisions
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 280

      of the plan, the amount so reduced, together with the earnings

      thereon, shall be deemed to have been contributed to the Plan by

      mistake of fact, shall be refunded to the Employer, and shall

      thereafter be paid (subject, however, to the withholding taxes and

      other amounts as though such amounts were current remuneration) by

      the Employer to the Participants from whose Compensation such

      amount was obtained.  Such payment shall be made within two and one

      half (2 1/2) months following the close of such Plan Year, if

      administratively practicable, but in no event later than the last

      day of the Plan Year following such Plan Year.

               Section 5.4.  Maximum Allocation to Participants. 

      Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, the Annual

      Additions to any Participant's account for any Plan Year shall not

      exceed the lesser of (a) $30,000 (or, effective January 1, 1987, if

      greater, twenty-five percent 25% of the dollar limitation in effect

      under section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code), or, (b) twenty-five

      percent (25%) of the total 415 Compensation paid to the Participant

      during a Plan Year.  For purposes of Article V, "Annual Additions"

      for any Plan Year means the sum of: (a) all contributions made by

      the Employer or an Affiliated Company hereunder or under any other

      defined contribution plan maintained by either; and (b) the amount

      of forfeitures allocated to a Participant's Account.  

               Section 5.5.  Maximum Limit for Employees Also Partici-

      pating in Defined Benefit Plan.  If a Participant is also earning

      retirement benefits under a separate defined benefit plan or plans

      established by the Employer or an Affiliated Company, the benefits
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 281

      under such plan or plans for any Plan Year shall be so limited that

      the sum of fractions (a) and (b) below shall not exceed 1.0 where: 

               (a)  is a fraction, the numerator of which is the proj-

      ected annual benefit of the Participant under the defined benefit

      plan and the denominator of which is the lesser of:

                    (i) the product of 1.25 and $90,000 (effective

      January 1, 1987, adjusted to reflect any cost of living increases

      provided in accordance with section 415 of the Code), or

                    (ii) the product of 1.4 and 100% of the Participant's

      average annual 415 Compensation for his high three consecutive

      years; and

               (b)  is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of

      all Annual Additions for all years during which he was a Par-

      ticipant and the denominator of which is the sum of the lesser of

      (i) and (ii) for each year during which the Participant was an

      Employee of the Employer:

                    (i) the product of 1.25 and the dollar limitation in

      effect under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code for such year, or

                    (ii) the product of 1.4 and 25% of the Participant's

      415 Compensation for such year.

               Section 5.6.  Statements.  The Trustee shall furnish each

      Participant at such times as determined by the Committee,

      statements reflecting the fair market value of the Participant's

      Accounts under the Plan as of the most recent Valuation Date and

      the number of shares of Stock in his Accounts as of such Date.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 282

                                ARTICLE VI

                          INVESTMENT DIRECTIONS

               Section 6.1.  Investment of Employer Contributions and

      Profit Sharing Plan Rollovers.  Each Participant may direct the

      investment of 50% or 100% of the funds credited to his Employer

      Contribution Account and Profit Sharing Plan Rollover Account

      hereunder, in accordance with this Section and such rules as may be

      established by the Committee, into a separate Fixed Income Fund

      established by the Committee.  Each Participant shall be notified

      by the Committee upon first becoming a Participant and, thereafter,

      at the time specified by the Committee, of his right to make an

      election under this Section.  Such election shall be made on a form

      supplied by the Committee and shall be filed with the Committee at

      least 30 days prior to the date as of which it is to become

      effective, unless the Committee waives this requirement.  As of the

      date on which an election becomes effective, the Committee shall

      cause the Participant's Employer Contribution Account and Profit

      Sharing Plan Rollover Account to be valued and cause the elected

      portion of the Participant's Employer Contribution Account and

      Profit Sharing Plan Rollover Account to be invested in the Fixed

      Income Fund.  Thereafter, 50% or 100%, as elected, of all future

      amounts credited to the Participant's Employer Contribution Account

      and Profit Sharing Plan Rollover Account for a period of five (5)

      Plan Years shall be invested in the Fixed Income Fund and shall

      continue to be so invested until the Participant notifies the

      Committee of a change in investment direction; provided, however,
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 283

      that a Participant who directs that amounts credited to his

      Employer Contribution Account and Profit Sharing Plan Rollover

      Account and all future allocations be invested in the Fixed Income

      Fund may not change such direction for a period of five (5) Plan

      Years.  Thereafter, a change request shall be in writing on a form

      supplied by the Committee and shall be filed with the Committee at

      least 30 days prior to the date as of which it is to become

      effective, unless the Committee waives this requirement.  No change

      request may thereafter be made for another period of five (5) Plan

      Years.  

               Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Participant upon

      reaching age 60, may make an election at the time prescribed by the

      Committee, to direct that 50% or 100% of the amounts credited to

      his Employer Contribution Account and Profit Sharing Plan Rollover

      Account and such percentage of any further allocations be invested

      in the Fixed Income Fund.  A Participant making this election may

      not change his election for a period of five (5) Plan Years.  The

      Fixed Income Fund, shall be separately valued on each Valuation

      Date as required, and on the Valuation Date occurring at the end of

      each Plan Year.  All Participants' Employer Contribution Accounts

      and Profit Sharing Plan Rollover Accounts invested in such Fund

      shall be adjusted so that each Employer Contribution Account and

      Profit Sharing Plan Rollover Account reflects its portion of the

      value of such Fund in the proportion that such Employer

      Contribution Account and Profit Sharing Plan Rollover Account bore

      to the aggregate value of all Employer Contribution Accounts
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 284

      invested in the Fixed Income Fund immediately after the addition of

      the Employer Contributions to the Fixed Income Fund for the

      preceding Plan Year.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the

      contrary, the Committee may reduce the five (5) Plan Year period

      referred to herein if necessary in order to initially enter into a

      contractual arrangement for the establishment or continuation of

      the Fund.

               Section 6.2.  Investment of Salary Reduction

      Contributions.  Each Participant shall, in the manner prescribed by

      the Committee, direct that the total of his Salary Reduction

      Contributions be paid into and invested in any one or more of the

      Investment Funds in such percentages as the Participant may direct,

      provided that each pay period's investment in any Investment Fund

      shall be in increments of twenty-five percent (25%) of the

      Participant's Salary Reduction Contributions. If the Stock Fund is

      an available Investment Fund, no Participant may direct the

      investment of more than $2,500.00 into the Stock Fund in any Plan

      Year.  The percentage allocation of a Participant's future Salary

      Reduction Contributions to be paid into and invested in the

      Investment Funds may be changed as of any March 1 or September 1 by

      giving written notice, in the manner prescribed by the Committee at

      least seven days before the change is to become effective.

               Section 6.3.  Investment of Rollover Accounts.  In

      accordance with rules and regulations issued by the Plan

      Administrator, each Participant shall have the right to direct that

      his Profit Sharing Plan Rollover Account and/or his Savings Plan
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 285

      Rollover Account, if any, be invested in the manner prescribed in

      Section 6.2.

               Section 6.4.  Transfer of Investments.  A Participant may

      transfer any portion, in twenty-five percent (25%) increments, of

      his interest in any Investment Fund attributable to Salary

      Reduction Contributions to any one or a combination of the other

      Investment Funds as of any April 1 or October 1 of any Plan Year,

      by giving written notice in the manner prescribed by the Committee

      at least 35 days before the transfer is to become effective.

               Section 6.5.  Notice.  Any direction or notice pursuant to

      Section 6.1, 6.2, 6.3 and/or 6.4 shall be made in accordance with

      such rules as may be established by the Committee.  If a

      Participant fails to make any direction, his Salary Reduction

      Contributions shall be invested automatically in a fixed income

      Investment Fund designated by the Committee.

               Section 6.6.  Reliance on Investment Direction.  All

      investment directions or notices by Participants pursuant to

      Section 6.1, 6.2, 6.3 or 6.4 shall be timely furnished by the

      Committee to the Trustee.  In making any investment of Plan assets,

      the Trustee shall be fully entitled to rely on such directions or

      notices furnished by the Committee and shall be under no duty to

      make any inquiry or investigation with respect thereto.  If the

      Trustee receives any Salary Reduction Contribution under the Plan

      that is not accompanied by written instructions directing its

      investment, the Trustee may hold or return all or a portion of the

      Salary Reduction Contribution uninvested without liability for loss
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 286

      of income or appreciation pending receipt of proper investment

      directions.

               Section 6.7  Valuation of Fund and Allocation of Gains and

      Losses.  The entire Fund shall be appraised annually as of the

      Valuation Date occurring December 31 of each year to determine its

      fair market value.  The Fund shall also be appraised at other Valu-

      ation Dates as directed by the Committee, in its sole discretion. 

      The appraisal on each Valuation Date shall be made before addition

      of the Employer Contribution for the Plan Year that includes the

      Valuation Date, but any appraisal shall take into consideration all

      income received and accrued, all realized and unrealized gains and

      losses and all expenses chargeable to the Fund.  Thereupon, all

      Participants' Accounts shall be adjusted so that each Account

      reflects its portion of the new value of the Fund in the proportion

      that such Account bore to the aggregate value of all Accounts

      immediately after addition of the Employer Contributions for the

      preceding Plan Year.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 287

                                ARTICLE VII

                           RETIREMENT BENEFITS

               Section 7.1.  Normal Retirement.  Upon reaching his Normal

      Retirement Age, a Participant shall receive the entire amount

      standing to the credit of his Account, adjusted under Article V as

      of the close of the Valuation Date immediately preceding or

      coinciding with his Normal Retirement Date, payable in the form

      of:  (a) a lump-sum payment; or (b) a series of regular annual

      payments (each annual payment to include all income for such year

      attributable to the Participant's undistributed interest in the

      Fund) resulting in the distribution of the Participant's entire

      account within a ten-year or shorter period.  The form of payment

      shall be determined by the Participant.  Notwithstanding anything

      herein to the contrary, with respect to amounts attributable to a

      Participant's Salary Reduction Contribution Account and Savings

      Plan Rollover Account, a Participant may make a written election,

      in the manner prescribed by the Committee, distribution to a

      Participant or a beneficiary hereunder may consist in whole or in

      part of the Participant's share of the Investment Fund or Funds in

      which his Account is invested in accordance with Article VI,

      including any certificates for Stock held in the Stock Fund.  In

      making any such distribution under the Plan, the Trustee shall be

      fully entitled to rely on the instructions furnished by the

      Committee and shall be under no duty to make any inquiry or

      investigation with respect thereto.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 288

               Section 7.2.  Early Retirement.  A Participant who has at-

      tained age fifty-five and has credit for six Years of Service may

      retire at any time prior to his Normal Retirement Age, and in such

      event he shall receive distribution of his benefits upon such early

      retirement in the manner provided in Section 7.1 hereof.  

               Section 7.3.  Postponed Retirement.  A Participant may

      retire on the first day of any month following his Normal Retire-

      ment Date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing and in accordance with

      Section 12(c) of the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, nothing

      in this Section shall prohibit the compulsory retirement of any

      Employee who has attained age 65 and who for the two-year period

      immediately before retirement is employed in a bona fide executive

      or high policy-making position, provided that such Employee is

      entitled to an immediate nonforfeitable annual retirement benefit

      payable from this or any other pension, profit-sharing, savings or

      deferred compensation plan or any combination of such plans main-

      tained by the Employer, which benefit equals in the aggregate at

      least $44,000.

               Section     Section 7.4.  Transfer to Affiliated Company. 

      Transfer of an Employee to the service of an Affiliated Company

      which is not a Participating Employer or the termination of a

      corporation's status as a Participating Employer (while remaining

      an Affiliated Company) under the Plan shall not be treated as a

      Severance under the Plan, and, in such event, benefits shall be

      payable in accordance with this Article VII upon the Participant's

      termination of Service.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employee
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 289

      who transfers to the service of an Affiliated Company and who is

      fully vested under the provisions of Section 10.1, shall be

      entitled to a withdrawal of all, but less than all, of the amounts

      credited to his Employer Contribution Account and Profit Sharing

      Plan Rollover Account as of the Valuation Date coinciding with or

      immediately preceding his date of transfer.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 290

                                ARTICLE VIII

                                 DISABILITY

               Section 8.1.  Disability Benefit.  A Participant who

      incurs a Disability shall be entitled to retire and receive the

      entire amount standing to his credit in his Account, computed as of

      the close of the Valuation Date immediately preceding or coinciding

      with the date of Disability, payment to be made in such manner as

      the Committee may determine having regard for the preferences of

      the Participant but treating all persons in similar circumstances

      alike.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with

      respect to amounts attributable to a Participant's Salary Reduction

      Contribution Account and Savings Plan Rollover Account, a

      Participant may make a written election, in the manner prescribed

      by the Committee, distribution to a Participant or a beneficiary

      hereunder may consist in whole or in part of the Participant's

      share of the Investment Fund or Funds in which his Account is

      invested in accordance with Article VI, including any certificates

      for Stock held in the Stock Fund.  In making any such distribution

      under the Plan, the Trustee shall be fully entitled to rely on the

      instructions furnished by the Committee and shall be under no duty

      to make any inquiry or investigation with respect thereto.

               Section 8.2.  Determination of Disability.  The fact and

      time of Disability shall be determined by the Committee on the

      basis of independent medical evidence, and such determination shall

      be conclusive.  However, if a Participant is determined to be elig-

      ible for disability benefits under Social Security by the Social
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 291

      Security Administration that determination shall be binding upon

      the Committee.  
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 292
                                ARTICLE IX

                              DEATH BENEFITS

               Section 9.1.  Death Benefit.  In the event a Participant

      dies while an Employee of the Employer or after retirement or other

      termination of service while benefits on his behalf remain undis-

      tributed from the Fund, the entire amount of his Account attribut-

      able to Employer Contributions or its undistributed balance valued

      as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding his death, as the

      case may be, shall be distributed to the designated beneficiary or

      beneficiaries of the Participant set forth in his most recent

      beneficiary designation filed with the Committee.  In the absence

      of an effective designation, the Committee shall direct distribu-

      tion to and among the following persons with priority in the order

      named:  (a) surviving Spouse; (b) surviving children; (c) surviving

      parents; (d) surviving brothers and sisters and (e) executor or

      administrator.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,

      with respect to amounts attributable to a Participant's Salary

      Reduction Contribution Account and Savings Plan Rollover Account,

      a Participant may make a written election, in the manner prescribed

      by the Committee, distribution to a Participant or a beneficiary

      hereunder may consist in whole or in part of the Participant's

      share of the Investment Fund or Funds in which his Account is

      invested in accordance with Article VI, including any certificates

      for Stock held in the Stock Fund.  In making any such distribution

      under the Plan, the Trustee shall be fully entitled to rely on the
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 293

      instructions furnished by the Committee and shall be under no duty

      to make any inquiry or investigation with respect thereto.

               Section 9.2.  Designation of Beneficiary.  Each

      Participant shall, by written notice to the Committee, designate a

      beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any payment to which such

      Participant may be entitled under the Plan at the time of his

      death.  If a Participant designates a beneficiary (including any

      class of beneficiaries or any contingent beneficiaries) other than

      or in addition to his Spouse, the Spouse of the Participant must

      consent in writing to such beneficiary designation on a form

      provided by the Committee, which consent shall be irrevocable. 

      Such consent shall acknowledge the financial effect of the election

      on the Spouse's right to benefits under the Plan, and shall be

      witnessed by the Chairman of the Committee, a Plan representative

      designated by the Committee or a notary public.  the spousal

      consent requirement may be waived if it is established, to the

      satisfaction of the Committee, that the consent may not be obtained

      because there is no Spouse, because the Spouse cannot be located

      after reasonable efforts have been made, or because other

      circumstances exist to excuse spousal consent under applicable

      regulations.  Any beneficiary designation made by a Participant

      which does not meet the requirements of this Section shall be

      deemed null and void.  The Participant shall have the right to

      change a beneficiary designation or any subsequent beneficiary

      designation, subject to the spousal consent provisions of this

      Section.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 294

                                ARTICLE X

             VESTED BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION OF SERVICE

               Section 10.1.  Termination of Service.  Whenever a Par-

      ticipant's Service with the Employer is terminated prior to his

      Normal Retirement Date or his Early Retirement Date, if applicable,

      for reasons other than death or Disability, vested interest in his

      Account shall be determined as of his Date of Severance and valued

      in Accordance with Section 10.5 as follows:

               (a)  Vested interest in his Employer Contribution Account

      shall be determined on the basis of the number of Years of Service

      credited to him in accordance with Section 2.50 as follows:  

                    (i)  For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1,

      1989:

           Years of Service                   Vested Interest
           ----------------                   ---------------
           Less than 2                          0% 
                     2                         10% 
                     3                         20% 
                     4                         30% 
                     5                         50% 
                     6 or more                100% 
      
                 (ii)  For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1,

      1989:

           Years of Service                   Vested Interest
           ----------------                   ----------------
           Less than 2                          0% 
                     2                         10% 
                     3                         20% 
                     4                         40% 
                     5                         70% 
                     6 or more                100% 

      Amounts in excess of the value of the Participant's vested interest

      in his Employer Contribution Account shall be forfeited as of the
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 295

      date the Participant's Service terminates, and shall be reallocated

      among remaining Participants in accordance with Section 10.3. 

      Participants who were Participants in the IOT Corporation Profit

      Sharing Plan effective June 30, 1975, may nevertheless elect to

      have their vested interest computed under Section 10.1 of that

      plan.  A Participant shall be fully vested in his Employer

      Contribution Account upon attainment of his Normal Retirement Age,

      or upon his Early Retirement Date, death or Disability.

                (b)  A Participant shall, at all times, have a 100%

      vested interest in the value of his Salary Reduction Contribution

      Account.

                (c)  A Participant shall, at all times, have a 100%

      vested interest in the value of his Profit Sharing Plan Rollover

      Account and his Savings Plan Rollover Account.

                Section 10.2.  No Forfeiture After Termination of Plan. 

      No forfeiture shall occur under this Article X if the Plan has been

      previously terminated by the Employer or if Employer Contributions

      have been completely discontinued.  

                Section 10.3.  Allocation of Forfeitures.  All for-

      feitures arising under Section 10.1(a) shall remain as part of the

      Fund and shall be allocated among the Employer Contribution

      Accounts of all other Participants on the Valuation Date coincident

      with or next succeeding the event giving rise to such forfeiture in

      the same manner as contributions to the Fund under Section 5.1.  

                Section 10.4.  Re-employment Before Break in Service.  If

      the Participant is reemployed by the Employer prior to incurring
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 296

      five (5) consecutive Breaks in Service, he shall have restored to

      his Employer Contribution Account any forfeited amount; provided,

      however, that if the Participant has received a distribution of all

      or part of his vested interest in the Plan in accordance with the

      provisions of this Article X hereof on account of incurring a

      termination of Service, then such restoration shall not occur

      unless such Participant repays the amount distributed prior to the

      earlier of (a) five years after the Participant's Date of

      Reemployment, or (b) the occurrence of five consecutive Breaks in

      Service.  Any amounts restored shall be paid first from forfeitures

      for the current Plan Year and, where such forfeitures are not

      sufficient, from additional contributions by the Employer.  The

      Committee shall maintain or cause to be maintained a record of the

      amounts forfeited in accordance with the above.  The Committee

      shall inform the Employer of any amounts required to be restored

      hereunder, and the Employer shall pay such amounts within thirty

      (30) days of such notice.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 297

                                ARTICLE XI

                        DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

               Section 11.1.  Time of Distribution.

               (a)  With respect to amounts attributable to a

      Participant's Employer Contribution Account and Profit Sharing Plan

      Rollover Account, if a Participant incurs a Date of Severance for

      any reason, he (or his beneficiary in the event of his death) shall

      receive a distribution of his vested interest in his Employer

      Contribution Account and Profit Sharing Rollover Account as soon as

      practicable following the Valuation Date as of which his benefit is

      determined under this Section but in no event later than 60 days

      following the later of:

                    (i) the end of the Plan Year in which his Normal

      Retirement Date would occur (whether or not he remains employed to

      that date);

                    (ii) the tenth anniversary of the date the Partici-

      pant began to participate in the Plan; or

                    (iii) the Participant's Date of Severance; provided,

      however, that no distribution shall be made to a Participant prior

      to his Normal Retirement Age (except in the event of his death)

      unless the Participant consents to the distribution.  A

      Participant's Employer Contribution Account and Profit Sharing Plan

      Rollover Account shall be valued on the Valuation Date coinciding

      with or immediately succeeding the event giving rise to the

      distribution; provided, however, that if a Participant's Date of

      Severance occurs prior to June 30 and such Participant is entitled
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 298

      to an Employer Contribution for the Plan Year, such Participant may

      elect to delay distribution of his Employer Contribution Account

      and Profit Sharing Plan Rollover Account (and the valuation of such

      Accounts) until the Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately

      succeeding the date on which the Employer Contribution for the Plan

      Year is allocated to his Employer Contribution Account; and

      provided further, that if a Participant's Date of Severance occurs

      on or after June 30 as such Participant is not entitled to an

      Employer Contribution for the Plan Year, his Employer Contribution

      Account shall be valued on the Valuation Date coinciding with or

      immediately preceding his Date of Severance.  If a Participant has

      attained his Normal Retirement Age at the time distribution becomes

      due, the Participant or his beneficiary may elect, in the manner

      and at time prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to defer the

      receipt of all, but not less than all, of the distribution

      otherwise to be made to him until any subsequent Plan Year but not

      later than the Required Distribution Date.  Notwithstanding the

      foregoing, if the total nonforfeitable amount credited to the

      Account of the terminated Participant does not exceed $3,500, the

      Committee, in its sole discretion, may distribute such amount in a

      lump sum at any time without the Participant's or beneficiary's

      consent.  Any amounts not distributed under this Section shall

      remain a part of the Fund and shall continue to share in income,

      gains and losses, but not in forfeitures.  Notwithstanding anything

      herein to the contrary, if a Participant incurs a Date of Severance

      by reason of his voluntary resignation before he has attained age
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 299

      25, no distribution shall be made prior to the second Valuation

      Date following his Date of Severance.  

               (b)  With respect to amounts attributable to a

      Participant's Salary Reduction Contribution Account and Savings

      Plan Rollover Account, if a Participant incurs a Date of Severance

      for any reason, he (or his beneficiary in the event of his death)

      shall receive a distribution of his vested interest in his Salary

      Reduction Contribution Account and Savings Plan Rollover Account as

      soon as practicable after such Valuation Date; provided that (a) no

      such distribution shall be made to a Participant prior to his

      Normal Retirement Age unless the Participant consents to the

      distribution as provided in section 411(a)(11) of the Code (except

      for distributions made as a result of the Participant's death), and

      (b) distribution to a Participant who fails to so consent shall be

      made on such date (not later than the Required Distribution Date)

      as the Participant may elect in writing (in the manner and at the

      time prescribed by the Committee), or, if the Participant fails to

      make such an election, as soon as practicable after the Valuation

      Date coinciding with or immediately following the date the

      Participant attains his Normal Retirement Age.  Any amounts not

      distributed under this Section shall remain a part of the Fund and

      shall continue to share in income, gains and losses.  Each

      distribution shall be made not later than 60 days after the

      Valuation Date on which the value of the distribution is measured. 

      Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the value of the Participant's

      Account is less than or equal to $3,500.00 as of the Valuation Date
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 300

      coinciding with or immediately following the final pay transfer to

      the administrator of the Plan, his Account shall be distributed as

      soon as practicable after such Valuation Date.

               Section 11.2.  Required Distributions.  A Participant's

      interest in his Accounts (a) shall be distributed to him no later

      than the Required Distribution Date, or (b) shall be distributed

      beginning no later than the Required Distribution Date in install-

      ments pursuant to Section 7.1(b); provided, however, that the

      period over which distributions are made does not extend beyond the

      life expectancy of the Participant or the joint life expectancies

      of the Participant and his beneficiary (determined as of the time

      when payment of benefits commences and where the Spouse is the

      beneficiary, at the election of the Committee in its sole discre-

      tion redetermined annually).  If distribution has commenced in

      accordance with clause (b) of the preceding sentence and the

      Participant dies before his entire interest has been distributed to

      him, his remaining interest shall be distributed over the remaining

      number of installments payable as of the date of his death.  If a

      Participant dies before the distribution of his interest has begun

      the Participant's entire interest shall be distributed within five

      years after his death.  The preceding sentence shall not apply,

      however, if any portion of the Participant's interest is payable to

      (or for the benefit of) a beneficiary over a period not extending

      beyond the life expectancy of such beneficiary and distribution

      begins not later than one year after the date of the Participant's

      death or such later date permitted under applicable regulations. 
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 301

      If the beneficiary referred to in the preceding sentence is the

      surviving Spouse of the Participant, distributions are not required

      to begin earlier than the date on which the Participant would have

      attained age 70 1/2.  If the surviving Spouse dies before dis-

      tributions begin, the five-year distribution requirement shall be

      applied as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant.

               Section 11.3  Direct Rollovers.  In the event any payment

      or payments (excluding any amount not includible in gross income)

      to be made to an individual pursuant to this Article XI would

      constitute an "eligible rollover distribution" within the meaning

      of section 401(a)(31)(C) of the Code and regulations thereunder,

      such individual may request that, in lieu of payment to the

      individual, all or part of such eligible rollover distribution be

      rolled over directly to the trustee or custodian of an "eligible

      retirement plan" within the meaning of section 401(a)(31)(C) of the

      Code and regulations thereunder.  Any such request shall be made in

      writing, on the form and subject to such requirements and

      restrictions as may be prescribed by the Plan Administrator for

      such purpose pursuant to Treasury regulations, at such time in

      advance of the date payment would otherwise be made as may be

      required by the Plan Administrator.  For purposes of this Section,

      an "individual" shall include an Employee or former Employee or (a)

      his surviving spouse or (b) his spouse or former spouse who is an

      alternate payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 302

      The provisions of this Section 11.3 shall be construed to comply

      with the requirements set forth in section 401(a)(31) of the Code

      and any regulations thereunder.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 303

                                ARTICLE XII

                              LIFE INSURANCE

               Section 12.1.  Purchase of Life Insurance on Request.  At

      the written request of any person who has been a Participant on

      three consecutive Anniversary Dates, the Committee shall direct the

      Trustee to purchase one or more contracts of ordinary, cash value

      life insurance on the life of the Participant from an insurance

      company approved by the Committee.  The Participant's request shall

      specify the face amount of the insurance contracts and be

      accompanied by applications for the contracts completed by the

      Participant who will be solely responsible for selection of options

      under any contract which options shall be consistent with the

      Plan.  The Trustee shall be the owner of such contracts but the

      Participant shall have the right to designate the beneficiaries

      thereof (which may be different than the person(s) designated to

      receive the value of his account under Section 9.1 of the Plan). 

      Premiums on such contracts shall be paid by the Trustee from

      Employer Contributions under the Plan that would otherwise be allo-

      cated to the insured Participant's Employer Contribution Account or

      from funds withdrawn from the insured's Employer Contribution

      Account.  If Employer Contributions that may be applied to pay

      premiums on insurance contracts are not sufficient to maintain them

      in full, the Participant shall instruct the Committee as to his

      election under the contracts.  If he fails to instruct the

      Committee within the period required under the contracts, the

      Committee shall direct the Trustee to surrender the contracts for
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 304

      their cash value and allocate the proceeds to the Participant's

      Employer Contribution Account.  

               Section 12.2.  Cash Value of Insurance.  For purposes of

      determining the value of an insured Participant's Employer

      Contribution Account under Section 6.7 of the Plan, no value shall

      be assigned to the insurance contracts.  However, the cash value of

      such contracts shall be treated as a part of the value of an

      insured Participant's Employer Contribution Account under Sections

      7.1 and 10.1 hereof.  

               Section 12.3.  Transfer of Policy Upon Termination.  Upon

      termination of Service under Section 9.1 hereof, a Participant may

      request in writing that any insurance contracts on his life be

      assigned to him by the Trustee if the Participant shall (a) first

      pay that portion of the then determined cash surrender value

      thereof that exceeds his vested interest therein (as determined

      under Section 10.1 hereof) to the Trustee or, (b) alternatively,

      authorize the Trustee to borrow that portion of the cash surrender

      value that exceeds his vested interest therein and then assign the

      contracts to the Participant who shall be solely responsible for

      premium payments and payments of principal and interest on the

      insurance contract loan.  In the absence of such request the

      Trustee shall surrender any insurance contracts on the life of an

      Employee to whom Section 10.1 applies and allocate the proceeds to

      his Employer Contribution Account and Employer Contribution

      Accounts of other Participants pursuant to Section 10.3 of the

      Plan.  
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 305

               Section 12.4.  Limitation on Employer Contributions

      Allocated to Insurance.  In no event shall the aggregate Employer

      Contributions made on behalf of a Participant and allocated to the

      purchase of ordinary life insurance contracts on his life equal

      fifty percent or more of the total of all Employer Contributions

      made on behalf of the Participant.  

               Section 12.5.  Transfer of Contracts.  The Trustee shall

      deliver any life insurance contracts covering the Participant to

      the Participant upon his Normal or Early Retirement Date or upon

      his retirement for Disability or, at the Participant's written

      request, surrender them for their cash values which shall be

      delivered to the Participant.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 306

                                ARTICLE XIII

                           WITHDRAWALS AND LOANS

               Section 13.1.  Withdrawals From Employer Contribution

      Account and Profit Sharing Rollover Account.  Upon submitting an

      application, in the manner prescribed by the Committee, at least

      thirty (30) days prior to the Valuation Date as of which it is to

      become effective (unless the Committee, in its sole discretion,

      permits a later application), a Participant may request a with-

      drawal of his vested interest in his Employer Contribution Account

      and Profit Sharing Plan Rollover Account.  The amount of any

      withdrawal, under this Section, or any loan under Section 13.3,

      when added to all prior withdrawals under this Section, and the

      outstanding balance of any loan under Section 13.3, shall not

      exceed 50 percent of the product of:

               (a)  the Participant's highest Employer Contribution

      Account and Profit Sharing Plan Rollover Account balances as of any

      Valuation Date up to and including the Valuation Date preceding the

      loan or withdrawal by two years, plus any withdrawals and any

      outstanding loan balance prior to such date, less any net deprecia-

      tion in Employer Contribution Account and Profit Sharing Plan

      Rollover Account assets from such date; and

               (b)  his current vested interest (percentage).  

      Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amounts may be withdrawn from the

      Participant's Employer Contribution Account and Profit Sharing Plan

      Rollover Account unless they have been credited to the

      Participant's Employer Contribution Account and Profit Sharing Plan
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 307

      Rollover Account for at least twenty-four months.  The minimum

      amount of any withdrawal shall be $2,500 or such higher amount as

      specified by the Committee and any request shall be in integral

      multiples of $500.  

               Section 13.2.  Withdrawals From Salary Reduction

      Contribution Account and Savings Plan Rollover Account.  A

      Participant may request a withdrawal of all or any part of the

      amount of his Salary Reduction Contribution Account and Savings

      Plan Rollover Account, upon giving a written request in the manner

      prescribed by the Committee.  A withdrawal may be not less than

      $1,000.00, and no more than one withdrawal may be made in any Plan

      Year.  Payment to the Participant of the amount subject to the

      withdrawal request shall be made as soon as administratively

      possible after the request is received but in any event within

      ninety days after the request.  Any withdrawal shall be subject to

      the following limitations:

               (a) Subject to the provisions of subparagraph (b), no

      amounts may be withdrawn from a Participant's Salary Reduction

      Contribution Account unless he has attained age 59-1/2.

               (b) Notwithstanding the age limitation imposed by

      subparagraph (a), if the Committee determines, on a uniform,

      nondiscriminatory basis, and on the basis of all relevant facts and

      circumstances, that a withdrawal is requested on account of an

      immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant, and the

      withdrawal is necessary to satisfy such financial need, the

      Committee may permit the Participant to withdraw any amounts
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 308

      standing to his credit in his Salary Reduction Contribution

      Account.  A withdrawal request shall be deemed to be on account of

      an immediate and heavy financial need if it is on account of:

                    (i)  expenses for medical care described in section

      213(d) of the Code incurred by the Participant, his Spouse or

      dependents, as defined in section 152 of the Code, (or as the

      distribution is necessary for such persons to obtain such medical

      care);

                    (ii)  costs directly related to the purchase

      (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal residence for the

      Participant;

                    (iii) payment of tuition and related educational fees

      for the next 12 months of post-secondary education for the

      Participant, his Spouse or his dependents; or

                    (iv) the need to prevent the eviction of the

      Participant from his principal residence or foreclosure on the

      mortgage of the Participant's principal residence.

          A withdrawal shall be deemed to be necessary to satisfy the

      Participant's financial need, and shall be approved subject to the

      following provisions:

                    (i)  the distribution shall not be in excess of the

      amount of the immediate and heavy financial need of the

      Participant, including any amounts necessary to pay any federal,

      state or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to

      result from the distribution;
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 309

                    (ii) the Participant shall first obtain all

      withdrawals, other than hardship withdrawals, under the Plan;

                    (iii) the Participant's Salary Reduction

      Contributions shall be suspended for a 12-month period beginning on

      the date the withdrawal is received; and

                    (iv) the amount of Salary Reduction Contributions

      made by the Participant in the Plan Year succeeding the Plan Year

      in which the withdrawal occurs shall not exceed the dollar limit

      specified in Section 4.5(a) less all Salary Reduction Contributions

      made in the Plan Year in which the withdrawal occurs.

               Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, effective

      July 1, 1989, income, earnings, or appreciation attributable to

      Salary Reduction Contributions and allocated to the Participant's

      Salary Reduction Contribution Account after December 31, 1988 may

      not be distributed on account of hardship.

               Section 13.3.  Loans.  Not more frequently than once in

      any Plan Year, and effective as of January 1 (or, with respect to

      amounts attributable to a Participant's Salary Reduction Account or

      Savings Plan Rollover Account, July 1) of the Plan Year, a

      Participant (or former Participant or beneficiary who is a "party

      in interest" as defined in Section 3(14) of ERISA) may request a

      loan from the Plan.  Application for a loan must be submitted in

      writing, in the manner and at the time prescribed by the Committee. 

      The Committee shall direct the Trustee to make loans in accordance

      with the following provisions:

               (a)  The minimum amount of any loan shall be $1000. 
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 310

               (b)  With respect to loans from a Participant's Employer

      Contribution Account or Profit Sharing Plan Rollover Account, the

      loan shall be subject to the limitations set forth in the second

      sentence of Section 13.1.

               (c)  With respect to loans from a Participant's Salary

      Reduction Contribution Account or Savings Plan Rollover Account,

      the amount of all loans outstanding at any time for a borrower

      (including any loans made under any other "qualified" plans of the

      Employer or an Affiliated Company) shall not exceed 50% of the

      balance in his Accounts.

               (d)  The amount of any loan, when added to the highest

      outstanding balance of all loans from the Plan (or under any other

      "qualified" plan of the Employer or an Affiliated Company) during

      the one-year period ending on the day before the date on which the

      loan is made, may not exceed $50,000.

               (e)  No more than one loan may be outstanding from the

      Plan at any time.  In the event that a borrower requests a loan

      while any portion of the balance of a prior loan remains

      outstanding, the new loan, if approved, shall include the

      outstanding balance of the prior loan which prior loan shall be

      deemed paid.

               (f)  Approval of loans, and the determination of the terms

      and conditions of the loans shall be subject to the discretion of

      the Committee, which discretion shall be exercised within each

      class of borrowers (Participants, former Participants or

      beneficiaries) on a reasonably equivalent basis.  
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 311

               (g)  Interest on the unpaid principal shall be at a

      reasonable rate to be determined by the Committee in accordance

      with generally prevailing market conditions for similar types of

      loans.

               (h)  Unless otherwise specified, no loan shall have a term

      in excess of five years, and the loan shall be repaid on a schedule

      providing for level amortization determined by the Committee.

               (i)  Each loan shall be considered a separate Investment

      Fund for purposes of Article VI, and the borrower shall specify

      from which Investment Fund or Funds his interest is to be

      liquidated to provide the loan principal.

               (j)  If any installment of a loan to a borrower is unpaid

      on the date that he or his beneficiary becomes entitled to any

      distribution from the Fund, or is unpaid upon termination of

      employment or cessation of party-in-interest status, or is

      otherwise unpaid for thirty days, such loan, in all events and

      notwithstanding the terms thereof, shall become immediately due and

      payable on such date.  If repayment is not made within thirty days

      thereafter, the amount of the loan, together with any accrued

      unpaid interest thereon, shall be deducted from the amount of any

      distribution to which the borrower or his beneficiary may become

      entitled and shall be treated as a current distribution.

               (k)  Repayments of loans shall be by payroll deduction or,

      in the event the borrower is not on the Employer's payroll, by

      direct payment from the borrower to the Fund.  A borrower may

      prepay a loan in full at any time without penalty; provided,
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 312

      however, that such borrower may not request a new loan during the

      twelve month period following the date of the prepayment.

               Section 13.4.  Duties of Trustee.  All loans or withdrawal

      payments to a Participant under the Plan shall be made by the

      Trustee from the Accounts of the Participant only upon receipt of

      written instructions furnished by the Committee setting forth the

      amount of the loan or withdrawal payment and the name and address

      of the recipient.  In making any such loan or withdrawal payment

      under the Plan, the Trustee shall be fully entitled to rely on the

      instructions furnished by the Committee and shall be under no duty

      to make any inquiry or investigation with respect thereto.  

               Section 13.5.  Spousal Consent to Loans or Withdrawals. 

      No withdrawal or loan request shall be granted unless the Spouse of

      the Participant consents in writing to such withdrawal or loan on

      a form provided by the Committee.  Such consent shall acknowledge

      the effect of the withdrawal or loan on the Participant's benefit

      under the Plan, shall be witnessed by the Chairman of the Commit-

      tee, a plan representative designated by the Committee or a notary

      public, and shall be irrevocable.  Spousal consent may be waived if

      it is established to the satisfaction of the Committee that the

      consent may not be obtained because there is no Spouse, because the

      Spouse cannot be located, or because of other circumstances as may

      be prescribed by applicable regulations.  
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 313

                                ARTICLE XIV

                  SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR TOP-HEAVY PLANS

               Section 14.1.  General Rule.  Notwithstanding any pro-

      vision in the Plan to the contrary, for any Plan Year in which the

      Plan is determined to be a Top-Heavy Plan, the provisions of this

      Article XIV shall become effective.

               Section 14.2.  Determination of Top-Heavy Status.  The

      Plan shall be considered a Top-Heavy Plan for the Plan Year, if, as

      of the last day of the first Plan Year and thereafter, as of the

      last day of the preceding Plan Year (the "Determination Date"):

               (a)  the value of the sum of all Accounts of Participants

      who are Key Employees (as defined below) exceeds 60% of the sum of

      all Accounts of all Participants, or

               (b)  the Plan is part of an Aggregation Group and such

      Aggregation Group is determined to be a Top-Heavy Group (as defined

      in section 416(g)(2)(B) of the Code).  

               In determining the above Top-Heavy ratio, the Account

      balances of an Employee (a) who is a Non-Key Employee (defined for

      purposes of this Article as an Employee who is not a Key Employee)

      but who was a Key Employee in any prior Plan Year or (b) who has

      not performed services for the Employer maintaining the Plan at any

      time during the five-year period ending on the applicable

      Determination Date are disregarded.  

               A Key Employee is defined as any Employee, former Employee

      or the Beneficiary of such Employee who, at any time during a Plan

      Year or the immediately preceding four (4) Plan Years is:  (a) an
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 314

      officer of the Employer having annual 415 Compensation greater than

      150 percent of the amount in effect under section 415(c)(1)(A) of

      the Code for any Plan Year; (b) one of the ten (10) Employees who

      own the largest interests in the Employer; (c) a five percent (5%)

      owner of the Employer; or (d) a one-percent (1%) owner of the

      Employer having annual 415 Compensation from the Employer of more

      than one-hundred-fifty-thousand dollars ($150,000). 

               For purposes of this Section, Aggregation Group means (a)

      each plan of the Employer or an Affiliated Company in which a Key

      Employee participates, including any terminated plans which are

      maintained within the five-year period ending on the applicable

      Determination Date, and (b) each other plan of the Employer or an

      Affiliated Company which enables such plan to meet the requirements

      of section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code.  The foregoing

      notwithstanding, the Employer may treat any plan not required to be

      included in the Aggregation Group as being part of such group if

      such group would continue to meet the requirements of sections

      401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code with such plan being taken into

      account.

               Section 14.3.  Minimum Contributions.  For any Plan Year

      in which the Plan is determined to be a Top-Heavy Plan pursuant to

      Section 14.2, the Employer Contributions for such Plan Year for

      each Participant who is a Non-Key Employee shall not be less than

      the lesser of

               (a)  3% of the Participant's 415 Compensation for such

      Plan Year, or
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 315

               (b)  the percentage at which Employer Contributions are

      made or are required to be made under the Plan for the Plan Year

      for the Key Employee for whom such percentage is the highest. 

      Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant is also partici-

      pating in another defined contribution plan maintained by the Em-

      ployer, the minimum contribution hereunder may be reduced in ac-

      cordance with regulations issued under section 416(f) of the Code. 

      If a Participant is also participating in a defined benefit plan

      maintained by the Employer, "5%" shall be substituted for "3%" in

      paragraph (a) of this Section.  

               The Employer Contributions referred to above will be

      provided to each Non-Key Employee who is a Participant who has not

      separated from service at the end of the Plan Year, regardless of

      such Employee's number of Hours of Service, Compensation, or

      whether such Employee had made any contribution to the Plan. 

               Section 14.4.  Minimum Vesting.  For any Plan Year in

      which the Plan is determined to be a Top-Heavy Plan pursuant to

      Section 14.2, each Participant's Account shall become vested in

      accordance with the following schedule:

           Years of Service                   Vested Interest
           ----------------                   ---------------
           Less than 2                          0% 
                     2                         20% 
                     3                         40% 
                     4                         60% 
                     5                         80% 
                     6 or more                100% 

      The foregoing notwithstanding and subject to the provisions of

      Section 17.2, if the Plan ceases to be Top-Heavy, the provisions of

      Section 10.1 shall thereafter apply.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 316

                Section 14.5.  Adjustments to Maximum Limits on Benefits

      and Contributions.  For any Plan Year in which the Plan is deter-

      mined to be a Top-Heavy Plan pursuant to Section 14.2, paragraphs

      (a)(i) and (b)(i) of Section 5.5 shall be read by substituting the

      number "1.00" for the number "1.25", wherever it appears. 

      Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustment shall be made to

      Section 5.5 if the following requirements are met:

                (a)  Section 14.3 shall be applied by substituting "4%"

      for "3%;" and the annual accrued benefit derived from employer

      contributions under the defined benefit plan for each Participant

      who is not a Key Employee is not less than the product of:  

                     (i) 3% of such Participant's average annual

      compensation during the period of consecutive years (not exceeding

      five) which yields the highest average; and

                     (ii) the Participant's Years of Service (not exceed-

      ing 10) during which the plan is a top-heavy plan;

                (b) the aggregate of the accounts of Participants who are

      Key Employees under the Plan does not exceed 90% of the aggregate

      of the accounts of all Participants; and

                (c) the sum of

                     (i) the present value of the cumulative accrued

      benefits for Key Employees under all defined benefit plans in the

      Aggregation Group and

                      (ii) the aggregate of the accounts of Key Employees

      under all defined contribution plans in the Aggregation Group does

      not exceed 90% of such sum determined for all employees.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 317

                (d) in the case of a Participant also participating in a

      defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer, all of the

      requirements of paragraph (a) shall be met by substituting "7 1/2%"

      for "3%" in Section 14.3.  

                Section 14.6.  Compensation Limitation.  For any Plan

      Year in which the Plan is determined to be a Top-Heavy Plan pur-

      suant to Section 14.2, the amount of 415 Compensation taken into

      account under the Plan for such Plan Year shall not exceed $200,000

      (adjusted to reflect any cost of living increases provided in

      accordance with Section 416(d) of the Code).
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 318

                                ARTICLE XV

               ADMINISTRATION AND FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY

               Section 15.1.  Employer.  The Employer, acting by deter-

      mination of its Board of Directors, may amend the Plan as it deems

      necessary or desirable, and shall appoint the Plan Administrator,

      the Trustee, the Committee members and, if desired, the Investment

      Advisor and determine the amount of contributions as provided in

      Section 4.l.  Should there be a vacancy in the position of Plan

      Administrator, the Employer shall serve as Plan Administrator.  

               Section 15.2.  Investment Advisor.  If appointed by the

      Employer, the Investment Advisor shall direct the Trustee in the

      investment and reinvestment of the Fund, or such portion thereof as

      may be assigned to it for supervision.  

               Section 15.3.  Trustee.  The Trustee will invest and

      reinvest the Fund in accordance with the Trust Agreement and make

      distributions upon instructions of the Committee.  

               Section 15.4.  Committee.  The Committee shall decide such

      questions of Plan interpretation, eligibility and distribution of

      benefits as the Plan Administrator may submit for its determina-

      tion, shall resolve all inconsistencies, if any, in the Plan.  The

      Committee shall receive reports from the Trustee as to the status

      of the Fund, advise the Board as to the status of the Fund from

      time to time and instruct the Trustee with respect to benefit

      distributions.  The Committee may contract for clerical, legal,

      accounting, actuarial and medical services as may be desirable for

      the proper administration of the Plan, the cost of which may be
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 319

      paid from the Fund or by the Employer as the Employer shall

      determine.  The Committee may also authorize the Plan Administrator

      to contract for such services as are necessary for the proper

      discharge of its duties.  The Committee is designated as the agent

      for service of process.  

               Section 15.5.  Plan Administrator.  The Plan Administrator

      shall maintain records of Participants' service, age, Plan

      Compensation, allocation of contributions and any other information

      which the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines is

      necessary to administer the Plan.  He shall interpret the Plan or,

      at his discretion, refer such questions to the Committee.  The Plan

      Administrator shall provide rules for administration of the Plan

      which are not inconsistent with its terms and the decisions of the

      Committee.  He shall determine questions of eligibility and

      distribution of benefits or refer such questions to the Committee,

      as he shall elect.  The Plan Administrator shall also prepare or

      cause to be prepared all tax returns and other reports that may be

      required by law.  Records of the Plan Administrator may be examined

      by the Employer and the Committee and the Participant may examine

      those records of the Plan Administrator relating to him.  

               Section 15.6.  Claims Procedure.  The Plan Administrator

      will give written notice to every Participant or beneficiary whose

      claim for benefits under the Plan is denied in whole or in part

      setting forth reasons for such denial in understandable terms. 

      Upon receipt of such notice, the Participant or beneficiary may

      request the Plan Administrator to review his claim for benefits, if
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 320

      he notifies the Employer in writing within 90 days after receipt of

      notice denying the claim for benefits.  The Participant or

      beneficiary shall have the right to submit a written statement

      supporting his claim for benefits to the Plan Administrator.  The

      Plan Administrator shall review such statements and render a de-

      cision within 60 days.  If the Plan Administrator is, because of

      the need for more extensive investigation of the claimant's state-

      ment, unable to act within such period, he shall so notify the

      claimant in writing.  In such event, the Plan Administrator shall

      have an additional 60 days to render his determination.  If the

      Plan Administrator reaffirms the denial of benefits, the Partici-

      pant or beneficiary may request review of such denial by the Com-

      mittee if he notifies the Plan Administrator within 90 days after

      his receipt of notice from the Plan Administrator reaffirming the

      denial of benefits.  The Committee shall then review the records

      submitted to the Plan Administrator and such other documents as it

      may require, and, within 60 days of such appeal, it shall give the

      Participant or beneficiary written notice of its decision.  If the

      Committee is unable to act within the 60 day period, it shall so

      notify the claimant in writing but, in any event, the Committee

      must act within 120 days of the appeal.  The decision of the

      Committee shall be final.  

               Section 15.7.  Uniformity of Action.  Whenever the Em-

      ployer, Plan Administrator or Committee are required or permitted

      to make decisions with respect to eligibility of an Employee for

      participation, contributions or benefit distributions, such
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 321

      decisions shall be uniform and consistent with respect to all

      persons similarly situated.  No action shall be taken which

      discriminates in favor of the Employer's officers or supervisory

      personnel.

               Section 15.8.  Reliance on Others.  The Employer and its

      Board of Directors, Trustee, Investment Advisor (if appointed),

      Plan Administrator and Committee shall be Fiduciaries under the

      Plan but shall be responsible only for those separate duties

      assigned to each by the Plan, and none shall have responsibility

      for performance of duties assigned to another of them under the

      Plan.  Each of them may rely on reports, notices, certifications or

      other communications furnished by the others.  The Committee and

      Plan Administrator may rely on the reports and opinions furnished

      by persons retained by them.  

               Section 15.9.  Indemnification.  The Employer shall in-

      demnify each Board member, Committee member, the Plan Administra-

      tor, and other Employees of any Participating Employer involved in

      the administration of the Plan against all cost, expenses and

      liabilities, including attorney's fees, incurred in connection with

      any action, suit or proceeding instituted against him alleging any

      act of omission or commission performed by him while acting in good

      faith in discharging his duties with respect to the Plan.  This

      indemnification is limited to the extent such costs and expenses

      are not covered under insurance as may be now or hereafter provided

      by the Employer or any Participating Employer.  Promptly after

      receipt by an indemnified party under this Section of notice of the
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 322

      commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall notify the

      Employer of the commencement thereof.  The Employer shall be

      entitled to participate at its own expense in the defense or to

      assume the defense of any action brought against any party

      indemnified hereunder.  In the event the Employer elects to assume

      the defense of any such suit, such defense shall be conducted by

      counsel chosen by the Employer and the indemnified party shall bear

      the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by him.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 323

                                ARTICLE XVI

                             AMENDMENT OF PLAN

               Section 16.1.  Right to Amend.  The Employer, acting by

      determination of its Board of Directors, shall have the right to

      amend the Plan at any time.  A Participating Employer shall also

      have the right to amend its Adoption Agreement.  However, no such

      amendment shall be effective which would adversely affect the

      qualified status of the Plan and Fund under Sections 401 and 501 of

      the Code or under the corresponding provisions of subsequent

      revenue laws.  

               Section 16.2.  Amendment to Vesting Schedule.  No Plan

      amendment shall deprive any Participant or beneficiary of any of

      the benefits to which he is entitled under this Plan with respect

      to contributions previously made, nor shall any amendment eliminate

      or reduce a protected benefit under section 411(d)(6) of the Code

      except as provided in sections 412(c)(8) of the Code or in

      applicable regulations.  No Plan amendment shall decrease the

      vested interest in any Participant's Account, nor shall any amend-

      ment change any vesting schedule under the Plan unless each Par-

      ticipant having at least five Years of Service at the end of the

      period described in this sentence is permitted to elect, within a

      period beginning on the date such amendment is adopted and ending

      60 days after the latest of:  (a) the day the amendment is adopted,

      (b) the day the amendment becomes effective, or (c) the day the

      Participant is issued written notice of the amendment, to have his

      nonforfeitable percentage computed under the Plan without regard to
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 324

      such amendment; provided, however that effective July 1, 1989, this

      sentence shall apply to Participants with at least three Years of

      Service.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any modification or

      amendment of the Plan may be made retroactively, if necessary or

      appropriate to qualify or maintain the Plan as a plan meeting the

      requirements of the Code and ERISA, as now in effect or hereafter

      amended, or any other provisions of law, as now in effect or here-

      after amended or adopted, and any regulation issued thereunder.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 325

                                ARTICLE XVII

                            TERMINATION OF PLAN

               Section 17.1.  Right to Terminate Reserved.  The Employer

      (and each Participating Employer as to its participation), acting

      by determination of its Board reserves the right to terminate the

      Plan at any time.  However, no termination shall be effective which

      would adversely affect the qualified status of the Plan and Fund

      under Sections 401 and 501 of the Code or under the corresponding

      provisions of subsequent revenue laws.  The complete discontinuance

      of contributions by the Employer shall be deemed a termination of

      the Plan.  

               Section 17.2.  Distribution on Termination.  Upon

      termination or partial termination of the Trust, all Participants'

      Accounts shall become fully vested, and shall not thereafter be

      subject to forfeiture.  Upon termination of the Trust, the

      Committee may direct the Trustee to distribute all assets remaining

      in the Trust, after payment of any expenses properly chargeable

      against the Trust, to the Participants in accordance with the value

      of Accounts credited to such Participants as of the date of such

      termination, in such manner as the Committee shall determine.  The

      Committee's determination shall be conclusive upon all persons.  
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 326

                                ARTICLE XVIII

                                MISCELLANEOUS

               Section 18.1.  No Other Benefits.  No benefits other than

      those specifically provided for herein shall be payable under the

      Plan.  

               Section 18.2.  Plan Not an Employment Contract.  This Plan

      shall not be construed to be a contract of employment.  Nothing in

      the Plan shall be deemed to restrict or limit an Employer's right

      to discharge any Participant or other Employee at any time.  

               Section 18.3.  Plan For Exclusive Benefit of Partici-

      pants.  The Plan and the Fund shall exist for the sole and ex-

      clusive benefit of Participants and their beneficiaries, and no

      amendment shall be made that would be inconsistent with such

      purpose.  

               Section 18.4.  Benefits Not Assignable.  Except with

      respect to federal income tax withholding and withdrawals and loans

      under Article XIII, no benefits payable hereunder shall be subject

      to assignment, transfer, sale or encumbrance and the Fund shall not

      be liable for, or subject to, the debts or engagements of any

      Participant or to any attachment or other legal process to collect

      the same.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee shall

      direct the Trustee to comply with a Qualified Domestic Relations

      Order.  Upon receipt of any judgment, decree or order (including

      approval of a property settlement agreement relating to the

      provision of payment by the Plan to an Alternate Payee pursuant to

      a state domestic relations law, the Committee shall promptly notify
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 327

      the affected Participant and any Alternate Payee of the receipt of

      such judgment, decree or order and shall notify the affected

      Participant and any Alternate Payee of the Committee's procedure

      for determining whether or not the judgment, decree or order is a

      Qualified Domestic Relations Order.  The Committee shall establish

      a procedure to determine the status of a judgment, decree or order

      as a Qualified Domestic Relations Order and to administer Plan

      distributions in accordance with Qualified Domestic Relations

      Orders.  Such procedure shall be in writing, shall include a

      provision specifying the notification requirements enumerated

      above, shall permit an Alternate Payee to designate a

      representative for receipt of communications from the Committee and

      shall include such other provisions as the Committee shall

      determine, including provisions required under applicable regu-

      lations.  Nothing herein, however, shall prevent the effective

      designation of beneficiaries for receipt of survivors' benefits

      under elections made pursuant to Section 9.2.  

               Section 18.5.  Required Information Concerning Partici-

      pants.  The Committee and Plan Administrator may require eligible

      Employees to furnish such information as to age, health, employment

      and family status as they believe reasonably necessary to

      administer the Plan.  

               Section 18.6.  Incompetence of Participant.  If the Com-

      mittee determines that any Participant or beneficiary entitled to

      benefits under this Plan is physically or mentally incompetent or

      is a minor, that such person is in the care of another person and
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 328

      that no guardian, committee or other representative has been duly

      appointed, payment may be made to the person or institution caring

      for the Participant or beneficiary.  The receipt of such person or

      institution shall be a complete discharge for the payment of such

      benefit.  

               Section 18.7.  Merger with Another Plan.  In the event

      that this Plan merges or consolidates with or transfers assets or

      liabilities to any other plan after the Effective Date of this

      Plan, each Participant shall be entitled to a retirement benefit

      which is equal to or greater than the benefit which he would have

      been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consoli-

      dation or transfer of assets or liabilities.  For purposes of the

      comparison described above, benefits shall be computed as if this

      Plan had terminated immediately prior to the merger, consolidation

      or transfer and as if the surviving or recipient plan had termin-

      ated immediately after such merger, consolidation or transfer.  

               Section 18.8.  Controlling Laws.  The rights and ob-

      ligations of the Employer and its Employees under this Plan shall

      be determined in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of

      Pennsylvania and, where applicable, of the United States of

      America.  
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 329

                                SCHEDULE A

         PROVISIONS PERTAINING TO TANK CLEANING INC. PARTICIPANTS
      

          The following provisions shall supersede and/or supplement

      certain of the provisions of Articles I through XIV of the Plan to

      the extent provided below with respect to any Tank Cleaning Inc.

      Participant.  References to Section numbers pertain to Sections in

      the main Plan document unless specifically indicated otherwise.
      

          A.   The following is added at the end of Section 2.1:
      

                    "A Tank Cleaning Inc. Participant's Accounts may also

          include his 'Matching Account.'  'Matching Account' shall

          include Matching Contributions made on behalf of Tank Cleaning

          Inc. Participant in respect of any Plan Year shall be allocated

          to his Matching Account and shall be invested in the Investment

          Fund or Funds in the same manner and to the same proportionate

          extent as the Tank Cleaning Inc. Participant designates for his

          Contribution Account."
      

          B.   The following is added at the end of Section 2.20:
      

               "Employer Contributions for a Tank Cleaning Inc.

          Participant may also include 'Matching Contributions' (intended

          to satisfy the requirements of section 401(m) of the Code)."
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 330
    
          C.   Section 2.27 is amended to read, in its entirety, as

      follows:
      

               "Section 2.27.  Hours of Service.  Hours of Service shall

          mean, for any Tank Cleaning Inc. Participant:
      

               (a)  except as provided in subsection (b),
      

                    (i)  each hour for which he is directly or

                         indirectly paid or entitled to payment by an

                         Employer or an Affiliated Company for the

                         performance of employment duties; or
      

                    (ii) each hour for which he is entitled, either by

                         award or agreement, to back pay from an

                         Employer or an Affiliated Company, irrespective

                         of mitigation of damages; or
      

                   (iii) each hour for which he is directly or

                         indirectly paid or entitled to payment by an

                         Employer or an Affiliated Company on account of

                         a period of time during which no duties are

                         performed due to vacation, holiday, illness,

                         incapacity (including disability), jury duty,

                         layoff, leave of absence, or military duty; or
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 331
      
                    (iv) each hour for which he is absent for military

                         service under leave granted by the Employer or

                         Affiliated Company or required by law, provided

                         the Employee returns to service with the

                         Employer or Affiliated Company within such

                         period as his right to reemployment is

                         protected by law.
      

               (b)  Anything to the contrary in subsection (a)

                    notwithstanding:
     

                    (i)  No Hours of Service shall be credited to an

                         Employee for any period merely because, during

                         such period, payments are made or due him under

                         a plan maintained solely for the purpose of

                         complying with applicable workers'

                         compensation, unemployment compensation, or

                         disability insurance laws.


                    (ii) No more than 501 Hours of Service shall be

                         credited to an Employee under paragraph (a)(3)

                         of this definition on account of any single

                         continuous period during which no duties are

                         preformed by him except to the extent otherwise

                         provided in the Plan.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 332

                   (iii) No Hours of Service shall be credited to an

                         Employee with respect to payments solely to

                         reimburse for medical or medically related

                         expenses.


                    (iv) No Hours of Service shall be credited twice.

      

                    (v)  Hours of Service shall be credited at least as

                         liberally as required by the rules set forth in

                         Department of Labor Reg. Section 2530.200b-2(b) and

                         (c)."


          D.   Section 4.5(a) is amended to add the following after the

      first sentence thereof:
      

               "A Tank Cleaning Inc. Participant's Basic Contributions

          into the Fund shall be in the aggregate at a whole percentage

          rate, elected by the Tank Cleaning Inc. Participant, of the

          Compensation otherwise payable to the Tank Cleaning Inc.

          Participant."


          E.   A new Section 4.10 is added to read, in its entirety, as

      follows:


               "Section 4.10.  Matching Contributions.  Tank Cleaning

          Inc. shall make 'Matching Contributions' to the Plan for each
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 333

          Plan Year.  Such Matching Contributions shall equal 50% of all

          Basic and Deferred Bonus Contributions made by each Tank

          Cleaning Inc. Participant for that Plan Year, not in excess of

          6% of each such Tank Cleaning Inc. Participant's Compensation,

          provided that such Tank Cleaning Inc. Participant is an

          Employee on the last day of such Plan Year."
      

          F.   The first paragraph of Section 5.3 is amended to read, in

      its entirety, as follows:
      

               "Section 5.3.  General Requirements.  For any Plan Year,

          the Committee shall insure (a) that Contributions under the

          Plan shall not exceed the limitations on deductions imposed

          under section 404(a)(3) of the Code; (b) that the Plan shall

          satisfy the coverage requirements of section 410(b)(1) of the

          Code; (c) that the Plan shall satisfy the average deferral

          percentage test set forth in Section 5.3(a); and (d) that the

          Plan shall satisfy the average contribution percentage test set

          forth in Section 5.7."


          G.   A new Section 4.11 is added to read, in its entirety, as

      follows:
      

               "Section 4.11.  Return of Excess Contributions.  If the

          average deferral percentage (or the average contribution

          percentage) for all Tank Cleaning Inc. Participants who are
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 334

          Highly Compensated Employees exceeds the amount specified in

          Sections 5.3(a) (or 5.3(c) for any Plan Year, the Basic and

          Deferred Bonus Contributions (and if necessary, Matching

          Contributions) for the Highly Compensated Employee(s) with the

          highest deferral (or contribution) percentage shall be reduced

          so that his applicable percentage is reduced to the greater of

          (a) such percentage that enables the Plan to satisfy the

          applicable percentage test, or (b) a percentage equal to the

          applicable percentage of the Highly Compensated Employee(s)

          with the next highest percentage.  This procedure shall be

          repeated until the applicable percentage test is satisfied. 

          The amount so reduced, together with the attributable earnings

          thereon, including earnings for the Plan Year for which the

          excess amounts were contributed and shall be deemed to have

          been contributed to the Plan by mistake of fact, shall be

          refunded to the Employer, and shall thereafter be returned by

          the Employer to the Tank Cleaning Inc. Participants from whom

          such excess contribution was obtained (subject, however, to the

          withholding of taxes and other amounts as though such amounts

          were current remuneration).  Such payment shall be made within

          two and one half (2 1/2) months following the close of such

          Plan Year, if administratively practicable, but in no event

          later than 12 months of the close of the Plan Year with respect

          to which the reduction applies.
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 335

          H.   A new Section 5.7 is added to read, in its entirety, as

      follows:


               "Section 5.7.  Average Contribution Percentage Test.  The

          term 'average contribution percentage test' shall mean the

          numerical test set forth in Section 5.3(a) substituting for the

          term 'average deferral percentage' the term 'average

          contribution percentage'.  The following rules shall also

          apply:


                    (a)  The term "average contribution percentage" as

               applied to a specified group of Participants shall mean

               the average of the ratios, calculated separately for each

               such Participant in the group of:


                    (i)  the amount of Matching Contributions paid to

                    the Plan on behalf of such Participant for such Plan

                    Year and, at the discretion of the Employer, Basic

                    and Deferred Bonus Contributions, to

      
                    (ii)  the Participant's Compensation for such Plan

                    Year.


                    (b)  Basic and Deferred Bonus Contributions may be

               taken into account under this Section only to the extent

               necessary to satisfy the average contribution percentage
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 336

               test, and only to the extent that the Plan continues to

               satisfy the average deferral percentage test set forth in

               Section 5.3(a) without taking into account such Basic and

               Deferred Bonus Contributions.


                    (c)  If two or more plans of the Employer or an

               Affiliated Company to which Employee contributions or

               Employer matching contributions are made are treated as

               one plan for purposes of sections 401(a)(4) and 410(b) of

               the Code, such plans shall be treated as one plan for

               purposes of this Section.  If a Highly Compensated

               Employee participates in any other plan of the Employer to

               which Employer matching contributions, Employee

               contributions or elective deferrals are made, all such

               contributions shall be aggregated for purposes of this

               Section (excluding plans that are not permitted to be

               aggregated under Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(m)-1(b)(3)(ii))."


          I.   A new Section 5.8 is added to read, in its entirety, as

      follows:


               "Section 5.8.  Limitation on Use of Percentage Tests.  For

          any Plan Year, the sum of the average deferral percentage and

          the average contribution percentage for all Tank Cleaning Inc.

          Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees shall not

          exceed the sum of (a) and (b) where:
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 337

                    (a)  is the product of 1.25 and the greater of

               (i) the average deferral percentage for all Tank Cleaning

               Inc. Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated

               Employees; or (ii) the average contribution percentage for

               all Tank Cleaning Inc. Participants who are Non-Highly

               Compensated Employees; and


                    (b)  is the product of 2.0 and the lesser of (i) or

               (ii) above; provided, however, that in no event shall this

               amount exceed the lesser of (i) or (ii) above by more than

               two percentage points.


               If the limitation in this Section is not met, the actual

          deferral percentage or the actual contribution percentage of

          Highly Compensated Employees, as determined by the Committee,

          shall be reduced in the manner prescribed in Section 5.5 until

          such limitation is met."


          J.   A new Section 5.9 is added to read, in its entirety, as

      follows:

      
               "Section 5.9. Aggregation. For purposes of Sections

          5.3(a), 5.7 and 5.8, the Plan shall be aggregated and treated

          as a single plan with other plans maintained by the Employer or

          an Affiliated Company to the extent that the Plan is aggregated
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 338

          with any such other plan for purposes of satisfying section

          410(b) (other than section 410(b)(2)(A)(ii)) of the Code."


          K.   A new Section 10.5 is added to read, in its entirety, as

      follows:


               "Section 10.5.  Vesting of Matching Account.  A Tank

          Cleaning Inc. Participant shall become 100% vested in his

          Matching Account upon the earlier of (i) his Normal Retirement

          Age, (ii) the occurrence of death or Disability,

          (iii) termination of the Plan or partial termination of the

          Plan as to him or complete discontinuance of Matching

          Contributions, or (iv) at the earliest date on which the Tank

          Cleaning Inc. Participant could elect Early Retirement.  At any

          time other than a time delineated in the preceding sentence of

          this Section, the Tank Cleaning Inc. Participant's vested

          percentage in his Matching Account shall be determined

          according to the following schedule:


                  Years of Service               Vested Percentage
                  ----------------               -----------------

                  Less than 2 years                    0%

                  2 but less than 3 years             10%

                  3 but less than 4 years             20%

                  4 but less than 5 years             40%
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 339

                  5 but less than 6 years             70%

                  6 or more years                    100%

      

           In the event the vesting schedule in this Section is amended,

           any Participant who has completed at least three Years of

           Service as defined in Section 10.6 at the time of such

           amendment, may elect, pursuant to Section 16.1, to have the

           vested interest of his Matching Account determined without

           regard to such amendment."


           L.   A new Section 10.6 is added to read, in its entirety, as

      follows:


                     "Section 10.6.  Years of Service for Vesting.  For

                the purposes of this Article, an Employee shall be

                credited with a Year of Service for each Plan Year during

                which he is credited with 1,000 or more Hours of Service

                beginning with the Plan Year commencing January 1, 1991."


           M.   A new Section 10.7 is added to read, in its entirety, as

      follows:


                "Section 10.7.  Breaks in Service and Loss of Service.

<PAGE>
<PAGE> 340

                     (a)  An Employee's Years of Service shall be

                canceled if he incurs a Break in Service before his

                Normal Retirement Date and at a time when (1) he has no

                nonforfeitable interest in his Accounts, other than his

                Rollover Account or Contribution Account or (2) he has no

                Account under the Plan.


                     (b)  Except as provided in Subsections (c) and (d)

                of this Section, an Employee or former Employee shall

                incur a Break in Service in any Plan Year in which he is

                not credited with more than 500 Hours of Service.


                     (c)  If an Employee is absent for one or more of the

                following reasons, then, to the extent he is not

                otherwise credited with Hours of Service with respect to

                such absence, he shall be credited with an Hour of

                Service, solely for purposes of Subsection (b) of this

                Section, for each Hour of Service with which he would

                have been credited if he had continued to be actively

                employed during the period of absence due to:


                     (1)  layoff for a period not in excess of one year;

      
                     (2)  leave of absence with the approval of the 

                     Committee for a period not in excess of one year,
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 341

                     unless such period is extended by the Committee;


                     (3)  military service such that his right to 

                               reemployment is protected by law.


                     (d)  If an Employee is absent from work by reason of

                pregnancy, childbirth, or placement in connection with

                adoption, or for purposes of the care of such Employee's

                child immediately after birth or placement in connection

                with adoption, such Employee shall be credited, solely

                for purposes of Subsection (b) of this Section, with the

                Hours of Service with which such Employee would have been

                credited but for the absence; or, if such hours cannot be

                determined, with eight Hours of Service per normal

                workday.  The total number of hours to be treated as

                Hours of Service under this Subsection shall not exceed

                501.  The hours described in this Subsection shall be

                credited either for the Plan Year in which the absence

                from work begins, if the Employee would be prevented from

                incurring a Break in Service in such Plan Year because

                the period of absence is treated as Hours of Service

                under this Subsection, or, in any other case, for the

                Plan Year next following the one in which the absence

                from work begins.  In order for an absence to be

                considered on account of the reasons described in this

                subparagraph, an Employee shall provide the Committee, in
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 342

                the form and manner prescribed by the Committee,

                information establishing (i) that the absence from work

                is for the reasons set forth in this subparagraph, and

                (ii) the number of days for which there was such an

                absence.  Nothing in this Plan relating to such Hours of

                Service shall be construed as expanding or amending any

                maternity or paternity leave policy of the Employer."


           N.   A new Section 10.8 is added to read, in its entirety, as

      follows:
      

                "Section 10.8.  Restoration of Service.  The Years of

           Service of an Employee that have been canceled pursuant to

           Section 10.7 shall be restored if he thereafter completes a

           Year of Service and, at his Reemployment Commencement Date,

           the number of his consecutive Breaks in Service was less than

           the greater of (a) the number of Years of Service to his

           credit when the first such Break in Service occurred, or (b)

           five."


           O.   A new Section 10.9 is added to read, in its entirety, as

      follows:


                "Section 10.9.  Forfeitures and Restoration of Forfeited

           Amounts upon Reemployment.
      
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 343

                (a)  If a Tank Cleaning Inc. Participant who has had a

           Termination Date does not thereafter complete an Hour of

           Service before the end of the Plan Year in which occurs the

           earlier of:


                     (1)  the date on which he receives a distribution of

                his entire nonforfeitable interest in his Account, which

                is less than 100%; or


                     (2)  the date on which he incurs a one-year Break in

                Service,
      

           his Matching Account shall be closed, and the forfeitable

           amount credited thereto shall be forfeited.  


                (b)  Amounts forfeited from a Tank Cleaning Inc.

           Participant's Matching Account under Subsection (a) of this

           Section shall be used to reduce future Matching Contributions.


                (c)  If a Tank Cleaning Inc. Participant, who has

           received a distribution described in Paragraph (a)(1) of this

           Section, as a result of which a portion of his Accounts has

           been forfeited, has a Reemployment Commencement Date prior to

           incurring five consecutive one-year Breaks in Service, the

           amount so forfeited shall be restored to his new Matching

           Account, as applicable, if, and only if, he repays the full
<PAGE>
<PAGE> 344

           amount of such distribution (if any) prior to the earlier of

           (1) the fifth anniversary of his Reemployment Commencement

           Date or (2) the date on which the Tank Cleaning Inc.

           Participant has completed five consecutive one-year Breaks in

           Service following the date of the distribution.  Amounts

           restored under this Subsection shall be charged against

           forfeitures for the Plan Year.  If the foregoing amounts are

           insufficient, Tank Cleaning Inc. shall make any additional

           contribution necessary to accomplish the restoration.


                (d)  If a Participant has had five consecutive one-year

           Breaks in Service and again becomes an Employee, the amount

           forfeited under subsection (a) shall not be restored to his

           Account for any reason."


           P.   A new Section 11.4 is added to read, in its entirety, as

      follows:


                "Section 11.4.  Distribution on Termination.  The entire

           amount of a Participant's nonforfeitable interest in his

           Accounts shall be distributed after the Participant's

           Termination Date.  Such Distribution shall be made to the

           Participant except in the event of his death, in which case

           such distribution will be made to the Participant's designated

           beneficiary."

<PAGE>
<PAGE> 345
      
           Q.   A new Section 14.7 is added to read, in its entirety, as

      follows:

      
                "Section 14.7.  Minimum Vesting.  For any Plan Year in

           which the Plan is determined to be a Top-Heavy Plan, each Tank

           Cleaning Inc. Participant's interest in his Matching Account

           shall become vested in accordance with the following schedule

           or in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.5,

           whichever produces a greater nonforfeitable interest:


                     Years of                  Vested 

                     Service                 Percentage
                --------------------         ----------

                Less than 2 years                  0%

                2 but less than 3 years           20%

                3 but less than 4 years           40%

                4 but less than 5 years           60%

                5 but less than 6 years           80%

                6 or more years                  100%

                The foregoing notwithstanding, if the Plan ceases to be

           Top-Heavy, the provisions of Sections 10.5 and 2.1 shall

           thereafter apply as to subsequent amounts credited to such

           Accounts."


           R.   This Schedule A shall be effective as of November 1,

      1993.     
<PAGE>


<PAGE>
<PAGE> 346
 
                                                           EXHIBIT 10.17
      
                               MARITRANS INC.
                            PERFORMANCE UNIT PLAN
      
      
      I.   Purpose.  The purpose of the Maritrans Inc. Performance Unit
      Plan (the "Plan") is to provide a means whereby Maritrans Inc.
      (the "Company") may, through the granting of performance units
      ("Units"), attract and retain persons of outstanding executive
      ability as employees of the Company, or of its affiliates, and
      motivate such Executives, as defined below, to exert their best
      efforts on behalf of the Company on a long-term basis.  The
      "Effective Date" of the Plan shall be April 1, 1993.
      
      II.  Administration.  The Plan shall be administered by the
      Compensation Committee (the "Committee") of the Board of
      Directors of the Company (the "Board").  The Committee shall have
      full power and authority to interpret the Plan, make factual
      determinations, and to prescribe, amend and rescind any rules,
      forms and procedures as it deems necessary or appropriate for the
      proper administration of the Plan and to make any other
      determinations and take such other actions as it deems necessary
      or advisable in carrying out its duties under the Plan.  All
      decisions and determinations by the Committee shall be final and
      binding on the Company, recipients of Units, employees, and any
      other persons having or claiming an interest hereunder.
      
      III. Participation.
      
      3.01 In General.  The Committee shall determine, upon the
      recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the
      "CEO"), each Executive of the Company to whom Units are to be
      granted under the Plan (a "Participant"), the number of Units to
      be granted to each Participant, the initial dollar value of each
      Unit, the benchmarks for determining the value of each Unit at
      the conclusion of the Performance Period, as defined in Section
      4.02 below, and any other terms and conditions relating to the
      granting of Units.  In making its determinations, the Committee
      shall take the Company's overall compensation policy into
      account.  For the purposes of the Plan, an individual shall be an
      "Executive" if the individual is an officer of the Company, or of
      an affiliate, and is designated as an "Executive" for the
      purposes of the Plan by the CEO.   
      
      3.02 Factors to be Considered.  In determining whether an
      individual may become a Participant under the Plan, the Committee
      shall take into consideration the key employee's present and
      potential contribution to the success of the Company and such
      other factors as the Committee may in its sole discretion deem
      proper and relevant.
      
      IV.  Grant of Units.
      
      4.01 Grant and Number of Units.  The grant of Units to each
      Participant shall be evidenced by an agreement in the form and
      manner prescribed by the Committee that shall indicate the number
      <PAGE>
<PAGE> 347
      
      of Units awarded to the Participant and the terms and conditions
      thereof, consistent with the provisions of the Plan.
      
      4.02 Performance Period.  The Committee shall establish and
      announce a measurement period over which the performance of the
      Company shall be determined (the "Performance Period").  The
      Performance Period shall normally be a period of three years
      unless the Committee determines otherwise in its sole discretion. 
      For the initial period beginning with the Effective Date, the
      Performance Period shall begin on the Effective Date and end on
      December 31, 1995; provided, however, that the Company's
      financial performance for 1993 shall be calculated on a pro forma
      basis as if the Company had actual operations during the period
      commencing January 1, 1993 and ending March 31, 1993.
      
      4.03 Corporate Goals. 
      
           (a)  Upon the recommendation of the CEO, at the beginning of
      each Performance Period, the Committee shall establish and
      announce the corporate goals (the "Corporate Goals") for each
      Performance Period upon which the value of the Units shall be
      determined.  The Corporate Goals shall relate to the Company's
      financial and operating performance during the applicable
      Performance Period.
      
           (b)   The CEO shall also recommend to the Committee and the
      Committee shall assign in its sole discretion a percentage to
      each Corporate Goal, which when multiplied by the initial value
      of a Participant's Units shall result in the amount to be
      distributed to each Participant, under Section 4.05 hereof, (the
      "Award") if that level of Corporate Goal is attained for the
      Performance Period.
      
      4.04 Award Determination. 
      
           (a)  At the end of each Performance Period, the Committee in
      its sole discretion shall determine the level of Corporate Goals
      attained for such Performance Period.
      
           (b)  Based upon the Committee's determination of the extent
      to which Corporate Goals have been met, a Participant's Award
      will be determined as the product of: (i) the percentage assigned
      to the level of Corporate Goals which have been met, (ii) the
      initial value of a Unit and (iii) the number of Units assigned to
      the Participant.
      
           (c)  A Participant who ceases to be an Executive during a
      Performance Period for any reason other than death, long-term
      disability (as determined with reference to the Company's long-
      term disability plan), or retirement (as determined with
      reference to the Company's qualified defined benefit plan) shall
      not be eligible to receive any Award during the Performance
      <PAGE>
<PAGE> 348
      
      Period in which such termination or demotion occurs (unless the
      Committee in its sole discretion determines otherwise in the case
      of a demotion).  A Participant who ceases to be employed by
      reason of death, disability or retirement before the end of a
      Performance Period shall be eligible to receive an Award at the
      close of such Performance Period on a pro-rated basis taking into
      account the portion of the Performance Period during which the
      Participant was employed as an Executive, such Award to be
      determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.  In the event
      of death, the Participant's beneficiary designated under the
      Company's group term life insurance plan shall receive any
      payments due at the close of the current Performance Period.
      
      4.05 Time and Manner of Payment.  Awards shall be paid in two
      equal installments.  The first shall be paid as soon as practical
      following the end of each Performance Period and the second on
      the last day of September following the end of the Performance
      Period.  No payments shall be made to a Participant not employed
      on the date payment is to be made unless termination occurred by
      reason of death, disability, retirement or otherwise as
      determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.  All payments
      shall be made in cash or check subject to applicable and
      appropriate withholding taxes.
      
      4.06 Accounts. The Company shall create an account on its books
      to reflect the number of Units credited to each Participant
      hereunder; provided, however, that no Participant or other person
      shall under any circumstances acquire any property interest in
      any specific assets of the Company.  Nothing contained in this
      Plan and no action taken pursuant hereto shall create or be
      construed to create a fiduciary relationship between the Company
      and any Participant or any other person.  To the extent that any
      person acquires a right to receive payment from the Company
      hereunder, such right shall be no greater than the right of any
      unsecured general creditor of the Company.
      
      V.   Vesting Upon a Change of Control.
      
      5.01 Change of Control.  For the purposes hereof, a "Change of
      Control" shall be deemed to have taken place if (i) any person
      (except the Company or any employee benefit plan of the Company
      or of any affiliate, or any person or entity organized, appointed
      or established by the Company for or pursuant to the terms of any
      such employee benefit plan), together with all affiliates and
      associates of such person, shall become the beneficial owner in
      the aggregate of 20% or more of the common stock of the Company
      then outstanding, or (ii) during any twenty-four month period,
      individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the
      Board cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof,
      unless the election, or the nomination for election by the
      Company's shareholders, of at least seventy-five percent of the
      directors who were not directors at the beginning of such period
      <PAGE>
<PAGE> 349
      
      was approved by a vote of at least seventy-five percent of the
      directors in office at the time of such election or nomination
      who were directors at the beginning of such period.
      
      5.02 Vesting of Awards.   Notwithstanding the provisions of
      Section IV hereof, in the event that a Participant's employment
      is involuntarily terminated, other than for "cause," as defined
      in the Company's Severance Pay Plan, within one year following a
      Change of Control, including a termination initiated by any
      Executive pursuant to the change of control provisions of the
      employment agreement applicable to that Executive, the
      Participant shall receive, within 30 days of such termination, an
      Award equal to the Award that could have been determined as if
      the Participant's actual date of termination were the last day of
      the then current Performance Period and on the basis of the
      achievement of the Corporate Goals for the shortened Performance
      Period plus any Award remaining due for the prior Performance
      Period whether or not then payable pursuant to the provisions of
      Section 4.05 hereof.
      
      VI.  General Provisions.
      
      6.01 Transferability.  No Unit awarded under this Plan shall be
      transferred, assigned, pledged or encumbered by the Participant. 
      In the event of a Participant's death during his employment with
      the Company, payments of any Award shall be made as provided in
      Section IV hereof.
      
      6.02 No Rights as Stockholder.  No Participant shall have any
      rights as a stockholder of the Company, including the right to
      any cash dividends or the right to vote, as a result of the grant
      or holding of any Units.  
      
      6.03 Adjustment for Non-Recurring Items, Etc.  Notwithstanding
      anything herein to the contrary, if the Company's financial
      performance is affected by any event that is of a non-recurring
      nature, the Committee in its sole discretion may make such
      adjustments in the initial value of each Unit or in the Corporate
      Goals for the then current Performance Period as it shall
      determine to be equitable and appropriate in order to make the
      Unit, as nearly as may be practicable, equivalent to the Unit
      immediately prior to such event.
      
      6.04 No Rights to Employment.  Nothing in this Plan, and no
      action taken pursuant hereto, shall confer upon any Participant
      the right to continue in the employ of the Company, or affect the
      right of the Company to terminate the Participant's employment at
      any time for cause or for no cause whatsoever.
      
      6.05 Withholding Tax.  Notwithstanding any other provision of
      this Plan, the Company shall be entitled to withhold from, or in
      respect of, any Award to be made an amount sufficient to satisfy
      <PAGE>
<PAGE> 350
      
      all federal, state and local tax withholding requirements
      relating thereto.  Such withholding may be made from other
      amounts due from the Company to the Participant (including salary
      or bonus).
      
      6.06 Notices.  Any notice hereunder to be given to the Company
      shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person to the
      Secretary of the Company, or shall be sent by registered mail,
      return receipt requested, to the Secretary of the Company at the
      Company's executive offices, and any notice hereunder to be given
      to the Participant shall be in writing and shall be delivered in
      person to the Participant, or shall be sent by registered mail,
      return receipt requested, to the Participant at his last address
      as shown in the employment records of the Company.  Any notice
      duly mailed in accordance with the preceding sentence shall be
      deemed given on the date postmarked.
      
      6.07 Termination and Amendment of the Plan/Modification of Units.
      The Plan may be terminated, modified or amended by the Board at
      any time, except that no such action shall deprive a Participant
      of the right to the amount of the Award that could have been
      determined as if the actual date of such action were the last day
      of the then current Performance Period and on the basis of the
      achievement of the Corporate Goals for the shortened Performance
      Period with respect to any Units then outstanding under the Plan.
      
      6.08 Miscellaneous.
      
           (a)  If the Company shall find that any person to whom any
      payment is payable under this Plan is unable to care for his
      affairs because of illness or accident, or is a minor, any
      payment due (unless a prior claim therefor shall have been made
      by a duly appointed guardian, committee or other legal
      representative) may be paid to the spouse, a child, a parent, or
      a brother or sister, or to any person deemed by the Company to
      have incurred expense for such person otherwise entitled to
      payment, in such manner and proportions as the Company may
      determine.  Any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the
      liabilities of the Company under this Plan.
      
           (b)  This Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the
      benefit of the Company, its successors and assigns and the
      Participant and his heirs, executors, administrators and legal
      representatives.
      
           (c)  This Plan shall be construed in accordance with, and
      governed by, the law of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
      <PAGE>
      


<PAGE>
<PAGE> 351

                                                           EXHIBIT 11.1

                                MARITRANS INC.
                  COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
                     Year Ended December 31, 1993*

                                                  

Primary:

  Loss:

     Net (loss)                                 $(11,789,000)
                                                ============
  Shares:

     Weighted average number of 
       common shares outstanding                  12,523,000
                                                ============
     
Primary (loss) per common share                  $    (.9414)
                                                 ===========

Assuming full dilution:

  Loss:

     Net (loss)                                 $(11,789,000)
                                                ============
  Shares:

     Weighted average number of 
       common shares outstanding                  12,523,000


     Assuming exercise of options reduced
       by the number of shares which could 
       have been purchased with the proceeds
       from the exercise of such options               3,474
                                                ------------
     Weighted average number of common 
       shares outstanding as adjusted             12,526,474
                                                ============

Net (loss) per common share 


Fully diluted (loss) per common share           $     (.9411)**
                                                ============
- ------------
* See notes 1 and 3 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
 
** This calculation is submitted in accordance with Regulation S-K
   item 601(b)(11) although it is contrary to paragraph 40 of APB
   Opinion No. 15 because it produces an anti-dilutive result.
<PAGE>



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission